Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Specialty / Everest Re Group / FY2012 Annual Report

Everest Re Group
Annual Report 2012

RE · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker RE
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Specialty
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Everest Re Group
Loading PDF…
R.E.A. HOLDINGS PLC - ANNUAL REPORT
2 0 1 2

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Website
www.rea.co.uk

Registered number
00671099 (England and Wales)

Contents

Officers and professional advisers

Maps

Summary of results

Key statistics

Chairman’s statement

Review of the group

Directors

Directors’ report

Corporate governance

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ responsibilities

Directors’ confirmation

Auditor’s report (group)

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Accounting policies (group)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Auditor’s report (company)

Company balance sheet

Movement in total shareholders’ funds

Accounting policies (company)

Notes to the company financial statements

Notice of annual general meeting

2

3

4

5

7

16

59

60

67

74

79

80

81

83

84

85

85

86

87

94

122

124

125

126

127

134

1

Officers and professional advisers

Directors
R M Robinow
J C Oakley
M A Parry
D J Blackett
I Chia
D H R Killick

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Stockbrokers
Mirabaud Securities LLP
33 Grosvenor Place
London SW1X 7HY

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP
Broadwalk House
5 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HA

Auditor
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Registrars and transfer office
Capita Registrars
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

2

Maps

as at 31 December 2012

T
T
abangg
Tabang

(cid:122)
(cid:122)

(cid:122)
(cid:122)

EAST 
EAST 
KALIMANTAN
AN
ALIMK
ANTTAN
AN

Sentekan  R i
ii
iRR inaketneS

r
r
r

e
ee

v
v
v

M
M

M
M

S
SS

e
e
ee

n
n
nn

y
y
yy
i
i
ii

u
u
uu

r
r
rr

R
R
RR

i
i
ii

v
v
v

e
ee

r
r
r

(cid:122)
(cid:122)
Kembang Janggut
K
anggut

embang J

B
B

e
ee

l
l
l

a
aa

y
y
y

a
aa

n
n
nn

R
RR
R
R

i
i
ii
v
v
vv

e
e
ee

r
r
r

ncalong
Muara Ancalong
Muar
ncalong

a A

K
K
e
e
d
d
a
a
n
n
g
g

K
KK

e
e
e
p
p

a
aa

l
l
l

a
a

R
RR

i
ii

v
v
v
e
e
r
r

onB
tang
Bontang

(cid:122)
(cid:122)
(cid:122)

Mah
MMa
MMa
aah
haah
hh
a
a
aa

k
k
kk

a
a
aa

Mahakam River    
RmakahaMMa

revveiR

m
m
mm

R
R
RR
R
i
i
iii

v
v
v
v

e
ee

r
r
r

(cid:122)
(cid:122)
ota B

Kota Bangun
K
angun

ong(cid:122)
(cid:122)
Tenggarong
ong
TTenggar
enggar

S

    Samarinda
amarinda
(cid:87)
(cid:87)

     10   20   30   40   50   k
0     10   20   30   40   50   km
m
00     10   20   30   40   50   k
     10   20   30   40   50   k

Balikpapan
alikB
papan
apan

AKMn

ASSAR STR
MAKASSAR STRAIT
AIT
ASSAR STR

SIA
MAL
SIAYAAY
MALAYSIA

Singapore
e
ingapor
SingSin

S
amarinda   
amarin    
(cid:122) amarin    
Samarinda   
(cid:122)
Kalimantan
aliman
Kaliman
Kaliman
ntann
KK
aliman
ntan
n
KK

Suma
atr
Sumatra

Jakarta
ta
Jak
taar

INDONESIA
INDONESIA

vaaJ
J
Java

PHILIPPINES
PHILIPPINES
PHILIPPINES

M
M

(cid:87)
(cid:87)

methane captur
e plan
t
methane captur
methane capture plant
oil mill
oil mill
oil mill
one quar
yr
st
one quar
stone quarry
anshipmen
minal
tr
anshipmen
transhipment terminal

t t

er

(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)
(cid:81)

via M
PT C
andir
i
ipta Da
PT Cipta Davia Mandiri
CDM
CDM    
ar
PT K
tanegar
a K
umalasakti
PT Kartanegara Kumalasakti
KSKKKS
KKS            
KMS
KMS   
PT K
utai M
itr
a S
ejah
aert
PT Kutai Mitra Sejahtera
ongan Ja
PT P
utr
ay
a B
PT Putra Bongan Jaya
BJP
PBJ        
BJ2P
PBJ2
ersada Bangun Ja
PT P
ay
PT Persada Bangun Jaya
REAK
REAK   
PT REA K
altim P
lan
ta
tions
PT REA Kaltim Plantations
YBS
SYB     
PT S
asana 
Y
udha Bhakti
PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
            
   
        
   
     
Summary of results

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Revenue

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

Change
%

124,600

147,758

- 16    

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and biological gain 1

38,083

70,818

- 46      

Profit before tax

Profit for the year

30,558

64,173

- 52     

17,703

45,614

- 61    

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

11,342

40,453

- 72     

Cash generated by operations 2

55,110

59,854

- 8      

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) in US cents

33.9

121.0

- 72     

Dividend per ordinary share in pence 3

7.0

6.5

+ 8  

Average exchange rates

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

Indonesian rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

9,392
1.59

8,790
1.61

9,078
1.55

10,356
1.56

9,757
1.84

1. See note 5 to consolidated financial statements
2. See note 36 to consolidated financial statements
3. Paid in respect of the year

4

Key statistics

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Allocated area - Hectares
Mature oil palm

Immature oil palm (prior years)

Oil palm development (current year) 

Reserve area 2
Total

20121

20111

2010

2009

2008

26,688

25,415

21,984

18,736

16,487

2,051

8,055

36,794

65,391

102,185

3,318

8,351

37,084

60,614

97,698

8,850

1,249

32,083

62,680

94,763

8,171

4,083

30,990

83,828

9,032

2,781

28,300

86,541

114,818

114,841

Production - Tonnes
Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - group

597,722

607,335

518,742

490,178

450,906

Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - external

64,014

34,146

20,089

13,248

6,460

661,736

641,481

538,831

503,426

457,366

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

Oil extraction rate

Kernel extraction rate

Yields - Tonnes per mature hectare
Fresh fruit bunches

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

151,516

147,455

127,256

118,357

105,597

30,734

28,822

24,614

23,740

20,846

182,250

176,277

151,870

142,097

126,443

22.9%

4.6%

23.0%

4.5%

23.6%

4.6%

23.5%

4.7%

23.1%

4.6%

22.4

23.9

23.6

26.2

27.3 

5.2

1.0

6.2

5.5

1.1

6.6

5.6

1.1

6.7

6.2

1.2

7.4

6.3 

1.2 

7.5

1. Before implementation of proposed exchange of land areas subject to overlapping mineral rights.
2. Includes conservation areas, roads and other infrastructure and areas available for planting and under negotiation.  For the reasons stated on page 28 of the
“Review of the group” section of this annual report, planned oil palm development is no longer disclosed separately but is included within the reserve area.

5

Crude palm oil monthly average price

e
n
n
o
t

/
$
S
U

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Share performance graph

REA Ordinary

FT All Share

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

200

x
e
d
n

I

100

0

6

 
 
 
Chairman’s statement 

Introduction

Revenue  for  2012  at  $124.6  million  was  less  than  in

2011 ($147.8 million) with the reduction reflecting lower

The  “Review  of  the  group”  section  of  this  annual  report

revenue  from  both  the  agricultural  operations  ($122.1

gives detailed information intended to assist shareholders

million  against  $129.5  million)  and  the  coal  operations

in  understanding  the  group's  business  and  strategic

($2.5  million  against  $18.2  million).    In  the  agricultural

objectives.  Because the review is designed to provide a

operations,  this  was  the  result  of  the  trading  factors

reasonably  complete  and  self-contained  description  of

referred to above while, in the coal operations, it was the

the group, it does, in many places, repeat what has been

direct consequence of the suspension of the coal trading

said  in  the  reviews  of  the  group  contained  in  previous

activities.

annual reports.  This “Chairman's statement” endeavours

to be less repetitive and to provide a synopsis of the more

Excluding  movements  on  agricultural  inventory,  cost  of

significant  matters  noted  in  the  review,  with  particular

sales attributable to the agricultural operations amounted

emphasis on developments that occurred during 2012 or

to  $59.5  million  against  $51.3  million.    The  increase

are in prospect.    

Results

reflected  continuing  cost  inflation  and  cropping  on  a

larger area.   Under normal circumstances, it could have

been  expected  that  the  increased  cost  of  sales  would

have  been  offset  by  increased  crop  volumes  but  the

Group  profit  before  tax  for  2012  at  $30.6  million  was

combination of weather factors and village issues resulted

some 52 per cent lower than the $64.2 million reported

in the 2012 crop falling significantly short of budget and,

for 2011.

with most components of cost of sales being fixed costs,

there was no commensurate reduction in cost of sales.  In

The  significant  fall  in  profits  as  compared  with  2012

the  coal  operation,  cost  of  sales  reduced  from  the  prior

reflected the weather impact on crops in the first half and

year $16.7 million to $4.0 million in line with the reduction

the effect of lower CPO and CPKO prices during the year,

in trading activity.

combined  with  what  will  hopefully  prove  to  be  non-

recurring  losses  arising  from  the  decisions  taken  in

IFRS  fair  value  adjustments,  aggregating  $0.3  million  in

relation to the coal operations and from the village issues

2012,  were  significantly  below 

the  aggregate

described  under  “Community  relations”  below.    The

adjustments  of  $11.4  million  reported  in  the  preceding

following table provides estimates of the effect on profit

year.  The  net  gain  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of

before taxation as respects each of the items concerned:

biological  assets  ($6.0  million  against  $7.4  million  in

Agricultural operations
Trading items:

Value impact of lower prices on crop harvested

Value impact of reduced crop due to weather

Village disruptions:

Value impact of reduced crop

$’m

(12.6)

(5.6)

(5.7)

Value impact of reduced prices due to high FFA oil 

(6.6)

2011)  reflected  the  further  development  of  the  group’s

plantations while the loss arising from changes in the fair

value  of  agricultural  produce  inventory  ($5.7  million

against a profit of $4.0 million in 2011) was the product

of  a  small  reduction  in  inventory  volume  over  2012  and

the  fall  in  CPO  and  CPKO  prices  during  the  year

exacerbated  by  the  need  to  allow  for  a  discount  on  the

closing  inventory  to  reflect  the  high  FFA  content  of  that

inventory.

Coal operations

Losses

Provision against concessions

(4.1)

(3.0)

(37.6)

Administrative  expenses  for  2012  amounted  to  $18.9

million against $17.0 million in 2011. The increase was in

7

Chairman’s statement continued

part  the  result  of  inflation,  but  also  reflected  costs  of

64,014 tonnes of FFB from smallholders and other third

management transition, costs incurred in connection with

parties (2011: 34,146 tonnes).  

the resolution of village issues and a further provision of

$1.0  million  for  additional  funding  of  the  group’s  UK

Rainfall across the estates averaged 3,241 mm for 2012,

pension  scheme  following  a  recent  triennial  actuarial

similar to the level of 3,414 mm for the previous year.  A

valuation of the scheme.

widely  predicted  El  Nino  weather  phenomenon  did  not

Losses on the coal trading operations reflected provisions

materialise.

made  against  outstanding  trading  items  following  the

Processing  of  the  group’s  own  FFB  production  and  the

decision to suspend trading.  In addition, a provision of $3

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  661,736

million has been made against the coal concessions.

tonnes  (2011:  641,481  tonnes)  produced  151,516

tonnes of CPO (2011:  147,455 tonnes), 30,734 tonnes

At  the  after  tax  level,  profit  fell  to  $17.7  million  (2011:

of  palm  kernels  (2011:  28,822  tonnes)  and  11,549

$45.6  million)  while  profit  attributable  to  ordinary

tonnes  (2011:  10,815  tonnes)  of  CPKO  reflecting

shareholders  was  $11.3  million  against  $40.5  million.

extraction  rates  of,  respectively,  22.9  per  cent  for  CPO

Earnings  per  share  amounted  to  US  33.9  cents  (2011:

(2011: 23.0 per cent), 4.6 per cent for kernels (2011: 4.5

US 121.0 cents).

per  cent)  and  37.7  per  cent  for  CPKO  (2011:  38.4  per

Adjustments  for  the  non-cash  components  of  operating

cent). 

profit  and  for  movements  in  working  capital  meant  that

Most of the crop shortfall against budget arose in the first

cash  generated  by  operations  for  2012  amounted  to

half  of  2012  and  was  attributable  to  a  combination  of

$55.1 million, as compared with $59.9 million reported for

delayed  ripening  of  crops  in  the  early  part  of  the  year

2011.  The positive overall movement on working capital

(reflecting  the  particular  weather  patterns  of  the  latter

was  principally  attributable  to  an  increase  in  payables,  a

months  of  2011)  and  crop  losses  resulting  from

significant  proportion  of  which  represented  deferred

harvesting disruptions generated by disputes with certain

payments  due  in  respect  of  the  group’s  development

surrounding villages.  It had been hoped that the second

programme.  Tax and interest payments remained at much

half of the year would see at least a partial recovery of the

the same levels as in the preceding year with the result

crop  shortfall  of  the  first  half  but  further  disruptions  by

that net cash from operating activities for 2012 amounted

villages  meant  that  this  recovery  did  not  materialise.

to $32.5 million against $33.8 million for 2011.

Further  information  regarding  disputes  with  villages  is

Agricultural operations

Operational matters

provided under “Community relations” below.

Upgrading  and  expansion  of  the  group’s  oil  mills  is  now

substantially  complete  and  has  ensured  that  the  group

has,  for  the  immediate  future,  sufficient  processing

The crop out-turn for 2012 amounted to 597,722 tonnes

capacity to handle all crop from its own estates and from

of oil palm fresh fruit bunches.  This was a little below the

the growing number of maturing smallholder plantings in

FFB crop of 607,335 tonnes for the corresponding period

the  vicinity.    The  third,  newest  mill,  which  commenced

in 2011 but some 12 per cent below the budgeted crop

operation in September 2012 and incorporates a second

for  the  year  of  682,000  tonnes.    The  group  purchased

kernel  crushing  plant,  has  been  designed  to  permit  the

8

installation of a second processing line so as to double its

generating  capacity,  which  it  will  dedicate  to  PLN  and

capacity  and  thereby  provide  the  ability  to  cope  with

which  PLN  will  use  to  supply  power  to  the  villages

further processing demands in the future.  

surrounding the group’s estates by way of a local grid to

be  constructed  by  PLN.    Payment  for  the  power  so

In February 2013 the company published its first carbon

utilised will be made by PLN at a fixed rate determined by

footprint  report  providing  an  assessment  of  the

Indonesian  state  regulations.    This  equates  to  about  $1

greenhouse  gas  emissions  associated  with  the  group’s

million  per  megawatt  year  but  it  is  not  yet  known  what

agricultural operations in 2011.  The report identifies and

utilisation PLN will make of the available capacity.  PLN

quantifies greenhouse gas emissions in the production of

will also consider linking the national grid to the new local

CPO and CPKO at the group's palm oil mills and related

grid and may in that event be able to increase its power

estate  supply  base  and,  going  forward,  will  facilitate  the

capacity requirement to six megawatts.  

design  and  implementation  of  effective  strategies  for

reducing  the  group’s  greenhouse  gas  emissions  as  well

There  have  recently  been  substantial  increases  in

as  providing  a  baseline  against  which  progress  in

government directed minimum wage levels. A reasonable

achieving such reductions can be monitored and reported.

proportion  of  the  group's  employees  are  paid  at  a  level

The  report  is  available  for  downloading  from  the

above  the  minimum  wage  but  the  need  to  maintain

company’s website at www.rea.co.uk.  Following on from

differentials  makes  it  inevitable  that  the  new  minimum

the carbon footprint report, the company is currently in the

wage  levels  will  result  in  a  significant  increase  in  the

process  of  compiling  its  first  standalone  sustainability

group's  employment  costs.    In  2012,  these  represented

report which is due to be published later in 2013.   

about  one  third  of  the  cost  of  sales  attributable  to  the

The  group’s  two  new  methane  capture  plants  were

2013  will  therefore  have  a  particular  focus  on  labour

commissioned  in  April  and  October  2012  respectively

efficiency and, specifically, on reducing overtime working.

group’s  agricultural  operations.      Cost  saving  efforts  in

with  methane  from  each  plant  currently  driving  two

generators  (each  of  one  megawatt  capacity).    The

Land allocations and development

electricity  generated  from  the  captured  methane  now

supplies  electricity  to  a  significant  proportion  of  the

The overall area of the group’s fully titled agricultural land

group’s  mills,  offices  and  housing,  thereby  having  a

remained at 70,584 hectares with further land allocations

substantial impact on the group’s consumption of diesel

subject to the completion of titling totalling some 35,000

oil  for  power  generation  with  material  consequential

hectares.    Of  the  land  not  yet  titled,  some  15,000

savings in energy costs and in greenhouse gas emissions. 

hectares are conditional not only upon satisfaction of the

normal titling requirements but also upon completion of a

Current methane production has exceeded expectations

necessary rezoning of the area concerned. 

and is averaging about four times that needed to drive the

installed  generators  and  this  offers  opportunities  for

Work is continuing to complete a conditional agreement

generating additional returns from the investment made in

between a group subsidiary and an Indonesian third party

the plants.  In furtherance of such returns, the group has

company relating to overlapping mineral rights on certain

recently  reached  an  outline  agreement  with  the

land  areas  held  by  the  group  subsidiary.    This  would

Indonesian state electricity company (“PLN”) under which

increase the fully titled agricultural land held by the group

the  group  will  install  an  additional  three  megawatts  of

to  76,124  hectares.    The  delay  in  completing  this

9

Chairman’s statement continued

agreement  has  been  caused  by  the  need  to  obtain

That  situation  changed  during  2012  with  disputes

confirmation  of  the  continuing  validity  of  the  land  titles

concentrated  into  two  waves,  the  first  in  the  second

held  by  the  company  to  be  acquired  pursuant  to  the

quarter of the year running into early July and the second

agreement.

in the final weeks of the year and continuing into 2013.

These disputes were more serious than those previously

The  directors  believe  that,  of  the  prospective  76,124

experienced  because  of  actions  by  villagers  to  enforce

hectares of fully titled land, between 50,000 and 55,000

their  position  by  stopping  harvesting  access  to  certain

hectares will ultimately be plantable with oil palms.  The

areas  of  the  group’s  estates  and  blockading  group  oil

remaining  land  allocations  may  in  due  course  provide  a

mills to prevent processing of FFB.

further 10,000 plantable hectares.   

The 2012 village dissatisfaction with the group covered a

Areas planted and in the course of development as at 31

number  of  issues  and  different  villages  had  different

December  2012  amounted  in  total  to  some  37,000

claims.    However,  a  common  theme  was  a  demand  that

hectares.    Of  this  total,  mature  plantings  comprised

the  group  procure  the  land  necessary  to  establish

26,688  hectares  having  a  weighted  average  age  of  10

additional  cooperative  smallholder  oil  palm  plantings  in

years.    A  further  621  hectares  planted  in  2009  was

each village.  The acquisition of PT Persada Bangun Jaya

scheduled to come to maturity at the start of 2013.  The

in  July  2012  provided  the  group  with  sufficient  land  to

total  of  37,000  hectares  includes  2,164  hectares  (of

satisfy, appropriately and in aggregate, outstanding village

which  272  hectares  were  planted  in  2008)  to  be

demands  for  oil  palm  cooperative  developments  but  did

relinquished  upon  completion  of  the  land  settlement

not, of itself, immediately resolve such demands and other

arrangement described above. 

village  claims.    That  was  because  resolution  was

complicated, as respects land allocations for cooperatives,

Negotiations  with  villages 

in 

the  next  planned

by  the  need  for  complete  and  accurate  government

development  area  of  the  subsidiary  company  PT  Putra

mapping of all village boundaries to provide a consistent

Bongan Jaya are substantially complete and clearing of a

basis  for  allocation  between  villages  and,  as  respects

substantial component of the 11,602 plantable hectares

other  claims,  by  past  fraud  by  certain  third  party

is expected to commence shortly.

intermediaries  who  were  legally  appointed  by  villagers

and  entrusted  with  distributing  land  compensation  to

Community relations and smallholder schemes

individual villagers.  

The  group  has  always  seen  the  maintenance  of

Substantial progress has been made since the beginning

harmonious  relations  with,  and  the  encouragement  of

of  2013  and  settlement  agreements  in  respect  of  most

development within, the local communities in its areas of

material  issues  were  reached  in  late  January  or  early

operation  as  an  essential  component  of  its  agricultural

February with all of the larger villages that had land rights

business.    Inevitably  in    the  period  of  over  twenty  years

historically  overlapping  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB  land.

since  the  group’s  East  Kalimantan  operations  were  first

Settlement  discussions  are  continuing  in  respect  of

established,  there  have  been  occasional  disagreements

outstanding  disputes.    To  date,  agreements  concluded

between  the  group  and  the  local  communities  but,  until

with villages have been adhered to but there have been

recently,  such  disagreements  have  been  minor,  rapidly

some subsequent disruptions by individual villagers.  One

resolved  and  without  significant  impact  on  the  group.

such disruption caused a harvesting blockage in one area

10

of  the  REA  Kaltim  estates  for  a  period  of  nearly  four

a camera trap photograph of a baby sun-bear, as well as

weeks during March and April 2013 but otherwise these

the  first  record  of  an  orang-utan  in  one  of  the  northern

later  disruptions  have  been  limited  as  to  duration  and

estates, are encouraging signs of the ability of the group’s

scale.   All three mills have been operating normally since

conservation  reserves  to  support  healthy  populations  of

early February.  

these species.  

The  current  improved  position  has  been  reached  at  a

A  member  of  the  Roundtable  on  Sustainable  Palm  Oil

significant cost but that cost should not be without benefit

(“RSPO”),  the  group  has  now  achieved  accreditation

given  that  the  funds  committed  to  procuring  additional

under  RSPO  of  its  two  older  oil  mills,  and  most  of  the

cooperative  oil  palm  developments  will,  in  due  course,

group’s  mature  estates,  as  well  as  some  of  the

provide  a  return  to  the  group  from  further  increases  in

smallholder  oil  palm  plantings.    It  is  planned  to  obtain

group  revenues  from  processing  cooperative  FFB.

accreditation  of  the  newly  constructed  oil  mill  by  2015.

Moreover, the stronger relationships forged with the East

As  a  further  step  in  the  process  of  RSPO  accreditation,

Kalimantan  authorities  during 

the  period  of 

the

the group achieved certification of its supply chain under

disruptions and the better mutual understanding achieved

the  RSPO  Supply  Chain  Certification  System  (“SCCS”)

between  the  group  and  its  local  communities  should

during 2012.  This accreditation provides buyers of CPO

enhance the group’s ability to continue the development

and  CPKO  with  the  ability  to  identify  oil  purchased  as

of its East Kalimantan operations.   

coming from RSPO certified sources.  Separately in 2012,

the  group  also  obtained  International  Sustainability  and

Plans  for  further  expansion  of  the  smallholder  plasma

Carbon  Certification  (“ISCC”),  which  allows  the  CPO

schemes  during  2012  were  held  up  by  the  delays  in

produced from the estates of the group’s mature estates

identifying  and  agreeing  allocations  of  additional  land

and  mills  to  be  used  to  produce  biofuel  that  meets  the

areas  suitable  for  smallholder  development.  The  plasma

requirements of the European Union Renewable Energy

scheme areas planted at 31 December 2012 amounted

Directive. 

to some 2,900 hectares.  With the further allocations of

land now substantially agreed, the group expects a useful

Coal and stone operations

increase in the plasma areas during 2013.  

Conservation and accreditation

The directors took the decision in mid 2012 that, for the

time  being,  coal  trading  activities  should  be  suspended

and  further  capital  committed  to  the  coal  operations

The  group  continues 

to  manage  a  network  of

should be limited and concentrated on maximising returns

conservation reserves within its titled land areas with the

from  the  concessions  in  which  the  group  had  already

aim of conserving the natural biodiversity and ecosystem

invested.

functions of the landscapes in which the group operates.

To  date,  over  20,000  hectares  have  been  set  aside  as

The  group  is  in  discussions  with  two  third  parties  that

conservation reserves.  

have  coal  mining  interests  adjacent  to  one  of  the  coal

concessions.  A successful outcome to these discussions

Camera trapping and other biodiversity surveys continue

would result in one of the parties mining the concession

to  record  the  presence  of  orang-utans  within  the

on  a  basis  that  would  limit  the  group’s  downside  and

conservation reserves.  Sighting of a baby orang-utan and

provide a return to the group that, at current coal prices

11

Chairman’s statement continued

(which  have  risen  to  an  extent  from  their  lows  of  June

existing  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14  (“2012/14

2012),  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  recover  the

dollar notes”) and as to the balance by way of a placing.

group’s  investment  and,  if  coal  prices  improve  further,

could  yield  a  reasonable  profit.    A  similar  arrangement

Following  these  transactions,  group  indebtedness  and

may  be  possible  in  relation  to  the  other  two  coal

related engagements at 31 December 2012 amounted to

concessions and this could provide a better outcome than

$163.5  million,  made  up  of  $15.9  million  nominal  of

an outright sale of these concessions.  On the coal trading

2012/14  dollar  notes  (carrying  value:  $15.5  million),

side,  steps  are  being  taken  to  close  out  contractual

$34.0  million  nominal  of  2017  dollar  notes  (carrying

commitments made prior to the suspension of trading and

value:  $33.2  million),  £34.5  million  nominal  of  9.5  per

no new trades have been initiated.  

cent  guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17  (“sterling

notes”)  (carrying  value:  $54.3  million),  $8.4  million  in

The group remains confident of the economic viability of

respect  of  the  hedge  of  the  principal  amount  of  the

its stone concession and work is continuing on plans to

sterling  notes,  a  term  loan  from  an  Indonesian  bank  of

quarry  the  concession  to  provide  stone  for  building  and

$36.1  million  and  other  indebtedness  comprising

maintenance  of  infrastructure  in  the  group’s  agricultural

drawings  under  working  capital  lines  of  $16.0  million.

operations  and  for  sale  to  users  of  stone  in  the  area  of

Against  this  indebtedness,  at  31  December  2012  the

those operations. 

group held cash and cash equivalents of $26.4 million.

In  view  of 

the  uncertainties  affecting 

the  coal

Recent  years  have  seen  substantial  investment  by  the

concessions,  the  group  has  made  a  provision  of  $3.0

group in FFB milling capacity.  Final payments will fall due

million  against  its  investment  in  the  concessions  at  31

in 2013 for the newly completed third oil mill but current

December 2012.

Finance

crop  projections  suggest  that,  apart  from  expanding  the

capacity of this third mill from 40 to 80 tonnes of FFB per

hour,  no  further  expenditure  on  milling  capacity  will  be

required until work commences on the construction of a

In  September  2012,  3.9  million  new  preference  shares

fourth  mill  to  be  brought  into  production  in  2017  at  the

were issued for cash at a price of 105p per share by way

earliest.  

of  a  placing  to  raise  £4.0  million  net  of  expenses.    The

proceeds  of  the  placing  of  new  preference  shares  were

Significant expenditure was also incurred during 2012 on

retained within the group to fund continuing development

the provision of land to meet the cooperative smallholder

of the agricultural operations.  This issue was followed in

development aspirations of the group’s local communities

September 2012 by the issue of a further 2,004,872 new

(as  discussed  under  “Community  relations”  above).    The

preference  shares  by  way  of  capitalisation  of  share

directors  do  not  believe  that  there  will  be  a  recurring

premium  account  pursuant  to  the  capitalisation  issue  to

requirement for material expenditure on the provision of

ordinary  shareholders  referred  to  under  “Dividends”

cooperative  land  (although  there  may  be  a  requirement

below. 

for  the  group  to  make  short  term  advances  to  meet

cooperative planting expenditure pending the refinancing

In  November  2012,  $34.0  million  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar

of such expenditure by the banks funding the cooperative

notes 2017 (“2017 dollar notes”) were issued as to some

developments).

$19  million  by  way  of  an  exchange  offer  to  holders  of

12

As  a  result,  group  capital  expenditure  can,  for  the

Strategic direction

immediate future, be concentrated on extension planting

and on the provision of the additional estate buildings and

Early  in  2012,  the  directors  concluded  that,  given  the

general  plant  and  equipment  that  become  needed

significant enlargement of the group’s operations over the

following any expansion of the group’s planted hectarage.

past  decade,  the  continuing  growth  of  the  Indonesian

This  will 

involve  the  group 

in  continuing  capital

economy  and  the  progressive  maturing  of  South  East

expenditure  for  several  years  to  come  but  the  directors

Asian  capital  markets,  there  would  be  significant

will set the extension planting programme at a level that

advantages  to  the  company  and  its  shareholders  in

they reasonably expect that the cash resources available

increasing local Indonesian participation in the ownership

to the group can support.

of  the  group’s  agricultural  operations.    Accordingly,  the

directors  have  been  proceeding  with  their  previously

The  directors  intend  that  further  cash  advances  to  the

announced  plans  for  the  amalgamation  of  all  of  the

coal  and  quarry  operations  should  be  limited  and

company’s Indonesian plantation subsidiaries into a single

concentrated  on  realising  value  from  the  three  existing

sub-group  headed  by  the  company’s  principal  operating

coal  concessions  and  on  bringing  the  stone  quarry  into

subsidiary,  PT  REA  Kaltim  Plantations  (“REA  Kaltim”),

economic production.

Dividends

with  the  aim  that  this  be  followed  in  due  course  by  a

public offering of a minority shareholding in REA Kaltim

(probably  20  per  cent)  combined  with  a  listing  of  REA

Kaltim’s  shares  on  the  Indonesia  Stock  Exchange  in

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

Jakarta. 

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

and  31  December  2012  were  duly  paid.    An  interim

It had been hoped to complete the planned restructuring

dividend  in  respect  of  2012  of  3½p  per  ordinary  share

in Indonesia by 31 December 2012 but this did not prove

was paid in January 2013 and the directors recommend

possible  because  of  delays  in  obtaining  the  necessary

the payment of a final dividend in respect of 2012 of 3½p

regulatory  approvals  from  the  Indonesian  Investment

per ordinary share to be paid on 26 July 2013 to ordinary

Coordinating  Board.    Such  approvals  were  required  for

shareholders  on  the  register  of  members  on  28  June

the  intra-group  transfer  of  ownership  to  REA  Kaltim  of

2013.  The  total  dividend  payable  per  ordinary  share

five other existing subsidiaries of the company and, whilst

during 2013 in respect of 2012 will thus amount to 7p.

consents  for  three  of  these  five  transfers  had  been

This compares with the total paid during 2012 in respect

obtained  by  31  December  2012,  consents  for  the

of 2011 of 6½p.  

remaining two were only received after that date.  With all

required consents now obtained, it should be possible to

In  addition,  the  company  made  a  capitalisation  issue  of

complete the restructuring in the near future. 

2,004,872  new  preference  shares 

to  ordinary

shareholders  on  28  September  2012  on  the  basis  of  3

With  the  restructuring  completed,  there  should  be  no

new preference shares for every 50 ordinary shares held

further technical hurdles to proceeding with the planned

(2011: 2,004,872 new preference shares on the basis of

public offering and listing of shares in REA Kaltim other

3  new  preference  share  for  every  50  ordinary  shares

than compliance with normal regulatory formalities and, in

held).    The  directors  will  consider  a  further  such  issue

particular, provision of audited financial statements for the

during 2013 if they feel that this is merited by the group’s

restructured REA Kaltim sub-group as of a date not more

performance.

13

Chairman’s statement continued

than  six  months  earlier  than  the  date  of  the  public

the marketability of the ordinary shares but, as mentioned

offering. However, the recent village issues detailed under

above, the directors are currently reviewing their strategic

“Community  relations”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  above

plans including in respect of the listing.  Therefore, in an

have  unfortunately  had  a  negative  impact  on  the  crops

effort  to  address  in  the  short  term  what  they  see  as  a

and profits of 2012 and the early months of 2013 (with

mismatch between demand for and availability of ordinary

the  impact  on  2013  greater  in  the  local  Indonesian

shares, the directors are considering seeking shareholder

accounts  of  REA  Kaltim  than  in  the  consolidated

approval for the company itself to buy back into treasury

accounts of the group because the different accounting

limited numbers of ordinary shares with the intention that,

standards applied mean that the group has recognised in

whenever  a  holding  of  a  reasonable  size  has  been

2012  the  effect  that  the  sale  of  high  FFA  oil  held  in

accumulated,  such  holding  be  placed  with  one  or  more

inventory at 31 December 2012 will have on 2013 sales

new investors.

proceeds whereas REA Kaltim has not).  This may affect

the  pricing  of  an  early  public  offering  of  shares  in  REA

Board changes

Kaltim. 

The directors do not believe that factors that should exist

Singapore  and  Indonesia  with  overall  local  responsibility

only in the short term and have now been largely resolved

for  the  Indonesian  operations,  was  appointed  president

should be allowed materially to compromise shareholder

director of REA Kaltim during 2012 and a director of the

Mark  Parry,  the  group’s  regional  director  based  in

value.  They remain of the view that it remains desirable

company on 1 January 2013.  

for  the  group  to  list  REA  Kaltim  on  the  Indonesia  stock

exchange  and  are  now  reviewing  their  options  for

As  previously  announced, 

the  four 

long  serving

pursuing  this  strategy,  given  the  probable  need  to

independent  non-executive  directors,  Messrs  Green-

postpone  its  implementation  until  sufficient  time  has

Armytage, Keatley, Letts and Lim, retired from the board

elapsed  for  the  proposed  REA  Kaltim  group  to  have

of  the  company  at  the  end  of  2012,  and  Ms  Irene  Chia

reported figures that reflect normal cropping levels.

was  appointed  as  a  new  non-executive  director  in

conjunction  with  Mr  Parry’s  appointment  as  executive

The directors are aware that the market in the company's

director.  This has reduced the number of board members

ordinary  shares  is  at  times  limited,  that  purchases  and

from  eight  to  six.    Along  with  my  remaining  fellow

sales  of  small  numbers  of  shares  can  have  a

directors,  I  would  like  to  record  my  appreciation  of  the

disproportionate  effect  on  the  ordinary  share  price  and

significant  contribution  made  to  the  group  by  the  four

that  the  spread  between  the  bid  and  offer  prices  of  the

retiring  directors  and  for  their  invaluable  support  over  a

ordinary shares is often large. The directors believe that

number of years.

there  is  potential  demand  for  the  company's  ordinary

shares but that this demand comes mainly from investors

Corporate governance

who  wish  to  have  holdings  of  a  certain  size  and  are

generally not prepared to spend time accumulating such

At  the  performance  evaluation  conducted  in  2012,  the

holdings  from  the  trickle  of  small  offerings  that  are

board  as  then  constituted  concluded  that  it  was  for  the

normally  available.  Should  the  Indonesian  listing  of  REA

time  being  continuing  to  perform  effectively  but  that,

Kaltim  proceed,  the  directors  hope  that  better  analyst

having  decided  to  restructure  the  group’s  Indonesian

coverage of the company following the listing will improve

plantation subsidiaries into a single sub-group headed by

14

REA Kaltim and to move towards a listing REA Kaltim on

2012), there is a concern that the discount will narrow as

the Indonesia stock exchange, it would be appropriate, in

a result of reducing soya oil prices rather than rising CPO

due course, to make certain changes to the board.  Those

prices.    Against  this,  there  is  now  evidence  of  falling

changes  were  implemented  at  the  end  of  2012  as

stocks  and  past  experience  suggests  that  lower  price

described above and the directors consider that the new

levels  will  lead  to  increased  Indian  and  Chinese

composition of the board is appropriate and effective for

consumption.

the current strategic direction of the company.  

Prospects

East  Kalimantan  is  a  recently  democratised  and  rapidly

developing society and this has added a social dimension

to  the  challenges  of  infrastructure  and  remote  location

Against the background of the continuing village issues in

that  the  group  has  always  faced.    Nevertheless,  East

January  and  early  February  and  the  subsequent  more

Kalimantan  does  offer  excellent  conditions  for  the

limited harvesting blockages, the FFB crop to the end of

cultivation of oil palm and provides opportunity for further

March  2013  amounted  to  137,576  tonnes,  against

expansion of established oil palm estates.  The directors

136,702 tonnes for the same period in 2012.  The limited

believe  that  the  challenges  are  being  surmounted,  that

harvesting blockages will also have some impact on the

the  group  will  be  successful  in  taking  advantage  of  the

crops reported for April but, thereafter, if as is hoped the

expansion  opportunities  and  that  there  will  be  further

agreements  now  reached  in  relation  to  village  issues

scope  for  enhancing  returns  through  the  now  proven

continue to be respected, the directors expect the group’s

methane capture initiatives.  This should ensure that the

own  FFB  crops  to  return  to  more  normal  levels.    The

group  will  continue  to  accrue  value  from  its  oil  palm

effect of the disruptions to harvesting in 2012 is likely to

operations  which  already  represent  a  high  quality  large

have affected the normal fruiting cycle so that it must be

scale agricultural business.

expected  that  monthly  cropping  levels  may  be  below

average for the next few months and above average for

the closing months of 2013. 

A  significant  feature  of  2012  was  the  increasing

RICHARD M ROBINOW

throughput  of  third  party  FFB.  This  provides  the  group

with a valuable additional revenue stream, the benefit of

Chairman
25 April 2013

which  more  than  outweighs  a  slight  negative  impact  on

extraction  rates.    With  the  continuing  expansion  of

smallholder plantings in the vicinity of the group's estates,

further  increases  in  third  party  FFB  throughput  can  be

expected going forward

The  CPO  price  currently  stands  at  $830  per  tonne.    At

this level, the price is at an unusually large discount to the

soya  oil  price  but,  with  reports  of  large  current  season

plantings of soybean in both the United States and South

America (spurred no doubt by the high soybean prices of

15

Review of the group

Introduction

Overview

This review has been prepared to provide holders of the

Nature of business and resources

company’s shares with information that complements the

accompanying financial statements.  Such information is

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

intended  to  help  shareholders  in  understanding  the

palms in the province of East Kalimantan in Indonesia and

group’s  business  and  strategic  objectives  and  thereby

in  the  production  of  crude  palm  oil  (“CPO”)  and  crude

assist  them  in  assessing  how  the  directors  have

palm  kernel  oil  (“CPKO”).    A  detailed  description  of  the

performed  their  duty  of  promoting  the  success  of  the

group's  oil  palm  activities  is  provided  under  “Agricultural

company.

operations” below.

This  review  should  not  be  relied  upon  by  any  persons

During  2008,  the  directors  decided  to  augment  the

other  than  shareholders  or  for  any  purposes  other  than

traditional  agricultural  operations  of  the  group  by

those  stated.    The  review  contains  forward-looking

developing  a  modest  coal  operation  in  Indonesia.

statements, which have been included by the directors in

Following  this  decision,  the  group  acquired  rights  in

good faith based on the information available to them up

respect of three coal concessions in East Kalimantan and

to  the  time  of  their  approval  of  this  review.    Such

in  2010  started  to  develop  an  open  cast  coal  mining

statements  should  be  treated  with  caution  given  the

operation  and  coal  trading  activity  based  on  these

uncertainties  inherent  in  any  prognosis  regarding  the

concessions.    Subsequent  events  have  shown  that  coal

future and the economic and business risks to which the

mining  and  trading  activities  have  specific  complexities

group's operations are exposed.

that are not shared by the group’s agricultural operations.

The  directors  have  therefore  decided  that,  for  the  time

In preparing this review, the directors have complied with

being,  further  capital  committed  to  the  coal  operations

section 417 of the Companies Act 2006.  They have also

should  be  limited.    Further  information  concerning  the

sought  to  follow  best  practice  as  recommended  by  the

coal  activities  as  well  as  a  prospective  stone  quarry

reporting  statement  on  operating  and  financial  reviews

operation  is  provided  under  “Coal  and  stone  operations”

published  by  the  Accounting  Standards  Board  but  this

below.

review may not comply with that reporting standard in all

respects.

The  group  and  predecessor  businesses  have  been

involved  for  over  one  hundred  years  in  the  operation  of

This review has been prepared for the group as a whole

agricultural  estates  growing  a  variety  of  crops  in

and  therefore  gives  emphasis  to  those  matters  that  are

developing  countries  in  South  East  Asia  and  elsewhere.

significant  to  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  when

Today, the group sees itself as marrying developed world

taken  together.    The  review  is  divided  into  five  sections:

capital  and  Indonesian  opportunity  by  offering  investors

overview;  agricultural  operations;  coal  and  stone

in,  and  lenders  to,  the  company  the  transparency  of  a

operations; finances; and risks and uncertainties.

company  listed  on  a  stock  exchange  of  international

standing and then using capital raised by the company (or

with the company’s support) to develop natural resource

based  operations  in  Indonesia  from  which  the  group

believes  that  it  can  achieve  good  returns.    In  this

endeavour,  the  group’s  inheritance  from  its  past  and  its

16

recent  track  record  represent  significant  intangible

a  view  to  utilising  the  group’s  existing  agricultural

resources  because  they  underpin  the  group’s  credibility.

management  capacity  to  manage  a  larger  business.

This  assists  materially  in  sourcing  capital,  in  negotiating

Secondly,  the  group  strives  to  manage  its  established

with  the  Indonesian  authorities  in  relation  to  project

agricultural  operations  as  productively  as  possible.

development  and  in  recruiting  management  of  a  high

Ancillary  to  the  first  component  of  this  approach,  the

calibre.

group seeks to add to its land bank when circumstances

are conducive to its doing so.  To the extent that the coal

Other resources important to the group are its established

mining and stone quarry operations develop, the directors

base  of  operations,  an  experienced  management  team

intend that the group would similarly seek production cost

familiar  with  Indonesian  regulatory  processes  and  social

efficiencies  in  those  operations  by  increasing  volumes

customs,  a  trained  workforce  and  the  group’s  land  and

and focusing on productivity.

concession rights.

Objectives

As a financial strategy, the group aims to enhance returns

to  equity  investors  in  the  company  by  procuring  that  a

prudent proportion of the group’s funding requirements is

The  group’s  objectives  are  to  provide  attractive  overall

met with prior ranking capital in the form of fixed return

returns to investors in the shares and other securities of

permanent  preferred  capital  and  debt  with  a  maturity

the  company  from  the  operation  and  expansion  of  the

profile  appropriate  to  the  group's  projected  future  cash

group’s  existing  businesses  and  to  foster  economic

flows.

progress  in  the  localities  of  the  group's  activities,  while

maintaining high standards of sustainability.  Achievement

Sustainability

of  these  objectives  is  dependent  upon,  among  other

things, the group’s ability to generate the operating profits

The  group  is  committed  to  responsible  management  of

that are needed to finance such achievement.

the  environmental  and  social  consequences  of  its

activities.  As part of this commitment, in February 2013

CPO is a primary commodity and as such must be sold at

the  company  published  its  first  carbon  footprint  report

a  price  that  is  determined  by  world  supply  and  demand.

providing  an  assessment  of  the  greenhouse  gas

Such price fluctuates in ways that are difficult to predict

emissions  associated  with  the  group’s  agricultural

and  that  the  group  cannot  control.    The  group’s

operations in 2011.  The report identifies and quantifies

operational  strategy  is  therefore  to  concentrate  on

greenhouse gas emissions in the production of CPO and

minimising  unit  production  costs,  without  compromising

CPKO  at  the  group's  palm  oil  mills  and  related  estate

on  quality  or  its  objectives  as  respects  sustainable

supply base and, going forward, will facilitate the design

practices,  with  the  expectation  that,  as  a  lower  cost

and  implementation  of  effective  strategies  for  reducing

producer of a primary commodity, the group has greater

the  group’s  greenhouse  gas  emissions  as  well  as

resilience to any downturn in price.

providing a baseline against which progress in achieving

such  reductions  can  be  monitored  and  reported.    The

In  the  agricultural  operations,  the  group  adopts  a  two

report  is  available  for  downloading  from  the  company’s

pronged approach in seeking production cost efficiencies.

website at www.rea.co.uk.  

First,  the  group  aims  to  capitalise  on  its  available

resources  by  developing  its  land  bank  as  rapidly  as

Following  on  from  the  carbon  footprint  report,  the

logistical, financial and regulatory constraints permit with

company is currently in the process of compiling its first

17

Review of the group continued

standalone  sustainability  report.    This  is  due  to  be

Kaltim’s  shares  on  the  Indonesia  Stock  Exchange  in

published  later  in  2013  and  it  is  intended  that  it  should

Jakarta. 

establish  a  baseline  against  which  both  internal  and

external  stakeholders  can  monitor 

the  group’s

The directors believe that establishing a more local profile

sustainability performance.

Diversification

for the group and facilitating local Indonesian investment

in the group’s plantation operations is likely to become an

increasingly  important  factor  in  relation  to  land  matters

affecting the group. A listing of REA Kaltim in Indonesia

The  group  recognises  that  its  agricultural  operations,  of

can be expected to encourage coverage of the group by

which the total assets at 31 December 2012 represented

South  East  Asian  investment  analysts  and,  as  a  listed

some 90 per cent of the group’s total assets and which, in

company, REA Kaltim should be treated as a local rather

2012,  contributed  all  of  the  group’s  profits,  lie  within  a

than foreign company for Indonesian regulatory purposes.

single  locality  and  rely  on  a  single  crop.    This  permits

significant  economies  of  scale  but  brings  with  it  some

It had been hoped to complete the planned restructuring

risks.    The  coal  and  stone  activities  provide  only  a  small

in Indonesia by 31 December 2012 but this did not prove

diversification  and  whilst  further  diversification  would

possible  because  of  delays  in  obtaining  the  necessary

provide the group with some offset against such risks, the

regulatory  approvals  from  the  Indonesian  Investment

directors  believe  that,  for  the  foreseeable  future,  the

Coordinating Board. Such approvals were required for the

interests  of  the  group  and  its  shareholders  will  be  best

intra-group  transfer  of  ownership  to  REA  Kaltim  of  five

served by growing the existing operations.  They therefore

other  existing  subsidiaries  of  the  company  and,  whilst

have no plans for further diversification.

consents  for  three  of  these  five  transfers  had  been

Strategic direction

obtained  by  31  December  2012,  consents  for  the

remaining two were only received after that date. This will

permit  the  restructuring  to  be  completed  in  the  near

Early  in  2012,  the  directors  concluded  that,  given  the

future. 

significant enlargement of the group’s operations over the

past  decade,  the  continuing  growth  of  the  Indonesian

With  the  restructuring  completed,  there  should  be  no

economy  and  the  progressive  maturing  of  South  East

further technical hurdles to proceeding with the planned

Asian  capital  markets,  there  would  be  significant

public offering and listing of shares in REA Kaltim other

advantages  to  the  company  and  its  shareholders  in

than compliance with normal regulatory formalities and, in

increasing local Indonesian participation in the ownership

particular, provision of audited financial statements for the

of  the  group’s  agricultural  operations.    Accordingly,  the

restructured REA Kaltim sub-group as of a date not more

directors  have  been  proceeding  with  their  previously

than  six  months  earlier  than  the  date  of  the  public

announced  plans  for  the  amalgamation  of  all  of  the

offering. However, the recent village issues detailed under

company’s Indonesian plantation subsidiaries into a single

“Community  relations”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  above

sub-group  headed  by  the  company’s  principal  operating

have  unfortunately  had  a  negative  impact  on  the  crops

subsidiary, PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”) with

and profits of 2012 and the early months of 2013 (with

the  aim  that  this  be  followed  in  due  course  by  a  public

the  impact  on  2013  greater  in  the  local  Indonesian

offering  of  a  minority  shareholding  in  REA  Kaltim

accounts  of  REA  Kaltim  than  in  the  consolidated

(probably  20  per  cent)  combined  with  a  listing  of  REA

accounts of the group because the different accounting

18

standards applied mean that the group has recognised in

whenever  a  holding  of  a  reasonable  size  has  been

2012  the  effect  that  the  sale  of  high  FFA  oil  held  in

accumulated,  such  holding  be  placed  with  one  or  more

inventory at 31 December 2012 will have on 2013 sales

new investors

proceeds whereas REA Kaltim has not).  This may affect

the  pricing  of  an  early  public  offering  of  shares  in  REA

Management development

Kaltim.

Mark  Parry,  the  group’s  regional  director  based  in

The directors do not believe that factors that should only

Singapore  and  Indonesia  with  overall  local  responsibility

exist in the short term and have now been largely resolved

for  the  Indonesian  operations,  was  appointed  president

should be allowed materially to compromise shareholder

director of REA Kaltim during 2012 and a director of the

value.  They remain of the view that it remains desirable

company  on  1  January  2013.    The  senior  executive

for  the  group  to  list  REA  Kaltim  on  the  Indonesia  stock

management of REA Kaltim has been further expanded

exchange  and  are  now  reviewing  their  options  for

during  2013  to  date  with  the  appointment  of  the

pursuing  this  strategy,  given  the  probable  need  to

incumbent head of human resources to the board of REA

postpone  its  implementation  until  sufficient  time  has

Kaltim and the extension of his responsibilities to include

elapsed  for  the  proposed  REA  Kaltim  group  to  have

government  and  village  relations,  security,  safety  and

reported figures that reflect normal cropping levels.

conservation.    The  appointee  not  only  brings  particular

expertise to the board but is an Indonesian national and

The directors are aware that the market in the company's

as such, together with the president commissioner who is

ordinary  shares  is  at  times  limited,  that  purchases  and

also an Indonesian national, complements the established

sales  of  small  numbers  of  shares  can  have  a

expatriate  leadership  of  the  president  director  and  the

disproportionate  effect  on  the  ordinary  share  price  and

chief operating and financial officers.  

that  the  spread  between  the  bid  and  offer  prices  of  the

ordinary shares is often large. The directors believe that

As  a  foreign  investor  in  Indonesia,  the  group  needs  to

there  is  potential  demand  for  the  company's  ordinary

remain  aware  that  it  is  in  essence  a  guest  in  Indonesia

shares but that this demand comes mainly from investors

and an understanding of local customs and sensitivities is

who  wish  to  have  holdings  of  a  certain  size  and  are

important.  The group’s ability to rely on senior Indonesian

generally not prepared to spend time accumulating such

staff to handle its local interface is therefore a significant

holdings  from  the  trickle  of  small  offerings  that  are

asset upon which the group continues to build.  This asset

normally  available.  Should  the  Indonesian  listing  of  REA

is  augmented  by  the  local  support  and  advice  that  the

Kaltim  proceed,  the  directors  hope  that  better  analyst

group obtains from local advisers and from the local non-

coverage of the company following the listing will improve

controlling investors in, and local non-executive directors

the marketability of the ordinary shares but, as mentioned

of, the company's Indonesian subsidiaries. 

above, the directors are currently reviewing their strategic

plans including in respect of the listing.  Therefore, in an

The  directors  believe  that  basing  senior  management  in

effort  to  address  in  the  short  term  what  they  see  as  a

the same time zone as the group’s operations facilitates

mismatch between demand for and availability of ordinary

management  oversight  and  improves  its  effectiveness.

shares, the directors are considering seeking shareholder

They intend that, over time, overall executive responsibility

approval for the company itself to buy back into treasury

for  the  management  of  the  group  will  progressively  be

limited numbers of ordinary shares with the intention that,

transferred from the UK to Singapore and Indonesia and

19

Review of the group continued

that  following  the  eventual  retirement  of  the  company’s

Following the weakening of the Indonesian rupiah against

current  managing  director  and  chairman,  the  group’s

the US dollar in the second half of 2011, which saw the

London office will be reduced to a secretariat managing

rupiah fall from Rp 8,500 = $1 at the end of the second

the  company’s  London  listing  and  liaising  with  its

quarter  to  Rp  9,046  =  $1  at  31  December  2011,  the

European  shareholders.    In  the  interim,  the  current

currency declined further during 2012 to close the year at

managing  director  and  chairman  will  remain  UK  based

Rp  9,670  =  $1.    Indonesian  inflation  over  2012

and have indicated their willingness to remain in office for

amounted to 4.3 per cent as compared with 3.8 per cent

a period sufficient to ensure continuity.

over 2011.

As  previously  announced, 

the  four 

long  serving

New  policies  to  increase  local  value-added  were

independent  non-executive  directors,  Messrs  Green-

introduced  by  the  Indonesian  government  during  2012.

Armytage, Keatley, Letts and Lim, retired from the board

These  included  a  decrease  in  the  export  tax  on  refined

of  the  company  at  the  end  of  2012,  and  Ms  Irene  Chia

palm oil products and a ban, after a certain date, on the

was  appointed  as  a  new  non-executive  director  in

export  of  certain  mineral  ores,  both  measures  being

conjunction  with  Mr  Parry’s  appointment  as  executive

aimed  at  increasing  downstream  processing  within

director.  This has reduced the number of board members

Indonesia.    The  dissolution  of  oil  and  gas  regulator,

from eight to six. 

The Indonesian context

BPMigas,  is  also  seen  as  a  move  designed  to  enhance

local control of natural resource assets.

The Jakarta mayoral elections saw the replacement of the

Domestic consumption accounts for 65 per cent of gross

incumbent  mayor  by  Joke  Widodo,  the  former  mayor  of

domestic  product  in  Indonesia,  a  nation  of  some  240

Solo, whose candidacy was supported by the opposition

million  people.    Whilst  the  global  economic  slowdown

Gerinada  Party  led  by  Probowo  Subianto,  a  prospective

placed  commodity  prices  under  pressure,  buoyant

presidential candidate.  A key component of the incoming

consumer  demand  provided  a  buffer  against  the  global

mayor’s  campaign  was  a  commitment  to  infrastructural

malaise and permitted Indonesia to record growth of 6.2

improvement.  Jakarta is home to over 10 million people

per cent for 2012, only slightly below the figure of 6.3 per

and accounts for one sixth of Indonesia’s gross domestic

cent  reported  in  2011.    With  the  ratio  of  debt  to  gross

product.    As  such,  it  is  an  important  barometer  of  both

domestic  product  remaining  under  good  control  and

political 

sentiment 

and 

economic 

confidence.

foreign currency reserves reported as $112 billion at 31

Presidential  elections  are  due  in  mid  2014  while

December  2012,  the  outlook  for  the  economy  remains

gubernatorial elections in East Kalimantan will be held in

positive.    The  World  Bank  Quarterly  Report  has  its

September 2013.

baseline  outlook  at  6.4  per  cent  growth  for  2013.

According to this report, a worsening of global conditions

Decisions during 2012 to proceed with several major new

with  a  freezing  of  international  financial  markets

infrastructural  projects  in  East  Kalimantan,  including  a

contributing  to  a  drop  in  trading  partner  growth  and  a

container port in Balikpapan and an airport in the Berau

further slowdown in exports could mean reduction in the

district,  should  encourage  continuing  growth  within  the

forecast  to  4.7  per  cent.    A  prolonged  global  downturn

province.  Less welcome has been the announcement of

encompassing the major emerging economies could see

a dramatic increase in the local minimum wage.  Minimum

a further reduction to 3.8 per cent.

wage rates are published annually in each province (the

“UMP” rate) and subsequently in each provincial regency

20

(the  “UMK”  rate).    These  rates  vary  markedly  across

Indonesian  ports)  above  which  a  tariff  of  7½  per  cent

Indonesia.    The  UMP  and  UMK  increases  for  East

applies  plus  an  additional  1½  per  cent  for  every  $50

Kalimantan  and  for  the  Kutai  Kartenegara  regency  (in

increase over this base threshold up to a maximum 22½

which  most  of  the  group’s  operations  are  located)  were

per cent at prices above $1,250 per tonne CIF Rotterdam.

respectively 49 per cent and 52 per cent.  These were at

There  have  been  calls  in  the  Indonesian  Parliament  and

the top end of increases announced across Indonesia.

by  the  Indonesian  palm  oil  producers’  association

(“GAPKI”) for reductions in the Indonesian tariffs to match

Indonesian  production  of  CPO  continues  to  grow  with

the  tariff  levels  of  Malaysia  but  there  is  as  yet  no

2012  production  now  estimated  at  around  28  million

indication that such calls will result in any changes. 

tonnes, significantly ahead of Malaysia with an estimated

2012 production of 19 million tonnes.  There is anecdotal

Evaluation of performance

evidence  that  increasing  restrictions  on  expansion  of  oil

palm  plantations  are  having  an  impact  and  that  this  will

In  seeking  to  meet  its  expansion,  efficiency  and

lead to a curtailment in the rate of growth of Indonesian

sustainability  objectives,  the  group  sets  operating

CPO production over the coming few years.  

standards  and  targets  for  most  aspects  of  its  activities

and  regularly  monitors  performance  against  those

Export  duty  differentials  between  refined  palm  oil

standards and targets.  For many aspects of the group's

products  and  crude  palm  oil  have  been  a  key  tool  in

activities,  there  is  no  single  standard  or  target  that,  in

promoting  domestic  refining  in  both  Indonesia  and

isolation from other standards and targets, can be taken

Malaysia.    Since  these  duties  also  impact  international

as providing an accurate continuing indicator of progress.

competitiveness,  both  Indonesia  and  Malaysia  monitor

In  these  cases,  a  collection  of  measures  has  to  be

their tariff rates closely in an attempt to ensure that they

evaluated and a qualitative conclusion reached.

retain  competitiveness  against  each  other  and  against

competing  vegetable  oils  in  the  world  market.    During

The  directors  do,  however,  rely  in  the  agricultural

2012,  as  international  prices  for  CPO  dropped  and

operations  on 

regular 

reporting  of  certain  key

domestic  stock  levels  increased  significantly,  Malaysia

performance  indicators  that  are  comparable  from  one

reviewed its long standing flat rate tariff on CPO exports

year  to  the  next.    These  indicators  for  any  given  period

and in October 2012 announced a new CPO export tariff

comprise: 

structure  ranging  from  4½  per  cent,  when  the

international price is at or above the equivalent of $725

per tonne (FOB Malaysian ports), to 8½ per cent, when

the  international  price  is  at  or  above  the  equivalent  of

$1,125  per  tonne  (FOB  Malaysian  ports).    These  new

tariffs were introduced with effect from 1 January 2013

and  meant  that  there  was  no  charge  to  export  duty    in

January and February 2013, when the price fell below the

$725 minimum.  

Indonesia has so far retained its established CPO export

tariff scale with a base threshold of $750 per tonne CIF

Rotterdam  (equivalent  to  about  $680  per  tonne  FOB

•

the  new  extension  planting  area  developed;    this  is

measured as the area in hectares of land cleared and

planted out or cleared and prepared for planting out

during the applicable period;

•

the crop of fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”) harvested; this

is measured as the weight in tonnes of FFB delivered

to the group's oil mills from the group’s estates during

the applicable period; and 

•

the  CPO,  palm  kernel  and  CPKO  extraction  rates

achieved; the first two of these are measured as the

percentage  by  weight  of  CPO  or  palm  kernels

21

Review of the group continued

extracted  from  FFB  processed  and  the  third  is

Because  of  the  group's  material  dependence  on  CPO

measured  as  the  percentage  by  weight  of  CPKO

prices,  which  have  a  direct  impact  on  revenues  and  on

extracted from palm kernels crushed.

periodic  revaluations  of  biological  assets,  in  targeting

return  on  total  equity  the  directors  set  a  norm  that  they

Of  these  indicators,  the  first  provides  a  measure  of  the

hope  will  represent  an  average  of  the  annual  returns

group's performance against its expansion objective.  The

achieved over a period of seven years.

second and third indicators are measures of field and mill

efficiency and, as such, provide a basis for assessing the

Percentages  for  the  above  two  indicators  for  2012  and

extent  to  which  the  group  is  achieving  its  objective  of

comparable  figures  for  2011  (derived  from  figures

maximising output from its operations.  Quantifications of

extracted  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial

the  above 

indicators  for  2012  and  comparable

statements  of  the  company)  are  provided  under  “Group

quantifications for 2011 (in both cases as sourced from

results” and “Financing policies” in “Finances” below.  As

the  group's  internal  management  reports)  are  provided

with  key  performance  indicators  for  the  agricultural

under  “Land  development”  and  “Crops  and  extraction

operations  and  for  the  same  reason,  the  directors  have

rates” in “Agricultural operations” below.  In the past, the

concluded that no targets for key performance indicators

group has published future targets for the key indicators

of financial performance should be published in future.

but,  in  view  of  the  regulatory  restrictions  on  forward

looking  statements  that  are  expected  to  apply  to  the

Pending finalisation of the indicators to be covered in the

group  if  there  is  a  public  offering  of  securities  in  REA

sustainability  report  referred  to  under  “Sustainability”

Kaltim, the directors have concluded that no such targets

above,  the  directors  continue  to  rely  principally  on

should be published in future.

qualitative rather than quantitative assessments in relation

to environmental and social performance.  The qualitative

While  the  former  coal  trading  operations  remain

commentary  under  “Employees”  and  “Responsible

suspended  and  stone  quarry  operations  have  not  yet

agricultural  practice”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  below

started,  the  directors  do  not  consider  it  appropriate  to

does  however  include  quantitative  data  on  examination

maintain  any  key  performance  indicators  for  those

results in the group’s primary schools, incidence of vector

operations.

borne diseases, serious accidents sustained, pollution of

water  courses  and  substitution  of  organic  for  inorganic

Key  indicators  used  by  the  directors  in  evaluating  the

fertiliser.    Specific  quantitative  data  on  diesel  and  petrol

group's  financial  performance  for  any  given  period

consumption  per  tonne  of  CPO  produced  is  no  longer

comprise:

included  as  information  provided  in  the  carbon  footprint

reports, the first of which was published in February 2013

•

return on adjusted equity, which is measured as profit

as  noted  under  “Sustainability”  above,  is  considered  to

before tax for the period less amounts attributable to

offer  a  more  meaningful  assessment  of  the  company’s

preferred  capital  expressed  as  a  percentage  of

greenhouse gas emissions. 

average  total  equity  (less  preferred  capital)  for  the

period; and

•

net  debt  to  total  equity,  which  is  measured  as

borrowings and other indebtedness (other than intra

group indebtedness) less cash and cash equivalents

expressed as a percentage of total equity.

Identification, assessment, management and mitigation of

the  risks  associated  with  environmental,  social  and

governance matters forms part of the group’s system of

internal control for which the board of the company has

ultimate  responsibility.    The  board  discharges  that

22

responsibility as described in the “Corporate governance”

cent by Indonesian local investors.  Pursuant to the group

section  of  this  annual  report.    Material  risks  and  related

restructuring  referred  to  under  “Strategic  direction”  in

policies  regarding  environmental,  social  and  governance

“Overview” above, the 95 per cent ownership of each of

matters  are  described  under  “Risks  and  uncertainties”

these subsidiaries is being transferred to REA Kaltim, with

below  and  under  “Employees”,  “Community  relations”,

each of the local investors retaining their respective 5 per

“Community  development”,  “Conservation”,  “Smallholder

cent ownership.  

schemes”, “Responsible agricultural practice” and “Carbon

footprint”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  below.    The  latter

It was agreed during 2012 to acquire a further Indonesian

sections also detail the group’s successes and failures in

company,  PT  Persada  Bangun  Jaya  (“PBJ2”),  with

environmental,  social  and  governance  areas  and  the

additional land allocations.  Upon completion of necessary

measures  taken  in  response  to  failures.    Independent

legal formalities, it is intended that PBJ2 should be owned

verification of the group’s performance in these areas is

as to at least 95 per cent by KKS and as to the balance

provided  as  described  under 

“Accreditation” 

in

by a local investor.  

“Agricultural operations” below. 

Agricultural operations

Structure

Land areas

The  operations  of  REA  Kaltim  are  located  some  140

kilometres  north  west  of  Samarinda,  the  capital  of  East

Kalimantan,  and  lie  either  side  of  the  Belayan  river,  a

All  of  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located  in

tributary of the Mahakam, one of the major river systems

East Kalimantan and have been established pursuant to

of  South  East  Asia.    The  KKS  and  SYB  areas  are

an  understanding  dating  from  1991  whereby  the  East

contiguous  with  the  REA  Kaltim  areas  so  that  the  three

Kalimantan authorities undertook to support the group in

areas together form a single site.  All of these areas fall

acquiring,  for  its  own  account  and  in  co-operation  with

within the Kutai Kartanegara district of East Kalimantan.

local  interests,  substantial  areas  of  land  in  East

The PBJ area sits some 70 kilometres to the south of the

Kalimantan for planting with oil palms. 

REA  Kaltim  areas  in  the  West  Kutai  district  of  East

Kalimantan while the CDM and KMS areas are located in

The oldest planted areas, which represent the core of the

close proximity of each other in the East Kutai district of

group’s  operations,  are  owned  through  REA  Kaltim  in

East Kalimantan less than 30 kilometres to the east of the

which a group company holds a 100 per cent economic

REA  Kaltim  areas.    There  are  three  strips  of  land

interest.  With the REA Kaltim land areas approaching full

pertaining to PBJ2, two of these lie adjacent to the land

utilisation, over the four year period from 2005 to 2008

areas  held  by  REA  Kaltim  and  KKS,  while  the  third

the  company  established  or  acquired  several  additional

borders the PBJ land area. 

Indonesian subsidiaries, each potentially bringing with it a

substantial  allocation  of  land  in  the  vicinity  of  the  REA

At  present,  the  REA  Kaltim,  SYB,  KKS,  CDM  and  KMS

Kaltim  estates.    These  additional  subsidiaries  comprise

areas are most readily accessed by river but a road bridge

PT  Cipta  Davia  Mandiri  (“CDM”),  PT  Kartanegara

over the Mahakam at Kota Bangun, completed in 2005,

Kumalasakti  (“KKS”),  PT  Kutai  Mitra  Sejahtera  (“KMS”),

may eventually be linked up to provide road access.  The

PT  Putra  Bongan  Jaya  (“PBJ”)  and  PT  Sasana  Yudha

PBJ area is easily accessible by road.  In order to improve

Bhakti  (“SYB”).    Each  of  these  subsidiaries  is  currently

the road link between REA Kaltim and the KMS and CDM

owned as to 95 per cent by group companies and 5 per

areas,  a  new  bridge  across  the  Senyiur  River  was

23

Review of the group continued

constructed during 2012.  Unfortunately the bridge was

A particular complication since the end of 2009 has been

subsequently washed away and a replacement bridge is

a  requirement  to  meet  new  Ministry  of  Forestry

now being built further downstream.

regulations so that any company proposing to clear land,

in  respect  of  which  HGU  certificates  have  not  already

Although the 1991 understanding established a basis for

been  obtained,  must  first  obtain  a  timber  cutting  permit

the provision of land for development by or in cooperation

(“izin  pemanfaatan  kayu”  or  “IPK”).    As  pre-requisites  to

with  the  group,  all  applications  to  develop  previously

the issue of an IPK, the zoning of the land to be covered

undeveloped  land  areas  have  to  be  agreed  by  the

by the IPK has to be checked to confirm that it has been

Indonesian Ministry of Forestry and to go through a titling

earmarked  for  plantation  development  and  the  land

and permit process.  This process begins with the grant of

concerned then has to be surveyed by representatives of

an allocation of Indonesian state land by the Indonesian

the  Ministry  of  Forestry  to  establish  the  stand  of

local authority responsible for administering the land area

commercial timber (if any).  For areas in respect of which

to  which  the  allocation  relates  (an  “izin  lokasi”).

HGU  certificates  have  already  been  obtained,  a  timber

Allocations are normally valid for periods of between one

utilisation  permit  (“surat  keterangan  syah  kayu  bulat”  or

and three years but may be extended if steps have been

“SKSKB”) is needed, the issue of which involves a shorter

taken to obtain full titles.

process than the issue of an IPK. 

After a land allocation has been obtained (either by direct

During  2012,  the  overall  area  of  the  group’s  fully  titled

grant from the applicable local authority or by acquisition

agricultural  land  remained  at  70,584  hectares  (pending

from the original recipient of the allocation or a previous

implementation  of  the  SYB  conditional  land  settlement

assignee), 

the  progression 

to 

full 

title 

involves

arrangements agreed in 2011 and as referred to below),

environmental and other assessments to delineate those

comprising 9,784 hectares held by CDM, 7,321 hectares

areas  within  the  allocation  that  are  suitable  for

held  by  KMS,  11,602  hectares  held  by  PBJ,  30,106

development,  settlement  of  compensation  claims  from

hectares  held  by  REA  Kaltim  and  11,771  hectares  held

local communities and other necessary legal procedures

by SYB. 

that vary from case to case.   The titling process is then

completed by a cadastral survey (during which boundary

In  addition,  at  31  December  2012,  the  group  held  land

markers are inserted) and the issue of a formal registered

allocations  subject  to  completion  of  titling  totalling

land  title  certificate  (an  “hak  guna  usaha”  or  “HGU”).

31,601  hectares,  comprising  3,061  hectares  in  CDM,

Once full title has been obtained, central government and

12,050  hectares  in  KKS,  2,212  hectares  in  SYB  and

local authority permits are required for the development of

7,537 hectares in PBJ2.  It is intended that application will

fully titled land.  These permits are often issued in stages.  

be made for a renewed allocation in respect of a further

6,741  hectares  at  CDM,  where  the  existing  allocation

In  the  group’s  experience,  the  land  titling  and  permit

recently  lapsed.    A  substantial  proportion  of  the  PBJ2

process,  which  was  never  straightforward,  has  become

land  allocation  will  be  transferred  to  smallholder

more complicated in recent years.  This has followed the

cooperatives  as  discussed  under  “Community  relations”

devolution  of  significant  authority  in  relation  to  land

below.    The  KKS  allocation  is  conditional  not  only  upon

matters  from  the  Indonesian  central  government  to

satisfaction  of  the  normal  titling  requirements  but  also

Indonesian  provincial  and  district  authorities.    This  has

upon  completion  of  a  necessary  rezoning  of  the  area

resulted  in  an  increase  in  the  number  of  official  bodies

concerned.   

involved in the titling process.

24

Work  is  continuing  with  a  view  to  completing  the

general  vicinity  of  its  existing  land  allocations  and  is

conditional  settlement  agreement  between  SYB  and  an

currently negotiating to acquire an area of approximately

Indonesian  third  party  company  relating  to  overlapping

800 hectares close to KMS.  With land prices rising and

mineral rights on certain land areas held by SYB.  Under

increasing  interest  in  plantation  development,  land  is

the agreement, SYB would swap 3,557 hectares of fully

much less available than was the case in 1991 when the

titled land, the subject of the claims, for 9,097 hectares of

group was first established in East Kalimantan.  Moreover,

fully  titled  land  held  by  another  company,  PT  Prasetia

the  Indonesian  government  is  now  applying  a  “use  it  or

Utama  (“PU”),  the  whole  of  the  issued  share  capital  of

lose  it”  policy  to  land.    Pursuant  to  this  policy,  land

which  would  be  transferred  to  SYB,  and  would  also

allocations  and  titles  may  be  rescinded  if  the  land

relinquish  its  2,212  hectares  land  allocation  that  is  still

concerned  is  not  utilised  within  a  reasonable  period  for

subject to completion of titling.  The PU land is located on

the purposes for which it was allocated.  The group must

the  southern  side  of  the  Belayan  River  opposite  the

therefore be careful in expanding its land bank to ensure

retained  SYB  northern  areas  and  is  linked  by  a

that it can demonstrate clear plans for the development of

government road to the southern REA Kaltim areas.  The

all of its undeveloped land holdings.

continuing  delay  in  completing  these  arrangements  has

been  caused  by  the  need  to  obtain  comfort  as  to  the

Land development

continuing validity of the land titles held by PU. 

Areas planted and in the course of development as at 31

Subject  to  completion  of  the  agreed  SYB  settlement

December  2012  amounted  in  total  to  some  37,000

arrangements, the fully titled land areas held by the group

hectares.    Of  this  total,  mature  plantings  comprised

would  increase  to  76,124  hectares,  while  the  land

26,688  hectares  having  a  weighted  average  age  of  10

allocations still subject to titling would reduce to 25,562

years.    A  further  621  hectares  planted  in  2009  was

hectares.  Titling of the remaining land allocations may be

scheduled to come to maturity at the start of 2013.  The

expected to result in full titles being granted to only part

total  of  37,000  hectares  includes  2,164  hectares  (of

of  the  allocated  areas  as  land  the  subject  of  conflicting

which  272  hectares  was  planted  in  2008)  to  be

claims or deemed unsuitable for oil palm cultivation may

relinquished  by  SYB  upon  completion  of  the  SYB  land

be excluded.  Moreover, not all of the areas in respect of

swap arrangement described under “Land areas” above. 

which  full  HGU  titles  are  issued  can  be  planted  with  oil

palms.    Some  fully  titled  land  may  be  unsuitable  for

Reserve  land  held  by  the  group  only  becomes  available

planting,  a  proportion  will  be  set  aside  for  conservation

for development when the titling process has proceeded

and  a  further  proportion  is  required  for  roads,  buildings

to  a  point  at  which  the  group  has  been  granted

and  other  infrastructural  facilities.    The  directors  believe

development  and  necessary  land  clearing  licences,  and

that of the prospective 76,124 hectares of fully titled land

compensation agreements have been reached with those

between  50,000  and  55,000  hectares  will  ultimately  be

local villagers who have claims in respect of their previous

plantable with oil palms.  The remaining land allocations

use of the land.  The group’s target for new development

may  in  due  course  provide  a  further  10,000  plantable

during 2012 was delayed because a decision was taken

hectares. 

against the background of the issues that the group had

been  experiencing  with  villages  surrounding  the  REA

In  addition  to  actively  pursuing  the  titling  of  its  land

Kaltim and SYB estates that development in new areas,

allocations,  the  group  continues  to  look  at  acquiring

such as those held by PBJ and CDM, should not start until

further areas suitable for planting with oil palms within the

the  group  had  ensured  that,  to  the  maximum  extent

25

Review of the group continued

reasonably  practicable,  compensation  due  to  affected

processed  into  CPO  and  palm  kernels.    The  oldest  mill

villagers  had  been  settled  and  registered  with  the

dates from 1998 and a major overhaul initiated in 2010,

appropriate  Indonesian  authorities.    Issues  with  villages

involving the upgrading of machinery and the installation

are  discussed  in  detail  under  “Community  relations”

of a new boiler  to restore the effective mill capacity to 80

below.

tonnes  per  hour,  is  now  substantially  complete.    The

second  oil  mill,  which  was  brought  into  production  in

Negotiations  with  villages  adjacent 

to  PBJ  are

2006,  was  expanded  during  2010  to  increase  capacity

substantially complete and clearing for further expansion

from 60 to 80 tonnes per hour.  The newest mill, which

in the substantial plantable areas held by PBJ is expected

commenced operation in September 2012, has a current

to  commence  shortly.    Negotiations  are  continuing  with

capacity of 40 tonnes per hour.  With this new mill and the

villages  adjacent  to  CDM  with  a  view  to  achieving

recent upgrading of the other two mills, the group should,

sufficient  agreement  regarding  village  compensation  to

for  the  immediate  future,  have  sufficient  processing

permit resumption of land clearing on the CDM areas in

capacity to handle all crop from its own estate and from

the near future.  It is intended to complete the planting out

the growing number of maturing smallholder plantings in

of  some  5,000  hectares  of  KMS  (being  areas  already

the vicinity.  The newest mill has been designed to permit

prepared  for  planting  during  2011)  by  mid  2013,

the installation of a second processing line which would

although  a  minor  proportion  of  this  area  is  likely  to  be

double  the  mill’s  capacity  to  80  tonnes  per  hour  and

transferred  to  a  village  cooperative  as  explained  under

thereby provide the ability to cope with further processing

“Community relations” below.

demands.

Although costs are rising, at current cost levels and CPO

Once  the  plantings  currently  underway  at  KMS  and

prices, extension planting in areas adjacent to the existing

planned  for  CDM  reach  a  certain  level  of  maturity,  a

developed areas still offers the prospect of good returns.

further  oil  mill  is  likely  to  be  needed  to  process  the

Accordingly,  it  remains  the  policy  of  the  directors  that,

additional  FFB  production  from  these  new  areas.

subject  to  financial  and  logistical  constraints,  the  group

Because the PBJ areas are some distance away from the

should continue its expansion and should aim over time to

group’s  other  planted  areas,  it  will  not  be  possible  to

plant with oil palms all suitable undeveloped land available

process fruit from PBJ in any of the group’s three existing

to the group (other than areas set aside by the group for

mills or prospective fourth mill.  It is planned that early fruit

conservation).    Such  expansion  will,  however,  involve  a

from  PBJ  will  be  sold  to  neighbouring  mills  but  as  FFB

series  of  discrete  annual  decisions  as  to  the  area  to  be

production from PBJ grows, it is likely that PBJ will need

planted in each forthcoming year and the rate of planting

its  own  oil  mill.    The  directors  do  not  currently  foresee

may  be  accelerated  or  scaled  back  in  the  light  of

either  of  the  two  further  oil  mills  that  may  eventually  be

prevailing circumstances.  Moreover, the group’s capacity

needed being required before 2017.

for extension development is likely to remain dependent

upon the rate at which the group can make additional land

Each  of  the  group's  two  newer  oil  mills  incorporates,

areas available for planting.

Processing and transport facilities

within the overall facility, a palm kernel crushing plant in

which  palm  kernels  are  further  processed  to  extract  the

CPKO that the palm kernels contain.  The processing of

kernels 

into  CPKO  avoids  the  material 

logistical

The group currently operates three oil mills in which the

difficulties and cost associated with the transport and sale

FFB crops harvested from the mature oil palm areas are

of kernels.  Each kernel crushing plant has a final design

26

capacity  of  150  tonnes  of  kernels  per  day  which  is

allow  onshore  transhipment  of  palm  products  to  ocean

sufficient to process kernel output from the group’s three

going vessels.  This facilitates palm product shipments to

oil mills.  Total installed capacity is presently 250 tonnes

Europe when differentials between European and South

per day.  

East  Asian  prices  for  CPO  and  CPKO  make  such

shipments  worthwhile,  as  for  example  may  be  the  case

The  group  maintains  a  fleet  of  barges  for  transport  of

when  oil  has  been  segregated  and  certified  by

CPO  and  CPKO.    The  fleet  is  used  in  conjunction  with

internationally 

recognised  bodies  as  sustainably

tank storage adjacent to the oil mills and a transhipment

produced.  The Balikpapan facilities are to be enhanced

terminal owned by the group downstream of the port of

by the construction during 2013 of a CPO refinery under

Samarinda.  The fleet now comprises one barge of 4,000

a 

joint  venture  arrangement  between  two  major

tonnes, which the group time charters, and a number of

international  oil  traders  and  this  will  provide  a  further

smaller barges, ranging between 750 and 2,000 tonnes,

option  for  sale  of  CPO  delivered  to  Balikpapan.    The

which are owned by the group.  The smaller barges can

group can transport oil by barge direct to Balikpapan from

be used for transporting CPO and CPKO from the upriver

its  upstream  oil  storage  tanks  and  the  voyage  time  is

operations to points downstream for transfer either to the

significantly  shorter  than  the  voyage  time  to  Sabah.

transhipment terminal for subsequent collection by buyers

Delivery  to  Balikpapan  rather  than  Sabah  therefore

or directly to buyers’ own vessels.  The 4,000 tonne barge

means that more efficient use can be made of the group’s

is  equipped  for  sea  voyages  and  can  be  used  to  make

larger barge and the costs of transhipping in Samarinda

deliveries  to  customers  in  other  parts  of  Indonesia  and

can be reduced.

overseas.    On  occasions,  the  group  also  time  charters

barges for additional shipments and to provide temporary

During periods of lower rainfall (which normally occur for

storage if required. 

short periods during the drier months of May to August of

each year), river levels on the upper part of the Belayan

The directors believe that flexibility of delivery options is

become volatile and CPO and CPKO at times have to be

helpful  to  the  group  in  its  efforts  to  optimise  the  net

transferred  by  road  from  the  mills  to  a  point  some  70

prices, FOB port of Samarinda, that it is able to realise for

kilometres  downstream  where  year  round  loading  of

its produce.  Moreover, the group’s ability itself to deliver

barges of up to 2,000 tonnes is possible.  The group owns

CPO and CPKO allows the group to make sales without

a riverside site in this downstream location and intends to

the  collection  delays  sometimes  experienced  with  FOB

develop its own permanent loading facilities on the site for

buyers.  Typically, in recent years, over half of the group's

use  during  dry  periods  once  the  local  government  has

CPO production has been sold for delivery to ports in East

completed the construction of suitable access roads.  The

Malaysia  employing  the  group’s  largest  barge  almost

group  is  also  investigating  the  possibility  of  using

exclusively  in  sailing  between  Samarinda  and  Sabah.

alternative  routes  (by  obtaining  licences  to  access  third

However,  the  pattern  of  the  group’s  sales  is  changing

party  owned  roads)  for  the  transfer  of  palm  products  to

following  the  recent  construction  of  bulking  facilities  in

downstream loading points so that, as volumes increase,

the  major  sea  port  of  Balikpapan  and  the  group  is  now

the  group  can  continue  to  evacuate  all  palm  product

selling  increasing  volumes  of  CPO  for  delivery  to

output promptly during drier periods. 

Balikpapan.  

The new Balikpapan facilities provide better access to the

currently  follows  the  Belayan  River  to  Kota  Bangun

local  CPO  market  than  is  available  from  Samarinda  and

(where the Belayan joins the Mahakam River), and then

The  river  route  downstream  from  the  mature  estates

27

Review of the group continued

the  Mahakam  through  Tenggarong,  the  capital  of  the

months  of  2011)  and  crop  losses  resulting  from

Kutai  Kartanegara  regency,  Samarinda, 

the  East

harvesting disruptions generated by disputes with certain

Kalimantan  provincial  capital,  and  ultimately  through  the

surrounding villages.  It had been hoped that the second

Mahakam’s  mouth  into  the  Makassar  Straits.    An

half of the year would see at least a partial recovery of the

alternative  route  for  evacuating  CPO  and  CPKO,  which

crop  shortfall  of  the  first  half  but  further  disruptions  by

will also be used for the newer estates in KMS and CDM,

villages  meant  that  this  recovery  did  not  materialise.

is via the Senyiur River which joins the Mahakam between

Further  information  regarding  disputes  with  villages  is

Kota Bangun and Tenggarong.

provided under “Community relations” below.

Crops and extraction rates

A  significant  feature  of  2012  was  the  increasing

throughput  of  third  party  FFB.  This  provides  the  group

FFB crops for the years from 2008 to 2012 are shown in

with a valuable additional revenue stream, the benefit of

the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.  The crop

which  more  than  outweighs  a  slight  negative  impact  on

out-turn for 2012 amounted to 597,722 tonnes of FFB .

extraction  rates.    With  the  continuing  expansion  of

This was a little below the FFB crop of 607,335 tonnes

smallholder plantings in the vicinity of the group's estates,

for  the  corresponding  period  in  2011  but  some  12  per

further  increases  in  third  party  FFB  throughput  can  be

cent  below  the  budgeted  crop  for  the  year  of  682,000

expected going forward. 

tonnes.    The  group  purchased  64,014  tonnes  of  FFB

from smallholders and other third parties (2011: 34,146

Against the background of the continuing village issues in

tonnes).  

January  and  early  February  and  the  subsequent  more

limited  harvesting  blockages  (all  as  referred  to  under

Rainfall across the estates averaged 3,241 mm for 2012,

“Community relations” below), the FFB crop to the end of

similar to the level of 3,414 mm for the previous year.  The

March  2013  amounted  to  137,576  tonnes,  against

widely  predicted  El  Nino  weather  phenomenon  did  not

136,702 tonnes for the same period in 2012.  The limited

materialise.

harvesting blockages will also have some impact on the

crops reported for April but, thereafter, if as is hoped the

Processing  of  the  group’s  own  FFB  production  and  the

agreements  now  reached  in  relation  to  village  issues

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  661,736

continue to be respected, the directors expect the group’s

tonnes  (2011:  641,481  tonnes)  produced  151,516

own  FFB  crops  to  return  to  more  normal  levels.    The

tonnes of CPO (2011: 147,455 tonnes), 30,734 tonnes

effect of the disruptions to harvesting in 2012 is likely to

of  palm  kernels  (2011:  28,822  tonnes)  and  11,549

have affected the normal fruiting cycle so that it must be

tonnes  (2011:  10,815  tonnes)  of  CPKO  reflecting

expected  that  monthly  cropping  levels  may  be  below

extraction  rates  of,  respectively,  22.9  per  cent  for  CPO

average for the next few months and above average for

(2011: 23.0 per cent), 4.6 per cent for kernels (2011: 4.5

the  closing  months  of  2013.    In  view  of  the  regulatory

per  cent)  and  37.7  per  cent  for  CPKO  (2011:  38.4  per

restrictions on forward looking statements that would be

cent). 

expected to apply to the group if certain of the strategic

options  referred  to  under  “Strategic    direction”  in

Most of the crop shortfall against budget arose in the first

“Overview” above  were to be pursued, the directors have

half  of  2012  and  was  attributable  to  a  combination  of

concluded that no forecast of crops for the year or target

delayed  ripening  of  crops  in  the  early  part  of  the  year

extraction rates should be published.  

(reflecting  the  particular  weather  patterns  of  the  latter

28

Markets

competitive advantage within the vegetable oil and animal

fat  complex.    Within  vegetable  oil  markets,  CPO  should

According to Oil World, worldwide consumption of the 17

also continue to benefit from health concerns in relation

major  vegetable  and  animal  oils  and  fats  increased  by

to  trans-fatty  acids.    Such  acids  are  formed  when

3.75  per  cent  to  182.7  million  tonnes  in  the  year  to  30

vegetable  oils  are  artificially  hardened  by  partial

September  2012.    The  increased  consumption  was

hydrogenation.    Poly-unsaturated  oils,  such  as  soybean

reflected in increased world production during the same

oil, rape oil and sunflower oil, require partial hydrogenation

period  of  182.9  million  tonnes  with  CPO  accounting  for

before they can be used for shortening or other solid fat

51.5 million tonnes of this (28.2 per cent of the total).

applications but CPO does not.

Vegetable  and  animal  oils  and  fats  have  conventionally

In recent years, bio-fuel has become an important factor

been  used  principally  for  the  production  of  cooking  oil,

in the vegetable oil and animal fat markets, not so much

margarine  and  soap.    Consumption  of  these  basic

because  of  the  oil  and  fats  that  it  currently  consumes,

commodities  correlates  with  population  growth  and,  in

although this is not insignificant, but because the size of

less  developed  areas,  with  per  capita  incomes  and  thus

the  energy  market  means  that  bio-fuel  can  provide  a

economic  growth.    Demand  is  therefore  driven  by  the

ready outlet for large volumes of oils and fats over a short

increasing world population and economic growth in the

period when surpluses in supply depress prices to levels

key markets of India and China.  Vegetable and animal oils

at  which  bio-fuel  can  be  produced  at  a  cost  that  is

and  fats  can  also  be  used  to  provide  bio-fuels  and,  in

competitive with prevailing petroleum oil prices.  There is

particular,  bio-diesel.    According  to  Oil  World,  bio-fuel

a  growing  body  of  evidence  that,  in  recent  years,

production  during  the  year  to  31  December  2012  is

vegetable  oil  and  petroleum  oil  prices  have  moved  in

estimated to have accounted for some 13 per cent of all

tandem  and  that  petroleum  oil  prices  create  a  floor  for

vegetable and animal oil and fat produced. 

vegetable  and  animal  oil  and  fat  prices  at  the  level  at

which such oils and fats can be converted to bio-fuel at an

The  principal  competitors  of  CPO  are  the  oils  from  the

overall  cost  (net  of  any  available  subsidies)  that  is

annual  oilseed  crops,  the  most  significant  of  which  are

competitive with the prevailing price of petroleum oil.

soybean,  oilseed  rape  and  sunflower.    Because  these

oilseeds are sown annually, their production can be rapidly

The  directors  believe  that  demand  for,  supply  of  and

adjusted to meet prevailing economic circumstances with

consequent pricing of, vegetable and animal oils and fats

high vegetable oil prices encouraging increased planting

will  ultimately  be  driven  by  fundamental  market  factors.

and low prices producing a converse effect.  Accordingly,

However,  they  also  recognise  that  normal  market

in  the  absence  of  special  factors,  pricing  within  the

mechanisms can be affected by government intervention.

vegetable oil and fat complex can be expected to oscillate

It has long been the case that some areas (such as the

about  a  mean  at  which  adequate  returns  are  obtained

EU) have provided subsidies to encourage the growing of

from growing the annual oilseed crops.

oilseeds  and  that  such  subsidies  have  distorted  the

natural  economics  of  producing  oilseed  crops.    More

Since the oil yield per hectare from oil palms (at between

recently  there  have  been  actions  by  governments

four and seven tonnes) is much greater than that of the

attempting to reduce dependence on fossil fuels.  These

principal annual oilseeds (less than one tonne), CPO can

have  included  steps  to  enforce  mandatory  blending  of

be  produced  more  economically  than  the  principal

bio-fuel  as  a  fixed  minimum  percentage  of  all  fuels  and

competitor  oils  and  this  provides  CPO  with  a  natural

subsidies  to  support  the  cultivation  of  crops  capable  of

29

Review of the group continued

being used to produce bio-fuel.  Concerns as to the side

the balance of 35 per cent was exported.  The proportion

effects of such actions in reducing food availability and in

of local sales was higher than for 2011 and partly reflects

encouraging deforestation may limit further measures to

the development of the local market and modifications to

encourage  the  production  of  bio-fuel  but  the  directors

the  tariff  structure  of  the  Malaysian  market,  hitherto  the

consider  it  likely  that  measures  already  in  place  will

group’s  principal  export  market,  where  as  noted  under

remain in force for some time to come. 

“The Indonesian context” in “Overview” above, duties have

been  brought  into  line  with  those  in  Indonesia.    As  a

A graph of CIF Rotterdam spot CPO prices for the last ten

consequence,  the  differential  between  FOB  prices

years,  as  derived  from  prices  published  by  Oil  World,  is

realisable for CPO in the local and international markets

shown in the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.

has  narrowed.    With  production  volumes  increasing,  the

The monthly average price over the ten years has moved

group  is  broadening  its  customer  base  to  ensure  that  it

between a high of $1,292 per tonne and a low of $330

can access both domestic and export markets.

per tonne.  The monthly average price over the ten years

as a whole has been $725 per tonne. 

A  complicating  factor  in  2012,  was  the  impact  of  the

delays  to  harvesting  caused  by  the  village  disruptions

After opening 2012 at $1,065 per tonne, CIF Rotterdam,

referred  to  under  “Crops  and  extraction  rates”  above.

the  CPO  price  weakened  during  the  second  half  of  the

These  meant  that  significant  volumes  of  FFB  were

year  to  a  low  of  $745  per  tonne  but  then  recovered

harvested late with a negative impact both on extraction

slightly to end the year at $810 per tonne.  Prices have

rates  and  on  the  free  fatty  acid  (“FFA”)  content  of  CPO

appreciated  a  little  from  this  level  in  2013  to-date  and

production.  The sales volumes and prices achievable for

currently  stand  at  $830  per  tonne.    The  weaker  price

high FFA oil produced during the closing months of 2012

levels now being seen may be attributed to a combination

were materially lower than the prices that might otherwise

of  higher  stock  levels  at  origin,  and  concern  that  the

have  been  expected  to  be  realised  for  the  CPO

current  world  economic  situation  may 

reduce

production of that period. 

consumption of CPO and other vegetable oils in industrial

applications such as bio-diesel.  The current CPO price is

In past years, the CPKO price has almost always been at

at  an  unusually  large  discount  to  the  soya  oil  price  but,

a  premium  to  the  CPO  price  and  CPKO  has  been  an

with reports of large current season plantings of soybean

important second product for the group.  Over the course

in both the United States and South America (spurred no

of 2012, the CPKO premium disappeared and, in recent

doubt  by  the  high  soybean  prices  of  2012),  there  is  a

months, CPKO has been at a discount to the CPO price.

concern  that  the  discount  will  narrow  as  a  result  of

CPKO is similar to coconut oil and the anomalous recent

reducing  soya  oil  prices  rather  than  rising  CPO  prices.

pricing of CPKO is attributed to unusually good harvests

Against this, there is now evidence of falling stocks and

of  coconuts  in  the  Philippines  and  other  coconut

past experience suggests that lower price levels will lead

producing  areas.    Exports  of  CPKO  represented  31  per

to increased Indian and Chinese consumption.

cent  of  CPKO  sales  by  volume  in  2012  against  38  per

cent in 2011.

Revenues

In  2012,  approximately  65  per  cent  by  volume  of  group

are comprehensive and standard for each of the markets

CPO sales was made to the local Indonesian market and

into  which  the  group  sells.    The  group  therefore  has  no

CPO  and  CPKO  sales  are  made  on  contract  terms  that

30

current  need  to  develop  its  own  terms  of  dealing  with

sold  further  Greenpalm  certificates  in  respect  of  some

customers.  

19,000 tonnes of 2012 production of CPO. 

During  2012,  the  group  completed  the  RSPO  supply

As  noted  under  “The  Indonesian  context”  in  “Overview”

chain  certification  (“SCCS”)  and  obtained  International

above,  Indonesia  continues  to  impose  a  sliding  scale  of

Sustainability and Carbon Certification (“ISCC”)  referred

duty  on  exports  of  CPO  The  progressive  nature  of  the

to under “Accreditation” below, enabling it to sell some of

duty  means  that  the 

Indonesian  state  takes  an

its production as certified sustainable oil.  There are four

increasingly  large  part  of  the  benefit  of  prices  above

models established by RSPO for the marketing of oil from

$750 per tonne CIF Rotterdam.  Although local sales do

RSPO 

certified 

sources: 

“identity 

preserved”,

not  attract  export  duty,  arbitrage  between  the  local  and

“segregated”,  “mass  balance”  and  “book  and  claim”.

international  markets  ensures  that  the  price  differential

These  differ  in  the  extent  to  which  buyers  of  CPO  and

between  the  markets  is  normally  an  almost  exact

CPKO  obtain  delivery  of  identifiable  sustainable  oil.

reflection of the additional imposts incurred on exports.

Under the identity preserved and segregated models, oil

delivered is fully identified as sustainable (with the identity

As  a  general  rule,  all  CPO  and  CPKO  produced  by  the

preserved model further requiring that the delivered oil is

group is sold on the basis of prices prevailing immediately

identified as coming from a specific mill).  Under the mass

ahead  of  delivery  but,  on  occasions  when  market

balance model, certified and uncertified oil can be mixed

conditions  appear  favourable,  the  group  may  make

and the proportion of the mix representing certified oil can

forward sales at fixed prices.  The fact that export duty is

be delivered as sustainable oil.  With the book and claim

levied on prices prevailing at date of delivery, not on prices

model,  RSPO  certified  producers  do  not  deliver

realised,  does  act  as  a  disincentive  to  making  forward

sustainable  oil  to  buyers  but  “book”  the  volume  of  their

fixed  price  sales  since  a  rise  in  CPO  prices  prior  to

CPO and CPKO production and are awarded “Greenpalm

delivery  of  such  sales  will  mean  that  the  group  will  not

certificates” in exchange.  These certificates can then be

only forego the benefit of a higher price but may also pay

sold to end users of CPO and CPKO who wish to support

export tax on, and at a rate calculated by reference to, a

RSPO but do not wish to complicate their supply chains

higher price than it has obtained.  When making forward

by sourcing oil only from RSPO certified producers.

fixed price sales, the group would not normally commit a

volume  equivalent  to  more  than  60  per  cent  of  its

Existing  logistics  for  storage  and  transportation  make  it

projected  CPO  or  CPKO  production  for  a  forthcoming

difficult  for  the  group  to  sell  its  output  under  the  RSPO

period  of  twelve  months.    No  deliveries  were  made

identity preserved and segregated models but sales may

against forward fixed price sales of CPO or CPKO during

now be made under the mass balance model.  The group

2012  and  the  group  currently  has  no  sales  outstanding

made its first sales of ISCC certified oil during the last few

on this basis.

months of 2012 comprising 44,000 tonnes of CPO and

also  sold  Greenpalm  certificates  in  respect  of  56,051

The  average  prices  per  tonne  realised  by  the  group  in

tonnes  of  CPO  and  9,250  tonnes  of  CPKO.    Sales  of

respect  of  2012  sales  of  CPO  and  CPKO,  adjusted  to

certified  sustainable  CPO  and  CPKO  can  command

FOB,  Samarinda,  and  net  of  export  duty  were,

premium  prices  as  well  as  broadening  the  potential

respectively,  $800    (2011:  $861)  and  $862  (2011:

market for the group’s oil production in both the local and

$1,194).

export  markets.    In  the  first  quarter  of  2013,  the  group

31

Review of the group continued

Costs

electricity  company  (“PLN”)  under  which  the  group  will

install  an  additional  three  megawatts  of  generating

The  group's  revenue  costs  principally  comprise:  direct

capacity, which it will dedicate to PLN and which PLN will

costs of harvesting, processing and despatch; direct costs

use  to  supply  power  to  the  villages  surrounding  the

of upkeep of mature areas; estate and central overheads

group’s estates by way of a local grid to be constructed by

in  Indonesia;  the  overheads  of  the  UK  head  office;  and

PLN.  Payment for the power so utilised will be made by

financing  costs.    The  group’s  strategy,  in  seeking  to

PLN  at  a  fixed  rate  determined  by  Indonesian  state

minimise  unit  costs  of  production,  is  to  maximise  yields

regulations.    This  equates  to  about  $1  million  per

per  hectare,  to  seek  efficiencies  in  overall  costs  and  to

megawatt year but it is not yet known what utilisation PLN

spread  central  overheads  over  as  large  a  cultivated

will make of the available capacity.  PLN will also consider

hectarage as possible.

linking the national grid to the new local grid and may in

that  event  be  able  to  increase  its  power  capacity

The  level  of  rainfall  in  the  areas  of  the  agricultural

requirement to six megawatts.  

operations  provides  the  group  with  some  natural

advantage  in  relation  to  crop  yields.    The  group

Whilst the transaction agreed with PLN offers immediate

endeavours to capitalise on this advantage by constantly

returns  for  limited  further  investment  (estimated  at  $1

striving  to  achieve  economic  efficiencies  and  best

million  per  megawatt  of  installed  capacity),  the  group  is

agricultural  practice.    In  particular,  careful  attention  is

also  considering  a  project  to  use  methane  as  an

given to ensuring that new oil palm areas are planted with

alternative  fuel  source  for  vehicles  and  other  diesel  or

high quality seed from proven seed gardens and that all

petrol  powered  equipment. 

  Preliminary  research

oil palm areas receive the upkeep and fertiliser that they

indicates  that  such  a  project  would  be  feasible  using

need.  

existing well established technology and would offer the

prospect of attractive returns.  It would, however, require

The group’s two new methane capture plants (described

initial  capital  investment  of  approaching  $10  million.    If

under  “Carbon  footprint”  below)  were  commissioned  in

the group is successful in securing further profitable uses

April and October 2012 respectively.  Methane from each

for methane, methane production could be increased by

plant  is  currently  driving  two  generators  (each  of  one

installing  a  further  methane  capture  plant  in  the  third,

megawatt capacity). The power from these generators is

recently commissioned, mill. 

having  a  substantial  impact  on  the  group’s  consumption

of  diesel  oil  for  power  generation  with  material

Other cost saving initiatives that have been implemented

consequential  savings  in  energy  costs.    In  addition,  the

by the group in recent years include measures to reduce

group  is  accruing  carbon  credits  amounting  to  some

the  use  of  pesticides,  partial  substitution  of  inorganic

31,057 for 2012 which are expected to be realised later

fertiliser  with  natural  fertiliser,  increased  mechanical

in 2013 at a price agreed at the outset of the methane

handling  of  FFB  collection  and  transport,  and  the

plant  project.    Current  methane  production  is  averaging

establishment  of  an  “in  house”  road  maintenance

about  four  times  that  needed  to  drive  the  installed

capability.  Development of the stone quarry concession,

generators  and  this  offers  opportunities  for  generating

described  under  “Coal  and  stone  operations”  below,

additional returns from the investment made in the plants. 

should  permit  further  economies  in  respect  of  building

and maintenance of the group’s infrastructure.

In  furtherance  of  such  returns,  the  group  has  recently

reached an outline agreement with the Indonesian state

32

As  noted  under  “The  Indonesian  context”  in  “Overview”

The group has established a number of new initiatives for

above, there have recently been substantial increases in

2013.    These  include  a  review  of  salary  structures  to

government directed minimum wage levels. A reasonable

ensure  consistency  against 

industry  benchmarks

proportion  of  the  group's  employees  are  paid  at  a  level

throughout  the  group  hierarchy,  formal  processes  for

above  the  minimum  wage  but  the  need  to  maintain

performance  evaluation  (including  employee  feedback)

differentials  makes  it  inevitable  that  the  new  minimum

and  individual  development  programmes  to  facilitate

wage  levels  will  result  in  a  significant  increase  in  the

effective  succession  planning  and  promotion,  and  an

group's  employment  costs.    In  2012,  these  represented

employee satisfaction survey in order to make continuing

about  one  third  of  the  cost  of  sales  attributable  to  the

improvements to the working environment.   

group’s  agricultural  operations.      Cost  saving  efforts  in

2013  will  therefore  have  a  particular  focus  on  labour

Having available staff in the numbers and with the skills

efficiency and, specifically, on reducing overtime working.

and commitment that are required is vital to the group in

Employees

its  efforts  to  establish  best  practice  in  all  aspects  of  its

agricultural  activities.    In  most  years,  graduates  from

Indonesian  universities  are  recruited  to  join  a  twelve

By the end of 2012, the workforce numbered over 7,000. 

month  training  programme  organised  by  the  group's

training  school  that  provides  grounding  in  the  technical

Following  the  reorganisation  of  the  human  resources

aspects  of  oil  palm  estate  management.    Those

department (completed in 2011) and the appointment of

successfully  completing  the  programme  are  offered

new  management,  the  process  of  developing  a  more

management positions. 

consistent  and  formal  approach  to  the  management  of

human  resources  continued  throughout  2012.    Work

Wherever possible, the group fills available staff positions

commenced  on  establishing  a  comprehensive  employee

by  internal  promotion.    The  continuing  expansion  of  the

database, incorporating, in addition to personal data and

agricultural operations gives the group the ability to offer

salaries,  information  on  the  allocation  of  benefits  and

graduates  the  prospect  of  an  attractive  career  path.

facilities,  such  as  housing,  training  and  development,

Hitherto,  graduate  intake  has  focused  on  those  holding

productivity, performance and absenteeism.  A dedicated

agricultural  and  engineering  qualifications  but,  as  the

manager is now responsible for human resource matters

group’s 

requirements 

for  more 

sophisticated

within  each  subsidiary  company  helping  to  enhance

administrative  data  and  financial  systems  develop,

operational practices and to improve productivity.  

recruitment is broadening to include a wider spectrum of

graduates,  with  qualifications  in  finance,  accounting  and

Phasing in of a performance management system linked

office administration. 

to  key  performance  indicators  and  a  competitive

remuneration  structure  continued  during  2012  and  the

Continued  general  and  competency  based  training  is

system  should  be  applicable  to  all  staff  levels  by  2014.

provided for staff at all levels to  support the requirements

There  are  formal  processes  for  recruitment,  particularly

associated with external accreditations, which are integral

for key managerial positions, where psychometric testing

to  the  daily  operations  of  group,  as  well  as  for  practical

is used to support the selection and hiring decisions.  Exit

purposes.  Regular programmes are constructed by, and

interviews  are  also  conducted  with  departing  staff  to

operated out of, the group's own training school.  These

ensure  that  management  can  address  any  significant

are supplemented by external management development

issues.  

33

Review of the group continued

courses and attendance at industry conferences.  A wide

open  not  only  to  the  group's  employees  and  their

variety  of  topics  is  covered  including  work  ethics  and

dependants  but  also 

to  members  of 

the 

local

company  values,  health  and  safety,  sustainability,

communities.    The  group  actively  supports  measures  to

communication skills and English language courses.  The

control endemic diseases and to further the education of

group  continues  to  take  total  quality  management

its  workforce  in  hygiene  and  similar  health  matters.    No

initiatives  with  the  aim  of  further 

improving  the

incidents of vector borne diseases (such as dengue fever

effectiveness of the group’s operations.

and  malaria)  in  which  infection  occurred  on  the  group’s

estates were reported during 2012.

Almost  all  members  of  the  workforce  and  their

dependants are housed in group housing in a network of

The group has health and safety policies that are clearly

villages  across  the  group  estates.    Group  housing  is

communicated  to  all  employees  and  are  managed

extended  as  the  workforce  expands.    Villages  are

through  regular  training  as  well  as  meetings  on  each

equipped with potable water and electricity and provided

operating  unit  attended  by  management  and  employee

with  a  range  of  amenity  buildings  including  mosques,

representatives.  Senior  management 

is  ultimately

churches, shops, schools and crèches. 

accountable to the group managing director for all health

and  safety  matters  and  appropriate  action  is  taken  to

A trust funded by the group operates a network of primary

remedy any deficiencies identified.  There were no serious

schools and crèches across the group's estates for over

accidents during 2012.

2,000 children.  The group also provides support to state

secondary  schools  serving  the  children  of  the  group's

During 2012, the group committed to strengthening, and

employees.  In 2012, 158 pupils from the group’s primary

investing  further  in,  its  occupational  health  and  safety

schools  sat  examinations  for  entry  to  state  secondary

practices.    Following  an  independent  review  of  the

schools  and  a  100  per  cent  pass  rate  was  achieved

existing  occupational  health  and  safety  management

(2011: 143 pupils and 100 per cent).  As the workforce

system,  improvements  have  been,  and  continue  to  be,

expands  and  the  number  of  children  graduating  from

made  to  align  existing  procedures  with  international

primary  schools  grows,  the  group  is  exploring  the

standards of best practice, guided by the requirements of

possibility  of  providing  estate  secondary  schools,  where

the  internationally  recognised  occupational  health  and

local state secondary schools may be insufficient.  Initially,

safety  standard  OSHAS  18001.    The  group  aims  to  be

use  would  be  made  of  existing  classrooms  within  the

certified  to  be  in  full  compliance  with  this  standard  by

estate primary schools but in due course there may be a

2015.   

requirement  for  additional  estate  school  facilities.    The

availability of suitable schooling is essential for attracting

The group promotes a policy for the creation of equal and

and retaining staff in the remote locations of the group’s

ethnically  diverse  employment  opportunities,  including

operations.

with 

respect 

to  gender,  and  encourages 

the

establishment  of  forums  in  which  employees  or  their

The  group  runs  its  own  health  service  with  a  resident

representatives can have free and open dialogue with the

doctor, medical clinics on each established estate and a

group’s  management.    In  2012,  the  group  established  a

central clinic as well as, from 2013, a resident dentist.  It

gender  committee  to  ensure  that  the  gender  policy  is

also  has  partnership  links  with  larger  hospitals  in

properly implemented.   For a second year, in 2012 one of

Samarinda and Jakarta.  The estate and central clinics are

the group subsidiaries received an award for the provision

34

of equal opportunities for female workers from the local

experienced  because  of  actions  by  villagers  to  enforce

government.  

their  position  by  stopping  harvesting  access  to  certain

areas  of  the  group’s  estates  and  blockading  group  oil

Community relations

mills to prevent processing of FFB.

The group’s estate areas are surrounded by a network of

The 2012 village dissatisfaction with the group covered a

villages  and  sub-villages  (with  the  latter  administered

number  of  issues  and  different  villages  had  different

through the villages). 

claims.    However,  a  common  theme  was  a  demand  that

the  group  procure  the  land  necessary  to  establish

The  group  has  always  seen  the  maintenance  of

additional  cooperative  smallholder  oil  palm  plantings  in

harmonious  relations  with,  and  the  encouragement  of

each  village.    This  demand  was  based  on  2007

development within, the local communities in its areas of

Indonesian  legislation  (the  “2007  legislation”)  that

operation  as  an  essential  component  of  its  agricultural

requires that any company receiving a land allocation for

business.   As explained under “Land areas” above, all new

oil  palm  development  after  the  date  on  which  the

plantation development by the group involves payment of

applicable legislation became effective must provide land

compensation  to  affected  local  villages  as  well  as

for,  and  develop,  smallholder  oil  palm  plantings  equal  to

consultation with the surrounding communities to identify

20 per cent of the area to be planted with oil palm by the

overlapping  land  use  rights  and  ensure  that  these  are

company, such plantings to be owned and paid for (from

transferred  to  the  group  in  a  way  that  meets  legal

funding organised by the company) by co-operatives from

requirements 

(and 

in 

recent  years,  since 

the

the  villages  whose  land  use  rights  overlap  with  the

establishment  of  RSPO,  the  requirements  of  RSPO).

company’s land titles. 

Thereafter the group provides assistance with community

development projects and supports the local communities

Substantially all the REA Kaltim and SYB plantings are on

in  establishing  smallholder  plantings  of  oil  palms.    A

land allocated prior to the 2007 legislation and, whilst the

significant  proportion  of  the  group’s  workforce  is  drawn

group  has  to-date  successfully  supported  smallholder

from  the  local  communities  and  there  is  regular

development,  such  developments  have  been  almost

interaction at a social level between the group’s staff and

entirely on land provided by villagers and, the group has

employees and members of the local communities.

not  hitherto,  as  a  general  rule,  itself  provided  land  for

smallholder  plantings  by  villages  surrounding  the  REA

Inevitably  in    the  period  of  over  twenty  years  since  the

Kaltim and SYB estate areas.  Legal advice has confirmed

group’s  East  Kalimantan  operations  were 

first

that  the  group  is  under  no  obligation  to  do  so.

established,  there  have  been  occasional  disagreements

Nevertheless,  the  group  has  for  some  time  recognised

between  the  group  and  the  local  communities  but  until

that  it  should  endeavour  to  meet  the  expectations  of

recently,  such  disagreements  have  been  minor,  rapidly

villagers  who  have  difficulty  understanding  why  villages

resolved  and  without  significant  impact  on  the  group.

adjacent  to  newer  oil  palm  developments  are  entitled  to

That  situation  changed  during  2012  with  disputes

be given land while they are not.  It did, however, take time

concentrated  into  two  waves,  the  first  in  the  second

to  identify  and  acquire  suitable  land  for  cooperative

quarter of the year running into early July and the second

development  and  the  resultant  delay  has  certainly

in the final weeks of the year and continuing into 2013.

exacerbated  and  may  well  have  provoked  the  village

These disputes were more serious than those previously

problems experienced by the group.

35

Review of the group continued

The acquisition of PBJ2 in July 2012 provided the group

early  February.    Maintenance  of  this  much  improved

with sufficient land to meet the smallholder development

situation  will  be  subject  to  continued  adherence  by

obligations to which the group would have been subject

villages  to  the  terms  of  the  agreements  reached  with

had  the  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB  estates  been  developed

them  and  satisfactory  resolution  of  the  few  remaining

after  the  2007  legislation  was  enacted  but  did  not,  of

unresolved  issues  and  of  any  new  issues  that  may

itself,  immediately  resolve  outstanding  village  demands

surface.

for  oil  palm  cooperative  developments  and  other  village

claims.    That  was  because  such  resolution  was

The  current  improved  position  has  been  reached  at  a

complicated, as respects land allocations for cooperatives,

significant cost but that cost should not be without benefit

by  the  need  for  complete  and  accurate  government

given  that  the  funds  committed  to  procuring  additional

mapping of all village boundaries to provide a consistent

cooperative  oil  palm  developments  will,  in  due  course,

basis  for  allocation  between  villages  and,  as  respects

provide  a  return  to  the  group  from  further  increases  in

other claims, by past fraud by certain intermediaries who

group  revenues  from  processing  cooperative  FFB.

were  legally  appointed  by  villagers  and  entrusted  with

Moreover, the stronger relationships forged with the East

distributing land compensation to individual villagers.  

Kalimantan  authorities  during 

the  period  of 

the

disruptions and the better mutual understanding achieved

Fortunately, the group received excellent support from the

between  the  group  and  its  local  communities  should

local authorities who assisted with mediation and, where

enhance the group’s ability to continue the development

necessary,  police  intervention.    It  is  clear  that  village

of its East Kalimantan operations.   

actions interfering with the normal running of the group’s

estates are illegal but both the police and the group were

It  is  clear  that  the  group  and  the  villages  around  its

concerned to achieve resolutions of outstanding issues by

estates  are  interdependent.    The  group  requires  the

dialogue  rather  than  force  and  to  retain  a  situation  in

acceptance  of  its  operations  by  the  villages  while  the

which,  notwithstanding  the  issues,  discussion  remained

villages are reliant upon the group as an employer, as a

possible  between  the  group  and  the  various  villages

market  for  services  and  produce,  and  as  a  purchaser  of

without mutual antipathy.

smallholder grown FFB.  Villages will benefit further from

the group’s activities once the recent agreement to supply

Substantial progress has been made since the beginning

power  to  PLN,  as  described  under  “Costs”  above,  has

of  2013  and  settlement  agreements  in  respect  of  most

been  implemented  as  this  will  provide  the  villages  with

material  issues  were  reached  in  late  January  or  early

access  to  electricity  generated  by  the  group’s  methane

February with all of the larger villages that had land rights

capture  plants.  Whilst  it  is  probably  inevitable  that  there

historically  overlapping  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB  land.

will  on  occasions  in  the  future  be  issues  between  the

Settlement  discussions  are  continuing  in  respect  of

group  and  surrounding  villages,  the  directors  hope  that

outstanding  disputes.    To-date  agreements  concluded

with  a  better  appreciation  of  the  symbiotic  relationship

with villages have been adhered to but there have been

between  the  group  and  the  villages,  such  issues  will  be

some subsequent disruptions by individual villagers.  One

more readily resolved than was the case with the issues

such disruption caused a harvesting blockage in one area

that arose during 2012.

of  the  REA  Kaltim  estates  for  a  period  of  nearly  four

weeks during March and April 2013 but otherwise these

Against  the  background  of  the  2012  issues,  the  group

later  disruptions  have  been  limited  as  to  duration  and

reviewed the organisational structure and responsibilities

scale.   All three mills have been operating normally since

of  the  departments  dealing  with  the  local  communities

36

and increased the allocation of resources to this area of

“Program Pemberdayaan Masyarakyat Desa” or “PPMD”.

the group’s business.  The head of corporate affairs has

Under  this  scheme,  individual  smallholders  cultivate  oil

now been appointed to the board of REA Kaltim and has

palm  on  their  own  plot  of,  typically,  two  hectares.    The

extended  his 

responsibilities 

to 

include  overall

group  provides  technical  advice  and  supplies  the

responsibility 

for 

smallholder 

schemes, 

land

smallholders with seedlings, fertilisers and herbicides on

compensation, 

village 

liaison 

and 

community

deferred terms on the basis that when a smallholder’s oil

development.    In  addition,  a  new  head  of  village  affairs,

palm  plantings  reach  maturity,  all  FFB  produced  will  be

based  on  the  plantations,  is  being  appointed  with

sold to the group for processing and the group will, on an

responsibility for coordinating the daily activities of these

agreed  basis,  recover  from  the  amounts  payable  for  the

departments and ensuring their close interaction with the

FFB,  the  deferred  amounts  owed  to  the  group.    Some

local communities. 

Community development

1,561  hectares  of  smallholder  plantings  across  13  local

villages  have  been  established  following  this  model.    In

addition,  the  group  now  treats  as  if  they  were  PPMD

plantings a further 795 hectares of smallholder plantings

Community  development  assistance  provided  by  the

originally  developed  under  a  government  scheme  for

group  comprises  infrastructural  and  other  general

which the group has effectively assumed responsibility. 

assistance to the local communities.

While  continuing  to  support  established  smallholdings

Infrastructural assistance includes the provision of access

developed  under  the  PPMD  scheme,  since  2009  the

to electric power, assistance with repairs of village roads

group’s  efforts 

to  procure 

further  smallholder

and  bridges,  schools  and  community  buildings  and  the

development have been concentrated on encouraging the

provision of water for daily domestic use.  Other forms of

formation of local village cooperatives to develop oil palm

general  assistance  include  donations  to  support  the

on  larger  areas  pursuant  to  what  are  known  as  “plasma

celebration  of  religious  festivals  and  regular  fogging  for

schemes”.    Under  the  plasma  scheme  model,  the  land

mosquitoes  in  areas  of  the  surrounding  communities  to

areas  for  development  are  provided  by  or  allocated  to

reduce  the  incidence  of  vector  borne  diseases  in  those

village cooperatives but the development is managed by

communities. 

Smallholder schemes

the group for a fee, with the advantage that development

and  production  standards  similar  to  those  of  the  group

can  be  established  in  the  plasma  areas.    The  costs  of

development  are  borne  by  the  cooperatives  but  with

The  availability  of  the  group’s  oil  mills  to  process  FFB

funding  from  local  external  sources,  supplemented  if

harvested  from  plantings  in  the  vicinity  of  the  group’s

necessary by the group and provided on terms that FFB

estates provides an opportunity for the local communities

produced  by  the  cooperatives  will  be  sold  to  the  group

to  further  their  economic  progress  by  developing

and that the group will ensure that, out of the proceeds of

smallholdings  of  oil  palms  in  areas  surrounding  the

such  sale,  the  cooperatives  meet  their  debt  service

group's  estates.    The  group  established  its  first

obligations in respect of the external funding. 

smallholder  scheme  in  2000  and  continues  to  support

and invest in the development of smallholder plantings.

Plans for further expansion of the plasma schemes during

2012 were held up by delays in identifying and agreeing

Prior  to  2009,  the  group’s  smallholder  support  was

allocations  of  additional 

land  areas  suitable  for

provided  to  individuals  pursuant  to  a  scheme  known  as

smallholder  development  (as  further  discussed  under

37

Review of the group continued

“Community relations” above). The plasma scheme areas

the group will benefit from the additional throughput in its

planted at 31 December 2012 amounted to some 2,900

oil mills that will result from the processing of FFB from

hectares.    With  the  further  allocations  of  land  that  have

the plantings. 

now  been  substantially  agreed,  the  group  expects  a

useful increase in the plasma areas during 2013.  

Conservation

It was originally planned that cooperative members would

The  group  continues 

to  manage  a  network  of

form  the  core  labour  force  for  the  plasma  scheme

conservation reserves within its titled land areas with the

developments  but,  with  urban  migration  reducing  village

aim of conserving the natural biodiversity and ecosystem

numbers, the cooperative members available to work on

functions of the landscapes in which the group operates.

the  plasma  schemes  have  proved  insufficient  to  provide

Conservation  reserves  are  designated  on  the  basis  of

more than a minor proportion of the workforce needed to

environmental  impact  and  high  conservation  value

maintain and harvest the scheme plantings.  The balance

assessments,  which  are  conducted  by  both  the  group’s

of the required workforce is therefore being supplied by

conservation  department  (known  as  “REA  Kon”)  and

the  group  from  its  own  labour  force.    Whilst  the  group

external  experts  prior 

to  each  new  agricultural

levies an appropriate charge for this service, it means that

development  undertaken  by  the  group.    To  date,  over

the group now sizes its labour force at a level sufficient to

20,000  hectares  have  been  set  aside  as  conservation

operate  not  only  its  own  estates  but  also  the  plasma

reserves.  

schemes.  The group will be expanding the estate worker

housing  and  facilities  to  accommodate  the  additional

The  activities  of  REA  Kon  cover  three  distinct  areas  as

permanent workers.

follows:

Financing  for  the  group  supported  plasma  schemes

•

a  biodiversity  programme,  which  aims  to  compile

initiated 

to-date  has  been  agreed  with  a 

local

comprehensive  species  inventories  and  implement

development  bank  in  the  form  of  fifteen  year  loans

long-term species monitoring programmes to inform

secured  on  the  land  and  assets  of  the  schemes  and

the management actions necessary to maintain and

guaranteed by the group.  These facilities are designed to

enhance the natural biodiversity of the landscape;

finance  most  of  the  initial  development  costs  of  the

schemes  but  will  be  supplemented  to  the  extent

necessary  by  funds  advanced  by  the  group.    There  are

currently three facilities in place for the current schemes.   

Whilst the group views its support for smallholder oil palm

plantings  in  the  local  communities  adjacent  to  its

operations  as  part  of  its  social  responsibility  to  those

communities,  the  expansion  of  smallholder  plantings  in

the vicinity of the group’s mills will be mutually beneficial

to the communities and the group.  The communities will

benefit  from  the  significant  economic  development

generated  as  a  result  of  the  smallholder  plantings  while

•

a community programme, which aims to engage with

and educate the communities living in and around the

group’s oil palm concessions to reduce the negative

environmental impacts of the oil palm activities and to

promote  the  sustainable  use  of  natural  resources;

and

•

a  plantation  programme  to  monitor  and  reduce  the

environmental  impact  of  the  group’s  operations  and

of  the  people  living  in  and  around  the  plantation  in

order  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  the  conservation

reserves  and  the  quality  of  the  human  and  natural

environment.

38

Surveys  conducted  by  REA  Kon, 

together  with

The  water  quality  of  rivers  which  flow  through  the

assessments  undertaken  by  visiting  scientists  and

conservation reserves, as well as other key environmental

students,  have  to  date  confirmed  the  presence  in  the

parameters  which  indicate  the  health  of  these  habitats,

conservation  reserves  of  a  total  of  495  species  (66

are monitored on a monthly basis.  A key component of

species of mammals, 185 species of birds, 53 species of

REA  Kon’s  efforts  to  reduce  the negative  environmental

reptiles, 32 species of amphibians,  84 species of fish and

impacts of the people living within and around the group’s

75 species of invertebrates).  These species include 76

plantations is the provision of weekend long conservation

that  are  listed  on  the  International  Union  for  the

education camps for children from estate and local village

Conservation of Nature’s (“IUCN”) Red List of Threatened

schools.    These  camps  aim  to  educate  and  enthuse  the

Species as being in the categories of “Near Threatened”,

local  population  about  the  importance  of  protecting  the

“Vulnerable”, “Endangered” and “Critically Endangered”.  

conservation reserves and the species that inhabit them.

In  2012,  REA  Kon’s  community  team  held  five

Camera trapping and other biodiversity surveys continue

conservation  education  camps,  and  visited  a  number  of

to  record  the  presence  of  orang-utans  within  the

village  schools  in  the  vicinity  of  the  group’s  new

conservation reserves.  Sighting of a baby orang-utan and

developments. 

a camera trap photograph of a baby sun-bear, as well as

the first record of an orang-utan in SYB northern estate,

In  2009,  the  group  established  Yayasan  Ulin  (“YU”)

are  encouraging  signs  of  the  ability  of  the  group’s

(meaning  the  Ironwood  Foundation)  as  an  Indonesian

conservation  reserves  to  support  healthy  populations  of

charitable foundation, with a feeder charity registered in

these  species.    REA  Kon  maintains  a  nursery  of  native

the UK.  The aim of the YU is to promote and facilitate the

timber  and  fruiting  tree  species,  which  it  uses  to  enrich

protection  of  certain  habitats  of 

importance  for

both the natural habitat within the conservation reserves

biodiversity  conservation.    The  majority  of  YU’s  activities

and  the  estate  villages.    In  2012,  some  650  seedlings

have to date focused on the Mesangat wetlands in Kutai

from REA Kon’s nursery were distributed for enrichment

Timur  district,  East  Kalimantan.    This  valuable  wetland

planting. 

ecosystem,  which  is  known  to  support  a  number  of

Critically Endangered and Endangered species, overlaps

REA  Kon  continues  to  provide  small  grants  and  field

with  and  extends  into  the  landscape  surrounding  the

assistance  to  enable  undergraduate  students  from  local

CDM land areas.  Research by both local and international

universities to conduct final year research projects within

scientists has concentrated on identifying and developing

the  group’s  conservation  reserves  in  an  effort  to

an understanding of the population status and ecology of

encourage  young  Indonesian  scientists  to  study  the

the rare, threatened and endangered species that inhabit

relationship between oil palm and biodiversity. In 2012, six

these  wetlands,  monitoring  the  harvesting  of  fish  and

undergraduate  students  and  one  postgraduate  student

reptiles  by  the  local  community  and  implementing

from  universities  in  Samarinda,  Jakarta  and  Yogykarta

schemes  to  encourage  sustainable  use  of  these  natural

participated  in  this  programme.    In  addition,  REA  Kon

resources.

assisted  two  postgraduate  students  from  Utrecht

University  in  the  Netherlands  in  conducting  biomass

Responsible agricultural practice

assessments within the conservation reserves as part of

their postgraduate research projects. 

The  group  operates  a  zero  burning  policy  in  relation  to

land development and, in dry periods, maintains active fire

39

Review of the group continued

patrols  in  an  effort  to  limit  the  risks  of  accidental  fires.

inorganic fertiliser amounted to 9,654 hectares in 2012

Corridors  are  used  to  separate  all  plantings  from  water

(2011:  9,636  hectares)  and  is  projected  to  amount  to

courses and the latter are regularly monitored to ensure

close to 11,000 hectares in 2013. 

that  they  are  not  contaminated  by  leaching  of  fertilisers

and  chemicals.    The  group  actively  promotes  integrated

Handling  arrangements  are  designed  to  ensure  that  no

pest  management  throughout  its  operations.    Wherever

CPO, CPKO or oil mill effluent passes into water courses.

possible, natural predators are preferred to pesticides for

On  one  occasion  in  2012,  during  very  heavy  rains,  an

pest control.  Selective varieties of flowering plants have

effluent pond within one composting area overflowed but

been planted throughout the group’s estates to promote

the  overflow  was  contained  within  the  perimeter  drains

the  population  of  wasps,  the  natural  predators  of

around  the  composting  area.    There  were  no  reported

bagworm and caterpillars.

incidents of accidental spillage into water courses during

2012.  Steps are being taken to educate and incentivise

As  noted  under 

“Costs”  above, 

the  group  has

the  group’s  resident  workforce  and  its  dependants  to

endeavoured in recent years to reduce its dependence on

segregate  domestic  waste  so  as  to  permit  recycling  of

inorganic fertiliser by developing organic fertilisers.  Two

organic  and  plastic  waste.      During  2011,  the  group

consequences  have  been  the  extensive  planting  of
Macuna  bracteata as  a  cover  crop  in  the  oil  palm  areas
and  the  composting  of  residues  of  the  CPO  production
process.    Macuna  bracteata (of  which  the  group  was  an
early  user  in  Indonesia)  not  only  keeps  down  noxious

weeds and fixes nitrogen but is also a prolific generator of

acquired  a  heavy  duty  plastic  macerating  unit.    This  is

used  for  shredding  larger  clean  plastic  containers  into

flakes  for  onward  sale  and  the  resultant  proceeds  are

used to sponsor special events for the workforce and its

dependants.  

vegetative  matter  that  acts  as  a  soil  improver.    This

Fibre extracted during the milling of oil palm fruit is used

promotes  oil  palm  growth,  particularly  in  the  immature

to fuel oil mill boilers from which steam is generated.  The

phase.      Composting  of  processing  waste  produces  a

steam is then used to drive steam turbines for generating

nutrient rich compost that can be applied in the oil palm

electricity.  This electricity is sufficient to power not only

areas in substitution for inorganic fertiliser.  

the  group’s  oil  mills  and  the  kernel  crushing  plants  but

also to provide power to several estate villages.  

Composting  is  effected  by  delivering  all  empty  fruit

bunches  and  oil  mill  effluent  (in  the  latter  case  after

Carbon footprint

treatment  in  methane  recovery  lagoons  and/or  mill

effluent  ponds)  to  a  composting  contractor  at  sites

The company published its first carbon footprint report in

adjacent to the group’s oil mills.  The contractor takes title

February 2013.  This report identifies and quantifies the

to these residues and manages the composting process.

greenhouse  gas  emissions  associated  with  the  longer

This takes 45 days and involves seeding the residues with

established  component  of  the  group’s  agricultural

an  accelerant  of  micro-organisms  (supplied  by  the

operations.  The carbon footprint report will facilitate the

contractor), mixing the residues and macerating the mix

design  and  implementation  of  strategies  for  further

to  encourage  biodegradation.    The  contractor  then  sells

reducing  emissions  in  the  future,  as  well  as  providing  a

the  resultant  compost  back  to  the  group  at  an  agreed

baseline against which progress in reducing greenhouse

price  with  a  guaranteed  minimum  nutrient  content.    The

gas emissions can be monitored and reported.  

area  in  respect  of  which  compost  substituted  for

40

Although steam generated electricity from the oil mills is

Accreditation 

effective  in  meeting  a  proportion  of  the  group’s  energy

needs, the available power is not sufficient for all villages

The  group  seeks  to  follow  international  and  industry

and  power  can  anyway  only  be  provided  by  this  means

standards of best practice throughout its operations.  The

when  the  mills  are  running.    Accordingly,  in  an  effort

group  is  a  member  of  the  Roundtable  on  Sustainable

significantly  to  reduce  the  group’s  greenhouse  gas

Palm  Oil  (“RSPO”),  which  has  produced  a  set  of  eight

emissions  and  thereby  reduce  its  carbon  footprint,  the

principles and 39 criteria for the sustainable production of

group has constructed two methane capture plants which

palm  oil,  defined  as  production  which 

is  “legal,

were  commissioned  in,  respectively,  April  and  October

economically  viable,  environmentally  appropriate  and

2012.  The plants lead to a reduction in greenhouse gas

socially  beneficial”.    To  obtain  RSPO  certification,

in  two  ways:  first,  methane  emissions  from  anaerobic

members  are  required  to  comply  with  RSPO  principles

digestion  in  the  open  mill  effluent  ponds  are  lower  and,

and criteria and to have their operations audited by RSPO

secondly, less diesel oil is required to generate power.  

approved  independent  auditors.    The  directors  believe

that  the  group's  operational  practices  have  always  been

Each methane capture plant is adjacent to an existing oil

of  a  high  standard  but  the  RSPO  certification  process

mill  and  is  based  around  a  lagoon  sealed  by  a  cover

requires that such operational practices are embedded in

fabricated from high density polyethylene sheeting.  After

formal  systems  and  are  subject  to  controls  that  are

initial cooling, mill effluent passes to the lagoon, which is

auditable. 

equipped  with  a  liquid  agitation  system  designed  to

accelerate  the  anaerobic  digestion  of  the  effluent.    The

The  group  has  now  achieved  RSPO  certification  of  the

methane  released  during  the  digestion  process  is

two REA Kaltim oil mills, all of the REA Kaltim estates and

captured  under  the  lagoon  cover,  passed  through  a

the SYB Tepian estate, as well as some of the smallholder

biological  scrubber  and  used  to  fuel  biogas  powered

oil  palm  plantings.  It  is  planned  to  obtain  certification  of

generators.    Methane  that  is  surplus  to  the  current

the newly constructed SYB oil mill by 2015.  Development

requirements for electricity generation is flared off.  The

of  KMS  has  been  carried  out  in  accordance  with  the

digested  effluent  is  discharged  from  the  lagoon  to  the

RSPO New Plantings Procedures.  As a further step in the

existing  mill  effluent  ponds  and  subsequently  passed  to

process of RSPO certification of its operations, the group

the composting process.  The electricity generated from

achieved certification of its supply chain under the RSPO

the captured methane supplies a significant proportion of

Supply Chain Certification System (“SCCS”) during 2012.

the group’s mills, offices and housing, thereby eliminating

This certification provides buyers of CPO and CPKO with

the  requirement  for  diesel  generated  electricity  in  these

the ability to identify oil purchased as coming from RSPO

areas.  

certified  sources,  thereby  permitting  the  group  to  sell  it

production  as  certified  under  the  RSPO  “mass  balance”

Performance  of  the  methane  capture  plants  has

model.    The  “mass  balance  model”  is  one  of  the  four

exceeded  expectations  and,  as  discussed  under  “Costs”

mechanisms established by RSPO for the marketing of oil

above,  measures  are  being  taken  to  make  more

from  RSPO  certified  sources  as  described  under

productive use of surplus methane. 

“Revenues” above.

Separately in 2012, the group also obtained International

Sustainability  and  Carbon  Certification  (“ISCC”),  which

41

Review of the group continued

allows  the  CPO  produced  from  the  REA  Kaltim  estates

original  cost.    In  the  meanwhile,  the  concession  holding

and  mills  to  be  used  to  produce  biofuel  that  meets  the

companies are financed by loan funding from the group

requirements of the European Union Renewable Energy

on terms such that no dividends or other distributions or

Directive.  In addition to verifying that biofuel feed stocks

payments may be paid or made by the concession holding

have  been  produced,  processed  and  transported  in

companies  to  the  local  partners  without  the  prior

accordance  with  a  series  of  sustainability  criteria,  this

agreement of KCC.

certification  scheme  requires  members  of  the  supply

chain  to  demonstrate  that  the  net  greenhouse  gas

Operating activities

emissions associated with the production and use of this

biofuel  will  be  lower  than  if  the  equivalent  amount  of

During 2010 and 2011, the group started to develop an

energy was generated by fossil fuels.  ISCC certified CPO

open cast coal mining operation and coal trading activity

generally  commands  a  small  price  premium  in  Europe

based on the three coal concessions.   Subsequent events

over CPO that has not been ISCC certified. 

showed  that  coal  mining  and  trading  have  specific

complexities  that  are  not  shared  by  the  group’s

All  of  the  operations  of  REA  Kaltim  and  the  northern

agricultural  operations.    Moreover,  coal  prices  fell

estates  of  SYB  have  been  certified  or  recertified,  as

significantly  between  early  2011  and  mid  2012.    The

appropriate, as ISO 14001 compliant. 

directors therefore decided in mid 2012 that, for the time

Coal and stone operations

Concessions and structure

being,  coal  trading  activities  should  be  suspended  and

further capital committed to the coal operations should be

limited and concentrated on maximising returns from the

concessions in which the group had already invested.

The  group  holds  rights  in  respect  of  three  coal  mining

The  group  is  in  discussions  with  two  third  parties  in

concessions and a stone deposit, all of which are located

relation  to  the  coal  concession  at  Kota  Bangun.    Both

in  East  Kalimantan  in  Indonesia.        Stone  quarrying  is

such  parties  have  coal  mining  interests  adjacent  to  the

classified  as  a  mining  activity  for  Indonesian  licensing

group’s  concession.    A  successful  conclusion  to  the

purposes and is therefore subject to the same regulatory

discussions would result in one of the parties mining the

regime as coal mining. 

concession  on  a  basis  that  would  limit  the  group’s

downside  and  provide  a  return  to  the  group  that,  at

A  UK  subsidiary  company,  KCC  Resources  Limited

current  coal  prices  (which  have  risen  to  an  extent  from

(“KCC”)  acts  as  the  co-ordinating  company  for  the  coal

their lows of June 2012), could reasonably be expected

and stone interests via a 95 per cent owned Indonesian

to  recover  the  group’s  investment  and,  if  coal  prices

subsidiary  company,  PT  KCC  Resources  Indonesia

improve further, could yield a reasonable profit.  A similar

(“KCCI”), which is five per cent owned by local partners.

arrangement may be possible in relation to the other two

The  mining  concessions  and  stone  deposit  are  held  by

coal concessions, which are in the southern part of East

Indonesian  concession  holding  companies,  which  are

Kalimantan.    The  group  had  previously  thought  that  an

currently wholly owned by the group's local partners but

outright  sale  of  these  two  concessions  might  be

with the group having the right, subject to satisfaction of

preferable to such an arrangement but is now inclining to

certain conditions, to acquire 95 per cent of each of the

the  view  that  retention  of  the  concessions  with  a  third

concession  holding  companies  at  the  local  partners’

party  mining  arrangement  may  provide  a  better  final

outcome.

42

In  view  of 

the  uncertainties  affecting 

the  coal

financial  statements  in  US  dollars.    The  company

concessions, the group has made a provision of $3 million

continues to prepare its individual financial statements in

against its investment in the concessions at 31 December

sterling  and  in  accordance  with  UK  Generally  Accepted

2012.

Accounting  Practice.    Accordingly,  the  company’s

individual  financial  statements  are  presented  separately

On the coal trading side, steps are being taken to close

from the consolidated financial statements.  

out  contractual  commitments  made  prior  to  the

suspension  of  trading  and  no  new  trades  are  being

The accounting policies applied under IFRS are set out in

initiated.    Prior  to  the  suspension,  the  group  had  made

the  “Accounting  policies  (group)”  section  of  this  annual

one significant shipment of traded coal.  As noted in the

report.  The accounting policy relating to biological assets

half  yearly  report  for  2012,  the  buyer  for  this  shipment

(comprising  oil  palm  plantings  and  nurseries)  is  of

repudiated its contractual obligations and this meant that

particular  importance.    Such  assets  are  not  depreciated

the  group  had  to  sell  the  shipment  elsewhere  at  a  loss.

but  are  instead  restated  at  fair  value  at  each  reporting

The  group  is  pursuing  recovery  of  this  loss  but  has

date  and  the  movement  on  valuation  over  the  reporting

provided  against  it  to  the  extent  of  $0.8  million  in  the

period,  after  adjustment  for  additions  and  disposals,  is

results to 31 December 2012. 

taken to income.  Deferred tax is provided or credited as

appropriate in respect of each such movement.

The group remains confident of the economic viability of

its stone concession and work is continuing on plans to

As in previous years, the fair value of the biological assets

quarry  the  concession  to  provide  stone  for  the  group’s

at 31 December 2012 has been derived by the directors

agricultural  operations  and  for  sale  to  users  of  stone  in

on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to the FFB

the area of those operations. 

Sustainable practices

projected to be harvested from the group's oil palms over

the  full  remaining  productive  lives  of  the  palms  and  an

estimated  profit  margin  per  tonne  of  FFB  so  harvested.

Such  estimated  unit  margin  is  based  on  an  average  of

The group remains committed to observing international

historic  FFB  profit  margins  for  the  20  years  to  2012

standards of environmental and corporate social practice

buffered to restrict the implied annual movement in such

in its coal mining and stone quarry activities.  Health and

estimated  unit  margin  to  5  per  cent  and  to  prevent  any

safety procedures have been established to protect and

change in estimated unit margin that runs contrary to the

safeguard  the  welfare  of  all  persons  involved  and,  upon

trend  in  current  margins.  For  this  purpose,  the  historic

resumption  of  existing,  or  commencement  of  any  new,

profit  margin  for  each  applicable  year  has  been  derived

activities, suitable measures would be designed to ensure

either from the budgeted unit cost of FFB production and

the  proper  management  of  waste  water  and  land  areas

the  actual  historic  average  of  CPO  prices  (FOB  Port  of

affected by these activities.  

Finances

Accounting policies

Samarinda and net of export duties) for such year or, for

earlier  years  for  which  such  detailed  information  is  not

available,  an  appropriate  estimate  of  the  historic  profit

margin for the year.

The discount rates used for the purposes of the biological

The  group  reports  in  accordance  with  International

asset revaluation at 31 December 2012 were 15 per cent

Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  and  presents  its

for  the  estates  owned  by  the  company’s  two  principal

43

Review of the group continued

subsidiaries, REA Kaltim and SYB, and 18 per cent for all

Correction of previous accounting error

other group companies (2011: 16 per cent and 17½ per

cent  for,  respectively,  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB,  and  19  per

After  discussion  with  the  Financial  Reporting  Council’s

cent  for  all  other  group  companies).    The  reduction  in

Conduct Committee, the group has concluded that it has

discount  rates  is  designed  to  reflect  appropriately  the

been incorrectly applying cash flow hedge accounting to

improved  credit  rating  now  accorded  to  Indonesian

certain cross-currency interest rate swaps.  

sovereign exposures as well as a perceived reduction in

the  risks  of  achieving  future  harvests  of  fresh  fruit

The  background  to  this  error  is  that  during  2007  and

bunches  (“FFB”)  on  the  SYB  estates  following  the

2008  the  company’s  subsidiary,  REA  Finance  B.V.

completion of the group’s third oil mill which is owned by

(“REAF”)  issued  £37  million  nominal  of  guaranteed

SYB.

sterling  notes  2015/17  (“sterling  notes”)  and  lent  the

resultant proceeds to REA Kaltim and SYB on terms that

The directors recognise that the IFRS accounting policy in

were  substantively  back  to  back  with  the  terms  of  the

relation to biological assets does have theoretical merits

sterling notes.  The latter companies entered into cross-

in  charging  each  year  to  income  a  proper  measure  of

currency interest rate swaps to hedge against US dollars

capital consumed (so that, for example, a fair distinction is

their sterling interest and principal exposure in respect of

drawn each year between the cost of the shortening life

their  borrowings  from  REAF.    Later  these  arrangements

expectancy  of  younger  plantings  still  capable  of  many

were restructured in some respects but in a way that did

years of cropping and that of older plantings nearing the

not  materially  affect  the  commercial  substance  of  the

end  of  their  productive  lives).    It  does,  nevertheless,

arrangements.

concern  the  directors  that  no  estimate  of  fair  value  can

ever be completely accurate (particularly in a business in

The  group  considered  that  the  underlying  commercial

which selling prices and costs are subject to very material

reality of these arrangements was that the sterling notes

fluctuations).    Moreover,  in  the  case  of  the  group’s

had  been  issued  to  finance  its  US  dollar  denominated

biological  assets,  small  differences 

in  valuation

plantation business in Indonesia and that, in group terms,

assumptions can have a quite disproportionate effect on

the cross currency interest rate swaps in the Indonesian

results.  The directors therefore welcome the forthcoming

subsidiaries  were  hedging  a  group  exchange  rate

issue by the International Accounting Standards Board of

exposure  between  a  sterling  liability  (in  the  form  of  the

an exposure draft outlining possible amendments to IAS

sterling  notes)  and  US  dollar  assets  in  the  Indonesian

41  (the  standard  that  imposes  the  current  policy  on

subsidiaries.   On this basis, the directors designated the

biological  assets)  and  hope  that  this  will  result  in  an

cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  as  hedges  of  the

eventual  reversion  to  the  accounting  policies  that  were

sterling notes and treated them for accounting purposes

widely  applied  by  plantation  companies  prior  to  the

as hedges eligible for cash flow hedge accounting.  

introduction of IAS 41.

Interpretations of IAS 39 published during 2008 in IFRIC

The  biological  assets  in  the  group  balance  sheet  at  31

16  concluded  that  a  group  could  not  have  a  functional

December 2012 amounted to $266 million.  An increase

currency and that cash flow hedge accounting could not

or  reduction  of  $5  per  tonne  in  the  estimated  profit

be  applied  to  a  hedge  of  a  group’s  presentational

margin  used  for  the  purpose  of  the  valuation  (namely

currency.    The  functional  currency  of  REAF  is  sterling

$55.2  per  tonne  of  FFB)  would  increase  or  reduce  the

while the functional currency of both REA Kaltim and SYB

valuation by approximately $26 million.

44

is US dollars.  This means that, whilst the cross-currency

interest rate swaps can be treated within REA Kaltim and

SYB  as  fully  effective  cash  flow  hedges  of  those

companies’  sterling  borrowings,  at  the  group  level  the

swaps represented hedges of the group’s presentational

currency.    The  group‘s  application  of  cash  flow  hedge

accounting  in  respect  of  the  swaps  was  therefore

incorrect. 

Agricultural operations
Trading items:

Value impact of lower prices on crop harvested

Value impact of reduced crop due to weather

Village disruptions:

Value impact of reduced crop

$’m

(12.6)

(5.6)

(5.7)

Value impact of reduced prices due to high FFA oil 

(6.6)

The consequential corrections needed have been booked

Coal operations

Losses

in  the  accompanying  financial  statements  for  2012  and

Provision against concessions

(4.1)

(3.0)

(37.6)

the  differences  in  profit  before  tax,  tax,  profit  for  the

period  and  the  component  of  that  profit  attributable  to

non-controlling  interests  that  would  have  been  reported

for the years 2009 to 2011 had the correct accounting

treatment  been  applied  are  detailed  in  note  33  to  the

accompanying  financial  statements.    The  adjustments

detailed in note 33 have no implications for the cash flows

reported  from  2009  to  2011  because  the  adjustments

relate  to  exchange  translation  and  mark  to  market

differences that do not impact cash.

Group results

Group  operating  profit  for  2012  amounted  to  $37.8

million  and  profit  before  tax  to  $30.6  million.  The

comparable  figures  for  the  preceding  year  were,

respectively, $72.7 million and $64.2 million.

The  significant  fall  in  profits  as  compared  with  2012

reflected the weather impact on crops in the first half and

the effect of lower CPO and CPKO prices during the year,

combined  with  what  will  hopefully  prove  to  be  non-

recurring  losses  arising  from  the  decisions  taken  in

relation to the coal operations and from the village issues

described  under  “Community  relations”  in  “Agricultural

operations” above.  The following table provides estimates

of the effect on profit before taxation as respects each of

Revenue  for  2012  at  $124.6  million  was  less  than  in

2011 ($147.8 million) with the reduction reflecting lower

revenue  from  both  the  agricultural  operations  ($122.1

million  against  $129.5  million)  and  the  coal  operations

($2.5  million  against  $18.2  million).    In  the  agricultural

operations, this was the result of trading factors referred

to  above  while,  in  the  coal  operations,  it  was  the  direct

consequence  of  the  suspension  of  the  coal  trading

activities  as  discussed  under  “Operating  activities”  in

“Coal operations” above.   

Excluding  movements  on  agricultural  inventory,  cost  of

sales attributable to the agricultural operations amounted

to  $59.5  million  against  $51.3  million.    The  increase

reflected  continuing  cost  inflation  and  cropping  on  a

larger area.   Under normal circumstances, it could have

been  expected  that  the  increased  cost  of  sales  would

have  been  offset  by  increased  crop  volumes  but,  as

already  noted,  the  combination  of  weather  factors  and

village 

issues  resulted 

in  the  2012  crop  falling

significantly short of budget and, with most components

of  cost  of  sales  being  fixed  costs,  there  was  no

commensurate  reduction  in  cost  of  sales.    In  the  coal

operation, cost of sales reduced from the prior year $16.7

million to $4.0 million in line with the reduction in trading

the items concerned:

activity.

45

Review of the group continued

IFRS  fair  value  adjustments,  aggregating  $0.3  million  in

dividends    between  the  Indonesian  subsidiaries  and  the

2012,  were  significantly  below 

the  aggregate

UK parent group and, secondly, the group elected not to

adjustments  of  $11.4  million  reported  in  the  preceding

take  credit  for  deferred  tax  on  losses  of  the  coal

year.  The  net  gain  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of

operations (being losses that could not be offset against

biological  assets  ($6.0  million  against  $7.4  million  in

the profits of the agricultural operations).

2011)  reflected  the  further  development  of  the  group’s

plantations while the loss arising from changes in the fair

At  the  after  tax  level,  profit  fell  to  $17.7  million  (2011:

value  of  agricultural  produce  inventory  ($5.7  million

$45.6  million)  while  profit  attributable  to  ordinary

against a profit of $4.0 million in 2011) was the product

shareholders  was  $11.3  million  against  $40.5  million.

of  a  small  reduction  in  inventory  volume  over  2012  and

Earnings  per  share  amounted  to  US  33.9  cents  (2011:

the  fall  in  CPO  and  CPKO  prices  during  the  year

US 121.0 cents).

exacerbated  by  the  need  to  allow  for  a  discount  on  the

closing  inventory  to  reflect  the  high  FFA  content  of  that

The  group’s  target  long  term  average  annual  return  on

inventory.

adjusted  equity  is  20  per  cent.  The  return  achieved  for

2012 was 11 per cent (2011: 28 per cent).

Administrative  expenses  for  2012  amounted  to  $18.9

million against $17.0 million in 2011. The increase was in

During  the  first  half  of  2012,  the  Indonesian  Tax  Court

part  the  result  of  inflation,  but  also  reflected  costs  of

handed down judgements on the remaining elements of

management transition, costs incurred in connection with

the 2006 Indonesian assessment of tax which had been

the resolution of village issues and a further provision of

disputed by REA Kaltim. The Tax Court found in favour of

$1.0  million  for  additional  funding  of  the  group’s  UK

REA Kaltim on certain elements and against it on others.

pension  scheme  following  a  recent  triennial  actuarial

A repayment of tax amounting to some $1.2 million was

valuation of the scheme.   Before deduction of the interest

made to REA Kaltim.  Later in 2012 both parties lodged

component added to biological assets, interest payable in

appeals to the Indonesian Supreme Court with each party

2012  amounted  to  $12.5  million  (2011:  $14.1  million).

appealing  against  certain  of  the  Tax  Court’s  findings

Interest  cover  for  2012  (measured  as  the  ratio  of

against it.

earnings  before 

interest, 

tax,  depreciation  and

amortisation,  biological  gain  and  provision  against  coal

REA  Kaltim’s  appeal  against  an  Indonesian  assessment

concessions to interest payable) was 3.1 (2011: 5.2).

of  tax  on  its  2008  profits  continues.  The  2008

assessment seeks to deny tax relief claimed in respect of

Losses on the coal trading operations reflected provisions

mark  to  market  losses  on  cross  currency  interest  rate

made  against  outstanding  trading  items  following  the

swaps entered into by REA Kaltim to hedge, against US

decision to suspend trading.  In addition, a provision of $3

dollars,  the  group’s  sterling  liability  in  respect  of  part  of

million has been made against the coal concessions.

the  group’s  outstanding  9.5  per  cent  sterling  notes

2015/17.    Hearing  of  the  appeal  was  completed  in

Taxation for 2012 was lower than in the preceding year

October  2012.  An  early  judgement  is  thought  to  be

($12.9 million against $18.6 million in 2011), as a result

unlikely.

of  the  reduced  profit  before  tax,  but  the  group  tax  rate

rose from 28.9 per cent to 42.1 per cent mainly for two

The 2006 and 2008 disputed tax assessments were both

reasons:  first,  there  was  no  reduction  in  the  amount  of

paid  in  full  ahead  of  the  appeals.    The  group  has

Indonesian  withholding  tax  incurred  on  intra-group

previously provided in full against the 2006 assessment

46

and  as  to  $5.5  million  (representing  at  the  time

need  to  fund  this  expenditure  constrains  the  rates  at

approximately  half  of  the  tax  demanded)  against  the

which the directors feel that they can prudently declare, or

2008 assessment.  The aggregate amount provided has

recommend  the  payment  of,  ordinary  dividends.    They

been  retained  but  has  been  reallocated  to  provide  a  full

believe  that  capitalisation  issues  of  new  preference

provision  against  those  components    of  the  2006

shares  to  ordinary  shareholders  provide  a  useful

assessment  as  respects  which  REA  Kaltim  is  appealing

mechanism 

for  augmenting 

returns 

to  ordinary

findings  against  it  by  the  Tax  Court  and  a  provision  of

shareholders  in  periods  in  which  good  profits  are

approximately 75 per cent against the 2008 assessment.

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

Some $600,000, representing components of the 2006

for payment of cash dividends.  The directors will consider

assessment  as  respects  which  REA  Kaltim  is  not

a further such issue during 2013 if they feel that this is

appealing findings against it by the Tax Court, has been

merited by the group’s performance.

written off by the group within the 2012 tax charge.  No

credit has been taken for interest due REA Kaltim on tax

Looking  forward,  if  as  is  planned  REA  Kaltim  becomes

repayments  already  received  in  relation  to  the  2006

listed  on  the  Indonesia  Stock  Exchange,  it  is  expected

assessment  as  such  interest  will  only  become  payable

that  the  future  planned  expansion  of  the  agricultural

after  receipt  by  REA  Kaltim  of  final  judgement  from  the

operations will permit REA Kaltim to distribute each year

Supreme Court confirming the repayments concerned.

around one third of its after tax profits.  The directors then

Dividends

intend  that  the  company  should  adopt  a  policy  of

distributing to its ordinary and preference shareholders a

large proportion of its share of the REA Kaltim dividends.  

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

Capital structure

and  31  December  2012  were  duly  paid.    An  interim

dividend  in  respect  of  2012  of  3½p  per  ordinary  share

The  group  is  financed  by  a  combination  of  debt  and

was paid in January 2013 and the directors recommend

shareholder  funds.    Total  shareholder  funds  less  non-

the payment of a final dividend in respect of 2012 of 3½p

controlling interests at 31 December 2012 amounted to

per ordinary share to be paid on 26 July 2013 to ordinary

$313.0  million  as  compared  with  $300.7  million  at  31

shareholders  on  the  register  of  members  on  28  June

December  2011.    Non-controlling  interests  at  31

2013.  The  total  dividend  payable  per  ordinary  share

December  2012  amounted  to  $2.0  million  (2011:  $2.2

during 2013 in respect of 2012 will thus amount to 7p.

million).

This compares with the total paid during 2012 in respect

of  2011  of  6½p.    In  addition,  the  company  made  a

In  September  2012,  3.9  million  new  preference  shares

capitalisation issue of 2,004,872 new preference shares

were issued for cash at a price of 105p per share by way

to ordinary shareholders on 28 September 2012 on the

of  a  placing  to  raise  £4  million  net  of  expenses.    The

basis  of  3  new  preference  shares  for  every  50  ordinary

proceeds  of  the  placing  of  new  preference  shares  were

shares held (2011: 2,004,872 new preference shares on

retained within the group to fund continuing development

the basis of 3 new preference share for every 50 ordinary

of the agricultural operations.  This issue was followed in

shares held).

September 2012 by the issue of a further 2,004,872 new

preference  shares  by  way  of  capitalisation  of  share

The  continuing  development  of  the  group’s  agricultural

premium  account  pursuant  to  the  capitalisation  issue  to

operations  requires  major  capital  expenditure  and  the

ordinary  shareholders  referred  to  under  “Dividends”

above.  

47

Review of the group continued

In  November  2012,  $34.0  million  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar

2017).  As a result, and subject to any further purchases

notes 2017 (“2017 dollar notes”) were issued as to some

and  cancellations,  slightly  under  $1  million  of  the

$19  million  by  way  of  an  exchange  offer  to  holders  of

outstanding  2012/14  dollar  notes  will  fall  due  for

existing  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14  (“2012/14

repayment at the end of 2013 and the balance at the end

dollar notes”) and as to the balance by way of a placing.

of  2014.    The  2017  dollar  notes  are  repayable  on  30

Following  these  transactions,  group  indebtedness  and

June 2017.

related engagements at 31 December 2012 amounted to

The  sterling  notes  are  issued  by  REA  Finance  B.V.,  a

$163.5  million,  made  up  of  $15.9  million  nominal  of

wholly owned subsidiary of the company, are guaranteed

2012/14  dollar  notes  (carrying  value:  $15.5  million),

by the company and another wholly owned subsidiary of

$34.0  million  nominal  of  2017  dollar  notes  (carrying

the  company,  R.E.A.  Services  Limited  (“REAS”),  are

value:  $33.2  million),  £34.5  million  nominal  of  9.5  per

secured principally on unsecured loans made by REAS to

cent  guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17  (“sterling

Indonesian  plantation  operating  subsidiaries  of  the

notes”)  (carrying  value:  $54.3  million),  $8.4  million  in

company and, save to the extent previously redeemed or

respect  of  the  hedge  of  the  principal  amount  of  the

cancelled,  are  repayable  by 

three  equal  annual

sterling  notes  as  described  below,  a  term  loan  from  an

instalments commencing 31 December 2015.  

Indonesian  bank  of  $36.1  million  and  other  short  term

indebtedness comprising drawings under working capital

The group has entered into a long term sterling US dollar

lines  of  $16.0  million.    Against  this  indebtedness,  at  31

debt swap to hedge against US dollars the sterling liability

December  2012,  the  group  held  cash  and  cash

for principal and interest payable in respect of the entire

equivalents of $26.4 million.

original  issue  of  the  sterling  notes  (but  in  the  case  of

interest only as respects interest payments falling due up

The group has no material contingent indebtedness save

to 31 December 2015).

that,  in  connection  with  the  development  of  oil  palm

plantings owned by village cooperatives and managed by

The  term  loan  from  an  Indonesian  bank  comprises  the

the  group,  the  group  has,  as  noted  under  “Smallholder

equivalent of $36.0 million drawn by SYB from PT Bank

schemes”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  above,  guaranteed

DBS  Indonesia  (“DBS”)  under  an  Indonesian  rupiah

the bank borrowings of the cooperatives concerned, the

denominated  amortising  loan  facility  of  Rp  350  billion

outstanding balance of which at 31 December 2012 was

($38.6 million) agreed with DBS during 2011.  The loan

equivalent to $10.5 million.

is secured on the assets of SYB and is guaranteed by the

company  and  REA  Kaltim.    The  aggregate  outstanding

The  2012/14  and  2017  dollar  notes  are  unsecured

balance of the loan at 31 December 2012 is repayable as

obligations  of  the  company.    The  2012/14  dollar  notes

follows:  2014: $2.7 million; 2015: $6.3 million; and 2016

are  repayable  by  three  instalments  commencing  31

and thereafter: $27.0 million. 

December  2012 but repayment obligations are reduced

to the extent that notes have been previously redeemed

Group cash flow

or cancelled. A substantial nominal amount of the original

issue of 2012/14 dollar notes has now been purchased

Group  cash  inflows  and  outflows  are  analysed  in  the

and cancelled (including the $19.0 million nominal of the

consolidated  cash  flow  statement.  Cash  and  cash

notes acquired under the exchange offer for dollar notes

equivalents  reduced  over  2012  from  $30.6  million  to

48

$26.4 million. The reduction of $4.0 million (excluding the

and titling related to land added through the acquisition of

negative  impact  of  $0.2  million  from  the  effect  of

PT Persada Bangun  Jaya  (see  note  12  to  the  financial

exchange rate movements) represented that component

statements) and expenditure in connection with the titling

of  the  net  outflow  on  investing  activities  that  was  not

of this land and its allocation to smallholder cooperatives.

covered  by  the  combination  of  net  cash  from  operating

activities and net cash from financing activities.

The net cash inflow on financing activities of $36.2 million

(2011: $11.6 million) was made up of net inflows of $6.5

As noted under “Group results” above, operating profit for

million  (2011:  $24.3  million)  from  issue  of  new

2012 amounted to $37.8 million as compared with $72.7

preference  shares  and  $33.6  million  from  the  issue  of

million  in  the  preceding  year.    Adjustments  for  the  non-

new  dollar  notes  (after  deduction  of  the  aggregate  net

cash components of operating profit and for movements

costs incurred in the purchase and sale and the purchase

in  working  capital  meant  that  cash  generated  by

and cancellation of existing dollar notes), net additions to

operations  for  2012  amounted  to  $55.1  million,  a  small

bank  debt  of  $25.4  million  (2011:  $9.2  million)  and

decrease from the $59.9 million reported for 2011.  The

outflows  in  respect  of  dividend  payments  and  US dollar

positive  overall  movement  on  working  capital  was

redemptions  of  $10.1  million  and  $19.0  million

principally  attributable  to  an  increase  in  payables,  a

respectively  (2011,  outflows  in  respect  of  dividend

significant  proportion  of  which  represented  deferred

payments and redemptions of sterling and dollar notes of

payments  due  in  respect  of  the  group’s  development

respectively:  $7.9 million and $13.9 million).

programme.      Tax  and  interest  payments  remained  at

much  the  same  levels  as  in  the  preceding  year  with  the

Liquidity and financing adequacy

result  that  net  cash  from  operating  activities  for  2012

amounted to $32.5 million against $33.8 million for 2011.

As  noted  above,  at  31  December  2012,  the  group  held

cash and cash equivalents of $26.4 million.  The group’s

Investing  activities  for  2012  involved  a  net  outflow  of

agricultural  operations  continue  to  generate  substantial

$72.6  million  (2011:  $51.0  million).    This  represented

positive cash flows.  During 2013, the group has arranged

new  investment  totalling  $73.0  million  (2011:  $53.9

an  increase  in  the  working  capital  line  with  DBS  by  the

million), offset by inflows from interest and minor items of

equivalent of $15 million. 

$0.4  million  (2011:  $2.9  million).  The  new  investment

comprised  expenditure  of  $65.3  million  (2011:  $37.5

Recent  years  have  seen  substantial  investment  by  the

million) on further development of the group's agricultural

group in FFB milling capacity.  Final payments will fall due

operations, $2.2 million (2011: $6.7 million) on land rights

in 2013 for the newly completed third oil mill but current

and  titling,  $1.6  million  on  the  acquisition  of  a  new

crop  projections  suggest  that,  apart  from  expanding  the

subsidiary  and  $3.9  million  (2011:  $9.7  million)  on  the

capacity of this third mill from 40 to 80 tonnes of FFB per

coal and stone operations, with activity in respect of coal

hour,  no  further  expenditure  on  milling  capacity  will  be

operations halted during the year.   

required until work commences on the construction of a

fourth  mill  to  be  brought  into  production  in  2017  at  the

The  increased  level  of  expenditure  on  the  agricultural

earliest.  

operations reflected the payments made during the year

for  work  on  construction  of  the  group’s  new  oil  mill  and

Significant expenditure was also incurred during 2012 on

methane capture plants.  The expenditure on land rights

the provision of land to meet the cooperative smallholder

49

Review of the group continued

development aspirations of the group’s local communities

The  group's  oil  palms  fruit  continuously  throughout  the

(as discussed under “Community relations” in “Agricultural

year and there is therefore no material seasonality in the

operations”  above).    The  directors  do  not  believe  that

funding  requirements  of  the  agricultural  operations  in

there  will  be  a  recurring  requirement  for  material

their ordinary course of business.  It is not expected that

expenditure  on  the  provision  of  cooperative  land

the  coal  and  stone  operations  will  cause  any  material

(although  there  may  be  a  requirement  for  the  group  to

swings in the group’s utilisation of cash for the funding of

make  short  term  advances  to  meet  cooperative  planting

its routine activities.

expenditure pending the refinancing of such expenditure

by the banks funding the cooperative developments).

Financing policies

As  a  result,  group  capital  expenditure  can,  for  the

The directors believe that, in order to maximise returns to

immediate future, be concentrated on extension planting

holders of the company's ordinary shares, a proportion of

and on the provision of the additional estate buildings and

the  group's  funding  needs  should  be  met  with  prior

general  plant  and  equipment  that  become  needed

ranking capital, namely borrowings and preference share

following any expansion of the group’s planted hectarage.

capital.    The  latter  has  the  particular  advantage  that  it

This  will 

involve  the  group 

in  continuing  capital

represents relatively low risk permanent capital and to the

expenditure  for  several  years  to  come  but  the  directors

extent that such capital is available, the directors believe

will set the extension planting programme at a level that

that it is to be preferred to debt.

they reasonably expect that the cash resources available

to the group can support.  This should ensure that cash

Insofar as the group does have borrowings, the directors

availability  remains  adequate  to  meet  the  group’s

believe  that  the  group’s  interests  are  best  served  if  the

commitments.

borrowings are structured to fit the maturity profile of the

assets that the borrowings are financing.  Since oil palm

The  directors  intend  that  further  cash  advances  to  the

plantings take nearly four years from nursery planting to

coal  and  stone  operations  should  be  limited  and

maturity and then a further period of three to four years to

concentrated  on  realising  value  from  the  three  existing

full yield, the directors aim to structure borrowings for the

coal  concessions  and  on  bringing  the  stone  quarry  into

group’s agricultural operations so that shorter term bank

economic production.

debt is used only to finance working capital requirements,

while  debt  funding  for  the  group's  extension  planting

The  group's  financing  is  materially  dependent  upon  the

programme is sourced from issues of medium term listed

contracts governing the sterling and dollar notes.  There

debt  securities  and  borrowings  from  development

are no restrictions under those contracts, or otherwise, on

institutions.

the  use  of  group  cash  resources  or  existing  borrowings

and facilities that the directors would expect materially to

The  directors  believe  that  the  group’s  existing  capital

impact the planned development of the group.  Under the

structure  is  consistent  with  these  policy  objectives  but

terms of the DBS working capital line and amortising loan

recognise  that  the  planned  further  development  of  the

facility, REA Kaltim and SYB are restricted to an extent in

group, and the inevitable shortening of the maturity profile

the  payment  of  interest  on  borrowings  from,  and  on  the

of  the  group’s  current  indebtedness  caused  by  the

payment of dividends to, other group companies but the

passage of time, mean that further action will be required

directors do not believe that the applicable covenants will

to ensure that the group’s capital structure continues to

affect  the  ability  of  the  company  to  meet  its  cash

meet  the  objectives.  Specifically,  the  directors  consider

obligations.

50

that it will be prudent, when market conditions permit, to

The  group  regards  the  US  dollar  as  the  functional

retire  existing  shorter  dated  debt  and  to  replace  it  with

currency of most of its operations and has, until recently,

preference share capital or debt of a longer tenor.

sought  to  ensure  that,  as  respects  that  proportion  of  its

investment  in  the  group's  operations  that  is  met  by

Whilst  the  group’s  extension  planting  programme  can

borrowings, it has no material currency exposure against

always  be  scaled  back,  once  areas  have  been  planted

the  US  dollar.    Accordingly,  where  borrowings  were

with  oil  palms,  some  or  all  of  the  benefits  of  the

incurred  in  a  currency  other  than  the  dollar,  the  group

investment made in such areas will be lost if the areas are

endeavoured to cover the resultant currency exposure by

not  maintained.    Commodity  markets  are  inherently

way of a debt swap or other appropriate currency hedge.

volatile and the directors believe that it is prudent for the

The receipt by REA Kaltim during 2011 of an Indonesian

group to have available some cash cushion to ensure that

tax  assessment  seeking  to  disallow  for  tax  purposes

when new areas are planted, those areas can be brought

losses  on  currency  hedges  (as  referred  to  in  “Group

to maturity even if CPO and CPKO prices fall.  

results” above) has called into question the wisdom of this

policy and, for the moment at least, the group has decided

Net  debt  at  31  December  2012  was  43.5  per  cent  of

not to hedge its rupiah borrowings.  The group has never

total shareholder funds against a level of 32 per cent at

covered,  and  does  not  intend  in  future  to  cover,  the

31  December  2011.    The  directors  intend  at  least  to

currency  exposure  in  respect  of  the  component  of  the

maintain  the  overall  amount  of  the  group’s  prior  ranking

investment in its operations that is financed with sterling

capital (other than short term borrowings under working

denominated shareholder capital.

capital lines) but would expect that, with growth in the net

assets attributable to ordinary shareholders, prior ranking

The group's policy is to maintain a cash balance in sterling

capital will, over time, fall as a percentage of equity (used

sufficient to meet its projected sterling expenditure for a

in  this  context  to  refer  to  funds  attributable  to  ordinary

period  of  between  six  and  twelve  months  and  a  cash

shareholders).  If debt continues over time to be replaced

balance in Indonesian rupiahs of up to the amount of its

by  preference  capital,  net  debt  as  a  percentage  of

Indonesian  rupiah  borrowings  but,  otherwise,  to  keep  all

shareholder  funds  may  be  expected  to  fall  to  an  even

cash balances in US dollars.

greater extent. 

Principal risks and uncertainties

The sterling notes and the two series of dollar notes carry

interest at fixed rates of, respectively, 9.5 and 7.5 per cent

The  group’s  business  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.

per  annum.    Interest  is  payable  by  SYB  under  the  DBS

Those risks and uncertainties that the directors currently

amortising  term  loan  at  a  floating  rate  equal  to  Jakarta

consider to be material are described below.  There are or

Inter Bank Offered Rate plus a margin.

may be other risks and uncertainties faced by the group

As  a  policy,  the  group  does  not  hedge  its  exposure  to

they  are  unaware,  that  may  have  a  material  adverse

that the directors currently deem immaterial, or of which

floating  rates  but,  insofar  as  is  commercially  sensible,

impact on the group.

borrows  at  fixed  rates.    A  one  per  cent  increase  in  the

floating  rates  of  interest  payable  on  the  group’s  floating

Where  risks  are  reasonably  capable  of  mitigation,  the

rate  borrowings  at  31  December  2012  would  have

group seeks to mitigate them.  Beyond that, the directors

resulted in an annual cost to the group of approximately

endeavour to manage the group’s finances on a basis that

$522,000 (2011: $290,000).

leaves the group with some capacity to withstand adverse

51

Review of the group continued

impacts  from 

identified  areas  of  risk  but  such

diseases  with  a  consequential  negative  impact  on  crop.

management  cannot  provide  insurance  against  every

Agricultural best practice can to some extent mitigate this

possible eventuality.

risk but it cannot be entirely eliminated.

Agricultural operations

Other operational factors

Certain  of  the  risks  identified  below  in  relation  to  the

The  group’s  agricultural  productivity  is  dependent  upon

agricultural  operations  are  described  as  risks  affecting

necessary inputs, including, in particular, fertiliser and fuel.

crop.    Any  loss  of  crop  or  reduction  in  the  quality  of

Whilst  the  directors  have  no  reason  to  anticipate

harvest will reduce revenues and thus negatively impact

shortages  in  the  availability  of  such  inputs,  should  such

cash flow and profitability.

Climatic factors

shortages  occur  over  any  extended  period,  the  group’s

operations  could  be  materially  disrupted.    Equally,

increases in input costs are likely to reduce profit margins.

Although  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located

After  harvesting,  FFB  crops  become  rotten  if  not

in an area of high rainfall with sunlight hours well suited to

processed within a short period.  Processing of over-ripe

the  cultivation  of  oil  palm,  climatic  conditions  vary  from

FFB usually results in the production of CPO that has an

year to year and setbacks are possible. 

above average free fatty acid content and is saleable only

at a discount to normal market prices. Any hiatus in FFB

Unusually  high  levels  of  rainfall  can  disrupt  estate

collection  or  processing  may  therefore  lead  to  a  loss  of

operations and result in harvesting delays with loss of oil

crop  and/or  a  reduction  in  the  quality  and  value  of  the

palm  fruit  or  deterioration  in  fruit  quality.    Unusually  low

resultant  CPO.    The  group  endeavours  to  maintain

levels of rainfall that lead to a water availability below the

resilience  in  its  palm  oil  mills  with  each  of  the  mills

minimum required for the normal development of the oil

operating separately and some ability within each mill to

palm may lead to a reduction in subsequent crop levels.

switch  from  steam  based  to  biogas  or  diesel  based

Such reduction is likely to be broadly proportional to the

electricity  generation  but  such  resilience  would  be

size  of  the  cumulative  water  deficit.    Over  a  long  period,

inadequate  to  compensate  for  any  material  loss  of

crop  levels  should  be  reasonably  predictable  but  there

processing capacity for anything other than a short time

can  be  material  variations  from  the  norm  in  individual

period.

years.

The group has bulk storage facilities within its main area

Low levels of rainfall can also disrupt and, in an extreme

of agricultural operations and at its transhipment terminal

situation  (not  to  date  experienced  by  the  group)  could

downstream of the port of Samarinda.  Such facilities and

bring  to  a  standstill  the  river  transport  upon  which  the

the further storage facilities afforded by the group’s fleet

group  is  critically  dependent  for  estate  supplies  and  the

of barges have hitherto always proved adequate to meet

evacuation of CPO and CPKO.  In that event, harvesting

the  group’s  requirements  for  CPO  and  CPKO  storage.

may have to be suspended and crop may be lost.

Nevertheless,  disruptions  to  river  transport  between  the

Cultivation risks

main area of operations and the port of Samarinda (such

as  occurred  in  2011  when  a  bridge  over  the  Mahakam

river at Tenggarong collapsed), or delays in collection of

As  in  any  agricultural  business,  there  is  a  risk  that  the

CPO  and  CPKO  from  the  transhipment  terminal,  could

group's estate operations may be affected by pests and

result in a group requirement for CPO and CPKO storage

52

exceeding the available capacity.  This would be likely to

either restrictions on the export of CPO and CPKO or very

force  a  temporary  cessation  in  FFB  processing  with  a

high  duties  on  export  sales  of  such  oil.    The  directors

resultant loss of crop.

believe  that  when  such  measures  materially  reduce  the

profitability of oil palm cultivation, they are damaging not

The  group  maintains  insurance  for  the  agricultural

only  to  large  plantation  groups  but  also  to  the  large

operations  to  cover  those  risks  against  which  the

number  of  smallholder  farmers  growing  oil  palm  in

directors consider that it is economic to insure.  However,

Indonesia  and  to  the  Indonesian  economy  as  a  whole

no assurance can be given that such insurance is in fact

(because CPO is an important component of Indonesia's

adequate,  will  continue  to  be  available  or  that  it  will  be

US dollar earning exports).  The directors are thus hopeful

available  at  economically  reasonable  premia.    Certain

that future measures affecting sales of CPO and CPKO

risks (including the risk of crop loss through fire and other

will not result in uneconomic profit margins.

perils  potentially  affecting  the  planted  areas  on  the

group's  estates),  for  which  insurance  cover  is  either  not

Above average CPO and CPKO prices during 2007 and

available  or  would  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors  be

the early months of 2008 and again more recently from

disproportionately expensive, are not insured.  These risks

2010  to  2012  did  not  lead  to  a  re-imposition  of  export

are  mitigated  to  the  extent  reasonably  feasible  by

restrictions. 

Instead,  the 

Indonesian  government

management practices but an occurrence of an adverse

continues to allow the free export of CPO and CPKO but

uninsured  event  could  result  in  the  group  sustaining

has introduced a sliding scale of duties on exports.

material  losses  with  a  consequential  negative  impact  on

cash flows and profitability.

Produce prices

World  markets  for  CPO  and  CPKO  may  be  distorted  by

the  imposition  of  import  controls  or  taxes  in  consuming

countries.    The  directors  believe  that  the  imposition  of

such  controls  or  taxes  on  CPO  or  CPKO  will  normally

The  profitability  and  cash  flow  of  the  agricultural

result in greater consumption of alternative vegetable oils

operations depend upon world prices of CPO and CPKO

within the area in which the controls or taxes have been

and upon the group's ability to sell these products at price

imposed  and  the  substitution  outside  that  area  of  CPO

levels comparable with such world prices.

and CPKO for other vegetable oils.  Should such arbitrage

fail  to  occur  or  prove  insufficient  to  compensate  for  the

CPO and CPKO are primary commodities and as such are

market  distortion  created  by  the  applicable  import

affected by levels of world economic activity and factors

controls or taxes, selling prices for the group’s CPO and

affecting the world economy, including levels of inflation

CPKO could be depressed.

and  interest  rates.    This  may  lead  to  significant  price

swings although, as noted under “Markets” in “Agricultural

Expansion

operations” above, the directors believe that such swings

should be moderated by the fact that the annual oilseed

The  group  is  planning  further  extension  planting  of  oil

crops account for the major proportion of world vegetable

palm.  The directors hope that unplanted land held by or

oil production and producers of such crops can reduce or

allocated to the group will become available for planting

increase  their  production  within  a  relatively  short  time

ahead of the land becoming needed for development and

frame.

that  the  development  programme  can  be  funded  from

available  group  cash  resources  and  future  operational

In  the  past,  in  times  of  very  high  CPO  prices,  the

cash flows, appropriately supplemented with further debt

Indonesian  authorities  have  for  short  periods  imposed

funding or capital raised from further issues of preference

53

 
Review of the group continued

shares and the planned issue of shares in REA Kaltim to

includes substantial areas of unspoilt primary rain forest

local Indonesian investors.  Should, however, land or cash

inhabited by diverse flora and fauna.  As such, the group,

availability  fall  short  of  expectations  and  the  group  be

in  common  with  other  oil  palm  growers  in  Kalimantan,

unable to secure alternative land or funding, the extension

must expect scrutiny from conservation groups and could

planting programme, upon which the continued growth of

suffer adverse consequences if its environmental policies

the  group’s  agricultural  operations  will  in  part  depend,

were to be singled out for criticism by such groups. 

may be delayed or curtailed.

An  environmental  impact  assessment  and  master  plan

Any  shortfall  in  achieving  planned  extensions  of  the

was  constructed  using  independent  environmental

group's planted areas would be likely to impact negatively

experts  when  the  group  first  commenced  agricultural

the annual revaluation of the group's biological assets, the

operations  in  East  Kalimantan  and  this  plan  is  updated

movements  arising  from  which  are  dealt  with  in  the

regularly to reflect modern practice and to take account of

group's  income  statement.    Whilst  this  would  not  affect

changes in circumstances (including planned additions to

the group's underlying cash flow, it could adversely affect

the  areas  to  be  developed  by  the  group).    Substantial

market  perceptions  as  to  the  value  of  the  company's

conservation  reserves  have  been  established  in  areas

securities. 

already developed by the group and further reserves will

be added as new areas are developed.  The group actively

Environmental, social and governance practices

manages these reserves and endeavours to use them to

conserve  landscape  level  biodiversity  as  detailed  under

The group recognises that the agricultural operations are

“Conservation” in “Agricultural operations” above. 

both  a  large  employer  and  have  significant  economic

importance  for  local  communities  in  the  areas  of  the

The group is committed to sustainable development of oil

group’s  operations.    This  imposes  environmental,  social

palm  and  adopts  the  measures  described  under

and  governance  obligations  which  bring  with  them  risks

“Responsible  agricultural  practice” 

in 

“Agricultural

that  any  failure  by  the  group  to  meet  the  standards

operations”  above  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  its  operations

expected  of  it  may  result  in  reputational  and  financial

causing damage to the environment or to its neighbours.

damage.    The  group  seeks  to  mitigate  such  risks  by

The group supports the principles and criteria established

establishing standard procedures to ensure that it meets

by RSPO and has obtained RSPO certification for most of

its  obligations,  monitoring  performance  against  those

its current operations.

standards and investigating thoroughly and taking action

to prevent recurrence in respect of any failures identified.  

Community relations

The  group's  existing  agricultural  operations  and  the

The agricultural operations of the group can be seriously

planned expansion of those operations are based on land

disrupted by any material breakdown in relations between

areas that have been previously logged and zoned by the

the  group  and  the  host  population  in  the  area  of  the

Indonesian  authorities  as  appropriate  for  agricultural

operations.  The group endeavours to mitigate this risk by

development  on  the  basis  that,  regrettable  as  it  may  be

liaising  regularly  with  representatives  of  surrounding

from an environmental viewpoint, the logging has been so

villages and by seeking to improve local living standards

extensive  that  primary  forest  is  unlikely  to  regenerate.

through  mutually  beneficial  economic  and  social

Such  land  areas  fall  within  a  region  that  elsewhere

interaction between the local villages and the agricultural

54

operations.  In particular, the group, when possible, gives

Should  there  be  a  recurrence  of  disruptions  at  the  level

priority to applications for employment from members of

and  of  the  intensity  sustained  during  2012,  the  group

the  local  population  and  supports  specific  initiatives  to

could again suffer material negative impacts. 

encourage  local  farmers  and  tradesmen  to  act  as

suppliers  to  the  group, 

its  employees  and  their

Coal and stone operations

dependents  and  (as  described  under  “Smallholder

schemes”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  above)  to  promote

Following  the  directors’  decision  to  suspend  the  group’s

smallholder development of oil palm plantings.

coal trading activities, to limit, for the time being, further

capital  committed  to  the  coal  mining  operations  and  to

The  group's  agricultural  operations  are  established  in  a

maximise  returns  from  the  concessions  in  which  the

relatively remote and sparsely populated area, which was

group has already invested, the directors believe that the

for the most part unoccupied prior to the establishment of

most material risk attaching to the group’s coal and stone

the group's first operations.  However, some areas of land

operations is the risk that those operations prove not to

were previously used by local villagers for the cultivation

be fully viable and that a proportion of the capital invested

of  crops.    Accordingly,  when  acquiring  such  areas,  the

in the operations is lost.  To the extent that the operations

group  negotiates  with,  and  pays  compensation  to,  the

continue  and  the  concessions  are  brought,  or  brought

affected  parties  and,  as  respects  developments  initiated

back, into production, the more material risks specific to

since  2007  (in  compliance  with  Indonesian  legislation

such operations that the directors currently foresee are as

enacted in that year) procures land for the establishment

described below.

of cooperative smallholder schemes for such parties.

Operational risks

The negotiation of compensation payments can involve a

considerable  number  of  local  individuals  with  differing

Delivery  volumes  from  the  group’s  concessions  will  be

views  and  this  can  cause  difficulties  in  reaching

dependent upon efficiency of production and this can be

agreement with all affected parties.  There is also a risk

disrupted by external factors outside the group’s control

that, after an agreement has been completed, a party to

such  as  the  heavy  rains  that  are  common  in  East

the  agreement  may  become  disaffected  with  the  terms

Kalimantan.  Heavy seas can cause delays to the barging

agreed or the manner in which the agreement has been

of  coal  and  stone  to  point  of  sale.    Failure  to  achieve

implemented and may seek to repudiate the agreement.  

budgeted delivery volumes increases unit costs and may

result  in  operations  becoming  unprofitable.    Whilst

As explained under “Community relations” in “Agricultural

weather related impacts cannot be avoided, the group will

operations” above, prior to 2012 such difficulties and risk

seek  to  mitigate  such  risks  by  using  experienced

periodically  caused  disruptions  but  the  group  had  been

contractors,  supervising  them  closely  and  taking  care  to

successful in managing such periodic disruptions so as to

ensure that they have equipment of capacity appropriate

limit their negative impact.   This situation changed during

for the planned delivery volumes.   

2012  and  the  disruptions  sustained  during  2012  and

January  2013  had  a  material  negative  impact  on  the

Traded  coal  delivery  volumes  are  dependent  upon

group.    Negotiations  concluded  in  January  and  early

supplier  and  customer  performance  of  contract

February 2013 should have resolved the material known

obligations.    The  group  endeavours  to  ensure  such

issues  but  only  the  passage  of  time  will  confirm  this.

performance  by  exercising  care  in  the  selection  of

55

Review of the group continued

suppliers  and  customers  and  direct  supervision  of

operations.    Nevertheless,  the  group  could  sustain

deliveries but such efforts may not always be sufficient to

reputational  damage  as  a  result  of  environmental

avoid material contractual disputes such as has occurred

criticisms of the mining industry in Indonesia as a whole.

in relation to one shipment made in 2012.

Mining  plans  are  based  on  geological  assessments  and

the  group  seeks  to  ensure  the  accuracy  of  those

Currency

assessments  by  drilling  ahead  of  any  implementation  of

General

the  plans.    Nevertheless,  geological  assessments  are

CPO and CPKO are essentially dollar based commodities.

extrapolations  based  on  statistical  sampling  and  may

As a result, the group's revenues and the underlying value

prove inaccurate to an extent.  In that event, unforeseen

of  the  group's  operations  are  principally  US  dollar

extraction  complications  can  occur  and  may  cause  cost

denominated.    Moreover,  substantial  proportions  of  the

overruns and delays. 

Price risk

group’s borrowings and costs are US dollar denominated

or hedged against or linked to the US dollar.

Accordingly, the principal currency risk faced by the group

The  profitability  and  cash  flow  of  any  future  coal

is that those components of group costs and funding that

production  is  likely  to  depend  upon  world  prices  of  coal

arise in, or are denominated in, in Indonesian rupiah and

and  the  group's  ability  to  sell  its  coal  at  price  levels

sterling  and,  as  respects  group  funding,  are  not  hedged

comparable  with  such  world  prices.      Coal  is  a  primary

against the US dollar, may, if such currencies strengthen

commodity  and  as  such  is  affected  by  levels  of  world

against  the  US  dollar,  negatively  impact  the  group’s

economic  activity  and  factors  affecting  the  world

financial position in US dollar terms. 

economy,  including  levels  of  inflation  and  interest  rates.

This may lead to significant price swings.

As  respects  costs  and  share  capital,  the  directors

consider that this risk is inherent in the group's business

Coal  is  sold  on  the  basis  of  its  calorific  value  and  other

and structure and the group does not therefore normally

aspects of its chemical composition.  Supply and demand

hedge  against  such  risk.    As  respects  borrowings,

for  specific  grades  of  coal  and  consequent  pricing  may

hedging may itself give rise to risks given the contention

not necessarily reflect overall coal market trends and the

of  the  Indonesian  tax  authorities  (as  referred  to  under

group may be adversely affected if it is unable to supply

“Group results” in “Finances” above) that mark to market

coal  within  the  specifications  that  are  at  any  particular

losses  in  Indonesia  on  hedging  derivatives  may  not  be

time in demand.

deducted  from  chargeable  profits  for  Indonesian  tax

purposes.  The directors believe that, pending clarification

Environmental, social and governance practices

of  this  issue,  it  is  better  for  the  group  to  accept  some

currency risks in respect of borrowings than to constrain

The areas that the group proposes to mine or quarry are

the group either to borrow only in US dollars (which may

not  large  and  the  group  is  committed  to  international

limit the group’s ability to borrow or require it to borrow on

standards of best environmental and social practice and,

terms  that  are  in  the  directors’  opinion  sub-optimal  as

in  particular,  to  proper  management  of  waste  water  and

respects tenor, covenants or cost) or to hedge all non US

reinstatement  of  mined  areas  on  completion  of  mining

dollar borrowings against the US dollar.

56

Counterparty risk

the  terms  of  the  licences,  that  it  holds,  licensing  rules

change frequently and boundaries of large land areas are

Export sales of CPO and CPKO are made either against

not always clearly demarcated.  There is therefore always

letters  of  credit  or  on  the  basis  of  cash  against

a  risk  that  the  group  may  inadvertently,  and  to  a  limited

documents.  However, domestic sales of CPO and CPKO

extent, conduct operations for which it does not hold all

may  require  the  group  to  provide  some  credit  to  buyers.

necessary licences or operate on land as respects which

The  position  as  respects  future  sales  of  coal  will  be

it does not have all necessary permits.

similar.    Purchase  contracts  for  coal  concluded  prior  to

suspension of the coal trading activities have required the

The  UK  Bribery  Act  2010,  which  applies  worldwide  to

group to part pay ahead of delivery.  The group seeks to

interests  of  UK  companies,  has  created  an  offence  of

limit  the  counterparty  risk  that  credit  to  buyers  and

failure  by  a  commercial  organisation  to  prevent  a  bribe

prepayments  entail  by  effective  credit  controls.    Such

being paid on its behalf.  Such failure may be defended if

controls include regular reviews of buyer creditworthiness

the  organisation  has  “adequate  procedures”  in  place  to

and limits on the term and amount of credit that may be

combat bribery and the group has established appropriate

extended to any one buyer and in total.

procedures.    The  group  has  traditionally  had  strong

Regulatory exposure

controls  in  this  area  because  the  group  operates

predominantly in Indonesia, which has been classified as

relatively  high  risk  by  the  International  Transparency

Changes  in  existing,  and  adoption  of  new,  laws  and

Corruption Perceptions Index.  

regulations  affecting  the  group  (including,  in  particular,

laws  and  regulations  relating  to  land  tenure  and  mining

Country exposure

concessions,  work  permits  for  expatriate  staff  and

taxation)  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  group’s

All of the group's operations are located in Indonesia.  The

activities.    The  directors  are  not  currently  aware  of  any

group  is  therefore  significantly  dependent  on  economic

specific changes that would adversely affect the group to

and political conditions in Indonesia.  In the late 1990’s, in

a material extent.

common  with  other  parts  of  South  East  Asia,  Indonesia

experienced severe economic turbulence and there have

Many of the licences, permits and approvals held by the

been  subsequent  occasional  instances  of  civil  unrest,

group  are  subject  to  periodic  renewal.    Renewals  are

often  attributed  to  ethnic  tensions,  in  certain  parts  of

often subject to delays and there is always a risk that a

Indonesia.  In the recent past, Indonesia has been stable

renewal  may  be  refused  or  made  subject  to  new

and the Indonesian economy has continued to grow.

conditions.  Agricultural  land  and  mining  rights  and

interests held by the group are subject to the satisfaction

Freedom to operate in a stable and secure environment is

of  various  continuing  conditions,  including  conditions

critical to the group and the existence of security risks in

requiring  utilisation  of  the  rights  and,  as  respects

Indonesia should never be ignored.  However, the group

agricultural  land,  conditions  requiring  the  group  to

has always sought to mitigate those risks and has never,

promote smallholder developments of oil palm.

since  the  inception  of  its  East  Kalimantan  operations  in

1989,  been  adversely  affected  by  regional  security

Although  the  group  endeavours  to  ensure  that  its

problems.

activities are conducted only on the land areas, and within

57

Review of the group continued

Although there can be no certainty as to such matters, the

Eurozone

directors are not aware of any circumstances that would

lead  them  to  believe  that,  under  current  political

The  directors  are  conscious  of  the  possibly  heightened

conditions,  any  government  authority  would  impose

financial  risks  currently  prevailing  in  relation  to  the

exchange  controls  or  otherwise  seek  to  restrict  the

Eurozone  and  to  banks.    The  group  has  no  direct

group's  freedom  to  manage  its  operations.    The

exposures to the Eurozone but would clearly be affected

Indonesian government has recently introduced a “use it

by  any  consequential  impact  on  demand  for  CPO  and

or  lose  it”  policy  in  respect  of  registered  titles  to

CPKO  that  could  follow  a  financial  collapse  in  the

undeveloped land.  This could result in registered titles to

Eurozone  or  other  major  economic  area.    The  group  is

the  group’s  undeveloped  land  areas  being  revoked

careful  in  its  commitments  and  is  ready  to  scale  these

although the directors do not believe that this will happen

back rapidly should the need arise.  With regard to banks,

if development of such areas proceeds as planned.

the  board  endeavours  to  ensure  that  the  group’s  liquid

Miscellaneous relationships

funds are deposited in a manner likely to minimise the risk

of  loss.    A  significant  proportion  of  the  group’s  deposits

are  placed  with  banks  that  are  majority  owned  by

The  group  is  materially  dependent  upon  its  staff  and

sovereign governments.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary
25 April 2013

employees and endeavours to manage this dependence

as detailed under “Employees” in “Agricultural operations”

above.   

Relationships  with  shareholders  in  Indonesian  group

companies  are  also  important  to  the  group.    The  group

endeavours  to  maintain  cordial  relations  with  its  local

investors by seeking their support for decisions affecting

their  interests  and  responding  constructively  to  any

concerns that they may have.  Should such efforts fail and

a  breakdown  in  relations  result,  the  group  would  be

obliged to fall back on enforcing, in the Indonesian courts,

the agreements governing its arrangements with its local

partners with the uncertainties that any juridical process

involves.    Failure  to  enforce  the  agreements  relating  to

the mining concessions in which the group holds interests

could have a material negative impact on the value of the

coal and stone operations because the concessions are

at the moment legally owned by the group's local partners

and,  if  the  arrangements  with  those  partners  were

successfully  to  be  repudiated  (an  eventuality  that  the

directors consider highly unlikely), the group could lose its

entire interest in the concessions.

58

Directors

Richard Robinow 
Chairman (67)

David Blackett
Senior independent non-executive director (62)

Mr Robinow was appointed a director in 1978 and has been
chairman  since  1984.    After  early  investment  banking
experience, he has been involved for nearly 40 years in the
plantation  industry.    He  is  non-executive  but  devotes  a
significant  proportion  of  his  working  time  to  the  affairs  of
the  group.    He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  M.  P.  Evans
Group plc, a UK plantation company of which the shares are
admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of
the  London  Stock  Exchange,  and  of  two  overseas  listed
plantations companies: Sipef NV, Belgium, and REA Vipingo
Plantations Limited, Kenya.

John Oakley
Managing director (64)

After  early  experience  in  investment  banking  and  general
management,  Mr  Oakley  joined  the  group  in  1983  as
divisional managing director of the group's then horticultural
operations.  He was appointed to the main board in 1985
and  subsequently  oversaw  group  businesses  involved  in
tea,  bananas,  pineapples  and  merchanting,  transferring  in
the  early  1990s  to  take  charge  of  the  day  to  day
management  of  the  group's  then  embryonic  East
Kalimantan  agricultural  operations.    He  was  appointed
managing director in January 2002.  As the sole executive
director,  he  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  operations  of
the group.

Mark Parry
Executive director (52)

Mr Parry was appointed an executive director on 1 January
2013.    Mr  Parry  joined  the  group  in  May  2011,  as  the
group’s  regional  director  based  in  Singapore,  and  was
appointed  president  director  of  REA  Kaltim  in  July  2012.
He worked for 10 years as a surveyor and engineer in the
mining and oil and gas industries and, following completion
of an MBA at the London Business School, spent 15 years
with an international bank, ultimately as managing director,
project  finance.    He  established  and  ran  a  private
consultancy  business  for  two  years  prior  to  joining  the
group.

Mr Blackett was appointed a non-executive director in July
2008  and  was  subsequently  appointed  chairman  of  the
audit and remuneration committees and, more recently, as a
member of the nomination committee.  After qualifying as a
chartered  accountant  in  Scotland,  he  worked  for  over  25
years in South East Asia, where he concluded his career as
chairman of AT&T Capital Inc.  Prior to joining that company,
he was a director of an international investment bank with
responsibility  for  the  bank’s  South  East  Asian  operations.
He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  South  China  Holdings
Limited,  a  company  listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock
Exchange.

Irene Chia  
Independent non-executive director (72)

Ms  Chia  was  appointed  a  non-executive  director  on  1
January  2013.    Ms  Chia  has  extensive  corporate,
investment and entrepreneurial experience in Asia, the USA
and  the  UK.    A  graduate  in  economics  and  formerly  a
director of one of the Jardine Matheson Group companies,
Ms  Chia  now  lives  in  Singapore  and  is  currently  self-
employed with Far Eastern interests in consulting, property
and financial investment as well as in the charitable sector.

David Killick, FCIS 
Independent non-executive director (75)

Mr Killick was appointed a non-executive director in 2006.
He is chairman of the nomination committee and a member
of the audit and remuneration committees.  After qualifying
as  a  barrister,  he  became  a  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of
Chartered Secretaries and Administrators.  He worked for
over  28  years  for  the  Commonwealth  Development
Corporation, serving as a member of its management board
from 1980 to 1994.  Thereafter, he has held a number of
directorships. 
is  currently  a  director  of
Reallyenglish.com Limited.

  He 

59

Directors’ report

The directors present their annual report on the affairs of

ordinary  shares  on  25  January  2013  and  the  board

the  group,  together  with  the  financial  statements  and

recommends that a final dividend in respect of the year of

auditor’s reports, for the year ended 31 December 2012.

3½p  per  share  be  paid  on  26  July  2013  to  ordinary

Principal activities and business review

2013.    Resolution  3  in  the  company’s  notice  of  2013

shareholders  on  the  register  of  members  on  28  June

annual general meeting (the “Notice”) set out at the end

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

of this document, which will be proposed as an ordinary

palms in the province of East Kalimantan in Indonesia and

resolution, deals with the payment of this dividend.

in the production of crude palm oil (“CPO”) and crude palm

kernel  oil  (“CPKO”).    In  addition,  the  group  holds  rights  in

Going concern basis

respect  of  three  coal  mining  concessions  and  a  stone

deposit located in East Kalimantan.   

The group's business activities, together with the factors

likely  to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and

A review of the activities and planned future development of

position  are  described  in  the  “Review  of  the  group”

the group, together with the principal risks and uncertainties

section  of  this  annual  report  which  also  provides  (under

facing  the  group,  is  provided  in  the  accompanying

the heading “Finances”) a description of the group's cash

“Chairman’s statement” and “Review of the group” sections

flow,  liquidity  and  financing  adequacy,  and  treasury

of this annual report which are incorporated by reference in

policies.    In  particular,  the  review  highlights  the  risks

this  “Directors’  report”.    In  particular,  the  “Review  of  the

associated with village disruptions.  In addition, note 22 to

group”  includes  information  as  to  group  policy  and

the  consolidated 

financial 

statements 

includes

objectives  regarding  the  use  of  financial  instruments.

information  as  to  the  group's  policy,  objectives  and

Information  as  to  such  policy  and  objectives  and  the  risk

processes  for  managing  its  capital;  its  financial  risk

exposures  arising  is  also  included  in  note  22  to  the

management  objectives;  details  of 

its 

financial

consolidated financial statements.  

instruments  and  hedging  activities;  and  its  exposures  to

credit and liquidity risks.   

The  group  does  not  undertake  significant  research  and

development activities.  

Details of significant events since 31 December 2012 are

contained  in  note  41  to  the  consolidated  financial

statements.

Results and dividends

The  results  are  presented  in  the  consolidated  income

statement and notes thereto. 

The fixed annual dividends on the 9 per cent cumulative

preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June  and  31

December 2012 were duly paid.  A first interim dividend

in  respect  of  2012  of  3½p  per  share  was  paid  on  the

Although the group has indebtedness, the vast majority of
that indebtedness is medium term and the group is reliant
on short term borrowing facilities to only a limited extent.
The directors fully expect such short term facilities to be
renewed. 
  Moreover,  the  group’s  operations  are
generating significant positive cash flows and, whilst it is
planned  to  utilise  those  cash  flows  to  fund  capital
expenditure,  a 
large  proportion  of  such  capital
expenditure  is  discretionary  and  could  be  cancelled
should the need arise.  As a consequence, the directors
believe  that  the  group  is  well  placed  to  manage  its
business risks successfully. 

After  making  enquiries,  the  directors  have  a  reasonable
expectation  that  the  company  and  the  group  have
adequate resources to continue in operational existence

60

for the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, they continue to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial
statements.

proposed as ordinary resolutions, deal with the re-election

of the above named directors.

Charitable and political donations

The directors consider that, following the changes to the

board at the end of 2012, the composition of the board is

appropriate  and  effective  for  the  current  strategic

During the year the group made no charitable donations

direction  of  the  company. 

  The  board  therefore

to persons ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom and

recommends  (each  affected  director  abstaining  from

no  political  donations.    The  group  provided  support  for

such conclusion as it applies to himself) the re-election of

conservation activities in East Kalimantan.

Supplier payment policy

all  of  the  directors  offering  themselves  for  re-election.

The  senior  independent  non-executive  director  and  the

chairman  have  confirmed  as  regards,  respectively,  the

chairman  and  the  non-executive  directors  offering

It  is  the  company’s  policy  to  establish  appropriate

themselves  for  re-election 

that,  following  formal

payment terms and conditions for dealings with suppliers

performance  evaluations,  each  such 

individual's

and  to  comply  with  such  terms  and  conditions.    The

performance  continues 

to  be  effective  and 

to

holding company itself does not have trade creditors. 

demonstrate commitment to the role assumed, including

Directors

commitment  of  time  for  board  and  committee  meetings

and, where applicable, other assigned duties.

The  directors  are  listed  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

Directors’ interests

annual  report  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this

“Directors’  report”.    All  the  directors  served  throughout

At  31  December  2012,  the  interests  of  directors

2012, save for Mr Parry and Ms Chia who were appointed

(including  interests  of  connected  persons  as  defined  in

respectively as an executive director and a non-executive

section 96B (2) of the Financial Services and Markets Act

director  with  effect  from  1  January  2013.    Four  long-

2000 of which the company is, or ought upon reasonable

serving non-executive directors, Messrs Green-Armytage,

enquiry  to  become,  aware)  in  the  9  per  cent  cumulative

Keatley,  Letts  and  Lim,  who  served  throughout  2012,

preference shares of £1 each and the ordinary shares of

retired  on  31  December  2012.    Mr  Parry  and  Ms  Chia

25p each of the company were as follows:

hold office until the forthcoming annual general meeting

and,  being  eligible,  offer  themselves  for  re-election.  Mr

Killick retires at the forthcoming annual general meeting

and,  being  eligible,  offers  himself  for  re-election,  such

retirement  being  in  compliance  with  the  company’s

articles  of  association  providing  for  the  rotation  of

directors.  Mr Robinow retires at the forthcoming annual

general meeting and, being eligible, offers himself for re-

election,  such  retirement  being  in  compliance  with  the

provisions  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code

requiring  the  annual  re-election  of  non-executive

R M Robinow

D J Blackett

I Chia

J M Green-Armytage *

J R M Keatley *

D H R Killick

L E C Letts *

C L Lim *

J C Oakley

M A Parry

directors  who  have  served  as  such  for  more  than  nine

* retired 31 December 2012

years.    Resolutions  4  to  7  in  the  Notice,  which  will  be

Preference
shares

Ordinary
shares

- 10,005,833

250,000

-

13,288

92,519

-

-

-

90,704

680,878

30,000

21,480

108,008

-

-

41,457

-

442,493

5,088

61

Directors’ report continued

There  have  been  no  changes  in  the  interests  of  the

Control and structure of capital

directors  between  31  December  2012  and  the  date  of

this report.

Directors’ indemnities

Details  of  the  company’s  share  capital  and  changes  in

share  capital  during  2012  are  set  out  in  note  31  to  the

company’s financial statements.  At 31 December 2012,

the  preference  share  capital  and  the  ordinary  share

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined in

capital represented, respectively, 85.7 and 14.3 per cent

section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force

of the total issued share capital.  

for the benefit of directors of the company and of other

members  of  the  group  throughout  2012  and  remain  in

The  rights  and  obligations  attaching  to  the  ordinary  and

force at the date of this report.

Substantial shareholders

preference shares are governed by the company’s articles

of  association  and  prevailing  legislation.    A  copy  of  the

articles  of  association  is  available  on  the  company’s

website  at  www.rea.co.uk.    Rights  to  income  and  capital

As  at  the  date  of  this  report,  the  company  had  received

are  summarised  in  note  31  to  the  company’s  financial

notifications  required  by  The  Disclosure  Rules  and

statements. 

Transparency  Rules  of  the  Financial  Services  Authority

from the following persons of voting rights held by them

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the company,

as shareholders through the holdings of ordinary shares

every holder of shares and every duly appointed proxy of

indicated:

Number

%

the resolution before the meeting, shall have one vote.  On

a holder of shares, in each case being entitled to vote on

Emba Holdings Limited

9,957,500

29.80

a poll, every holder of shares present in person or by proxy

Prudential plc and certain subsidiaries

6,043,129

18.09

and  entitled  to  vote  on  the  resolution  the  subject  of  the

Alcatel Bell Pensioenfonds VZW

4,167,049

12.47

poll shall have one vote for each share held.   Holders of

Artemis UK Smaller Companies

1,919,400

5.74

preference shares are not entitled to vote on a resolution

In addition, the company had been notified that the above

notice  of  the  meeting,  the  dividend  on  the  preference

interest  of  Prudential  plc  group  of  companies  includes

shares is more than six months in arrears or the resolution

6,021,116  ordinary  shares  (18.02  per  cent)  in  which

is  for  the  winding  up  of  the  company  or  is  a  resolution

M&G Investment Funds 3 is also interested.

directly  and  adversely  affecting  any  of  the  rights  and

proposed  at  a  general  meeting  unless,  at  the  date  of

The shares held by Emba Holdings Limited (“Emba”) are

for the exercise of voting rights and for the appointment

included as part of the interest of Mr R M Robinow shown

of a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to any resolution

privileges attaching to the preference shares.  Deadlines

under  “Directors’  interests”  above.    By  deeds  dated  24

November  1998  and  10  April  2001,  Emba  has  agreed

that it will not undertake activities in conflict with those of

the  group  and  that  it  will  deal  with  the  group  only  on  a

basis that is appropriate between a listed company and its

subsidiaries,  on  the  one  hand,  and  a  significant

shareholder in a listed company, on the other hand. 

to be proposed at a general meeting are governed by the

company’s  articles  of  association  and  prevailing

legislation  and  will  normally  be  as  detailed  in  the  notes

accompanying  the  notice  of  the  meeting  at  which  the

resolution is to be proposed.

62

There  are  no  restrictions  on  the  size  of  any  holding  of

The 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 (“2012/14 dollar

shares in the company.  Shares may be transferred either

notes”)  and  the  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2017  (“2017

through the CREST system (being the relevant system as

dollar notes”) of the company (together, the “dollar notes”)

defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001

and the 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17

of which CRESTCo Limited is the operator) where held in

of  REA  Finance  B.V.  (“sterling  notes”)  (which  are

uncertificated  form  or  by  instrument  of  transfer  in  any

guaranteed  by  the  company)  are  transferable  either

usual  or  common  form  duly  executed  and  stamped,

through the CREST system where held in uncertificated

subject  to  provisions  of  the  company’s  articles  of

form or by instrument of transfer in any usual or common

association empowering the directors to refuse to register

form duly executed in amounts and multiples, in the case

any transfer of shares where the shares are not fully paid,

of the dollar notes, of $1 and, in the case of the sterling

the  shares  are  to  be  transferred  into  a  joint  holding  of

notes, of £1,000.  There is no maximum limit on the size

more than four persons, the transfer is not appropriately

of any holding in either case.

supported  by  evidence  of  the  right  of  the  transferor  to

make  the  transfer  or  the  transferor  is  in  default  in

Significant  holdings  of  preference  shares,  dollar  notes

compliance with a notice served pursuant to section 793

and sterling notes shown by the register of members and

of the Companies Act 2006.  The directors are not aware

registers  of  dollar  and  sterling  noteholders  at  31

of any agreements between shareholders that may result

December 2012 were as follows:

in  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  securities  or  on  voting

rights.

No  person  holds  securities  carrying  special  rights  with

regard  to  control  of  the  company  and  there  are  no

arrangements  in  which  the  company  co-operates  by

which  financial  rights  carried  by  shares  are  held  by  a

person other than the holder of  the shares.

The  articles  of  association  provide  that  the  business  of

the  company  is  to  be  managed  by  the  directors  and

empower  the  directors  to  exercise  all  powers  of  the

company, subject to the provisions of such articles (which

include  a  provision  specifically  limiting  the  borrowing

powers  of  the  group)  and  prevailing  legislation  and

subject  to  such  directions  as  may  be  given  by  the

company  in  general  meeting  by  special  resolution.    The

articles of association may be amended only by a special

resolution of the company in general meeting and, where

such amendment would modify, abrogate or vary the class

rights  of  any  class  of  shares,  with  the  consent  of  that

class given in accordance with the company’s articles of

association and prevailing legislation. 

2012/14

2017

Preference Dollar Dollar Sterling
notes

shares

notes

notes

‘000 $’000 $’000

£’000

Bank of New York 
(Nominees) Limited

Euroclear Nominees Limited
EOC01 acct

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 641898 Account

KBC Securities NV Client Acct

–

–

– 4,477

–

–

–

NCB Trust Limited Bearnet Acct

- 12,145

Rulegale Nominees Limited
JAMSCLT Account

6,873

Securities Services Nominees
Limited 2300001 Account

State Street Nominees Limited
OM04 Account

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,840

–

4,667

11,169

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,495

5,500

A change of control of the company would entitle holders

of  the  sterling  notes  and  certain  holders  of  the  dollar

notes to require repayment of the notes held by them as

detailed in notes 24 and 25 to the consolidated financial

statements.

At the date of this report, there are no outstanding share

options held by directors or employees.

63

Directors’ report continued

Awards to senior group executives under the company’s

(being  the  maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of

long term incentive plans will vest and may be encashed

the  company  that  the  company  may  allot)  from

within one month of a change of control as detailed under

£60,250,000  to  £75,250,000    by  the  creation  of

“Long 

term 

incentive  plans” 

in 

the 

“Directors’

15,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of

remuneration  report”  section  of  this  annual  report.    The

£1  each  ranking  pari  passu  in  all  respects  with  the

directors are not aware of any agreements between the

existing preference shares and representing 30 per cent

company and its directors or between any member of the

of the existing authorised preference share capital.

group  and  a  group  employee  that  provides  for

compensation  for  loss  of  office  or  employment  that

As indicated in the “Review of the group” section of this

occurs because of a takeover bid.

annual  report,  the  directors  believe  that  capitalisation

issues of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders

Treasury shares and power to repurchase shares

provide  a  useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to

ordinary shareholders in periods in which good profits are

No shares of the company are at present held in treasury.

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

for payment of cash dividends.  The directors also believe

The company’s articles of association permit the purchase

that, when circumstances permit, it is sensible to replace

by  the  company  of  its  own  shares  subject  to  prevailing

legislation  which  requires  that  any  such  purchase,  if  a

market  purchase,  has  been  previously  authorised  by  the

company in general meeting and, if not, is made pursuant

to a contract of which the terms have been authorised by

a  special  resolution  of  the  company  in  general  meeting.

There  is  no  authority  extant  for  the  purchase  by  the

company  of  its  own  shares  but  as  explained  under

“Strategic  direction”  in  “Overview”  in  the  “Review  of  the

group” section of this report, the directors intend to seek

shareholder  authority  for  the  company  to  buy  back  into

group debt funding with preference capital.  The proposed

creation  of  additional  preference  shares  is  designed  to

give  the  company  sufficient  authorised  but  unissued

preference  capital  to  permit  the  directors  to  issue

preference  shares  for  these  purposes  without  further

approval  (other  than  shareholder  authority  to  allot  such

shares, which authority will be sought at the forthcoming

annual  general  meeting  as  noted  under  “Authorities  to

allot share capital” below).

If the intended listing of PT REA Kaltim Plantations on the

Indonesia Stock Exchange (as referred to in the “Review

treasury  limited  numbers  of  ordinary  shares  with  the

of the group” section of this annual report) proceeds and

intention  that,  whenever  a  holding  of  a  reasonable  size

it is decided that the listing should be accompanied by a

has  been  accumulated,  such  holding  will  be  placed  with

scrip  issue  of  preference  shares,  the  directors  would

one  or  more  new  investors.    A  circular  detailing  the

expect to seek specific shareholder authorisation for that

proposals  and  seeking  the  requisite  authority  should  be

issue.

despatched to shareholders in the near future.

Increase in share capital

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

will be proposed (resolution 10 set out in the Notice) to

increase  the  authorised  share  capital  of  the  company

Authorities to allot share capital

At  the  annual  general  meeting  held  on  10  June  2012,

shareholders  authorised 

the  directors  under 

the

provisions of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to

allot ordinary shares or 9 per cent cumulative preference

64

shares  within  specified  limits.    Replacement  authorities

empower the directors to make issues of ordinary shares

are  being  sought  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general

for cash other than by way of a rights issue or open offer

meeting (resolutions 11 and 12 set out in the Notice) to

up  to  a  maximum  nominal  amount  of  £417,681

authorise  the  directors  (a)  to  allot  and  to  grant  rights  to

(representing  5  per  cent  of  the  issued  ordinary  share

subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the

capital  of  the  company  at  the  date  of  this  report).    The

capital of the company (other than 9 per cent cumulative

company  has  not  within  the  three  years  preceding  the

preference shares) up to an aggregate nominal amount of

date  of  this  report  issued  any  ordinary  shares  for  cash,

£1,896,363.75 (being all of the unissued ordinary share

relying  on  the  annual  general  disapplication  of  statutory

capital of the company and representing 22.7 per cent of

pre-emption  rights  pursuant  to  section  571  of  the

the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  at  the  date  of  this

Companies Act 2006.

report), and (b) subject to the passing of resolution 10 set

out in the Notice, to allot and to grant rights to subscribe

The foregoing powers (if granted) will expire on the date

for, or to convert any security into, 9 per cent cumulative

of the annual general meeting to be held in 2014 or on

preference shares in the capital of the company up to an

30 June 2014 (whichever is the earlier).

aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £15,000,000  (being  the

additional  preference  share  capital  proposed  to  be

General meeting notice period

created  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  and

representing 30 per cent of the issued preference share

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

capital of the company at the date of this report).

(resolution 14 set out in the Notice) will be proposed to

authorise  the  directors  to  convene  a  general  meeting

The new authorities, if provided, will expire on the date of

(other than an annual general meeting) on 14 clear days'

the annual general meeting to be held in 2014 or on 30

notice  (subject  to  due  compliance with  requirements  for

June 2014 (whichever is the earlier).  Save in relation to

electronic voting).  The authority will be effective until the

the  preference  shares  as  indicated  under  “Increase  in

date of the annual general meeting to be held in 2014 or

share  capital”  above,  the  directors  have  no  present

on  30  June  2014  (whichever  is  the  earlier).    This

intention of exercising these authorities. 

resolution  is  proposed  following  legislation  which,

Authority to disapply pre-emption rights

Fresh  powers  are  also  being  sought  at  the  forthcoming

annual general meeting under the provisions of sections

571 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to enable the

board  to  make  a  rights  issue  or  open  offer  of  ordinary

shares  to  existing  ordinary  shareholders  without  being

obliged to comply with certain technical requirements of

the Companies Act 2006 which can create problems with

regard to fractions and overseas shareholders.

In  addition,  the  resolution  to  provide  these  powers

(resolution  13  set  out  in  the  Notice)  will,  if  passed,

notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  the  company's  articles

of association and in the absence of specific shareholder

approval  of  shorter  notice,  has  increased  the  required

notice period for general meetings of the company to 21

clear days.  While the directors believe that it is sensible

to  have  the  flexibility  that  the  proposed  resolution  will

offer,  to  enable  general  meetings  to  be  convened  on

shorter notice than 21 days, this flexibility will not be used

as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only where

the  flexibility  is  merited  by  the  business  of  the  meeting

and is thought to be to the advantage of shareholders as

a whole.

65

Directors’ report continued

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary
25 April 2013

Recommendation

The board considers that increasing the authorised share

capital  of  the  company  by  the  creation  of  the  additional

preference shares proposed as detailed under “Increase

in share capital”, granting the directors the authorities and

powers  as  detailed  under  “Authorities  to  allot  share

capital” and “Authority to disapply pre-emption rights” and

the  proposal  to  permit  general  meetings  (other  than

annual general meetings) to be held on just 14 clear days'

notice as detailed under “General meeting notice periods”

above  are  all  in  the  best  interests  of  the  company  and

shareholders  as  a  whole  and  accordingly  the  board

recommends  that  shareholders  vote  in  favour  of  the

resolutions10  to  14  as  set  out  in  the  notice  of  the

forthcoming annual general meeting.

Auditor

Each director of the company at the date of approval of

this report has confirmed that, so far as he is aware, there

is  no  relevant  audit  information  of  which  the  company's

auditor  is  unaware;  and  that  he  has  taken  all  the  steps

that he ought to have taken as a director in order to make

himself  aware  of  any  relevant  audit  information  and  to

establish  that  the  company's  auditor  is  aware  of  that

information. 

This  confirmation  is  given  and  should  be  interpreted  in

accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  418  of  the

Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue

in office as auditor and resolutions to re-appoint them and

to authorise the directors to fix their remuneration will be

proposed  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting.

Resolutions 8 and 9 set out in the Notice, each of which

will be proposed as ordinary resolutions, relate to the re-

appointment and remuneration of the auditor.

66

Corporate governance

General 

The directors appreciate the importance of ensuring that
the  group’s  affairs  are  managed  effectively  and  with
integrity and acknowledge that the principles laid down in
the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  issued  in  2010  by
the  Financial  Reporting  Council  (the  “Code”)  provide  a
widely endorsed model for achieving this.  The directors
are also mindful of the revised Code issued in 2012 for
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 October 2012.
The  Code  is  available  from  the  Financial  Reporting
Council’s website at “www.frc.org.uk”.  The directors seek
to apply the Code principles in a manner proportionate to
the  group’s  size  but,  as  the  Code  permits,  reserving  the
individual
is  appropriate 
right,  when 
circumstances of the company, not to comply with certain
Code principles and to explain why.  Throughout the year
ended  31  December  2012,  the  company  was  in
compliance with the provisions set out in the Code.

the 

to 

it 

Board of directors 

Four  long  serving  independent  non-executive  directors,
Messrs  Green-Armytage,  Keatley,  Letts  and  Lim,  retired
from the board of the company at the end of 2012, and,
on  1  January  2013,  Ms  Irene  Chia  was  appointed  as  a
new  non-executive  director  and  Mr  Parry  as  a  new
executive director. 

As a result, the board currently comprises two executive
directors and four non-executive directors (including the
chairman).  Biographical  information  concerning  each  of
the  directors  is  set  out  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this
annual report. The variety of backgrounds brought to the
board by its members provides perspective and facilitates
balanced  and  effective  strategic  planning  and  decision
making for the long-term success of the company in the
context of the company’s obligations and responsibilities
both as the owner of a business in Indonesia and as a UK
listed entity.  In particular, the board believes that the skills
and  experience  of  its  different  members  complement
each  other  and  that  their  knowledge  is  of  specific

relevance to the nature and geographical location of the
group’s operations.

The  chairman  and  managing  director  (being  the  chief
executive)  have  defined  separate  responsibilities  under
the  overall  direction  of  the  board.    The  chairman  has
responsibility  for  leadership  and  management  of  the
board in discharging its duties; the managing director has
responsibility for the executive management of the group.
Neither has unfettered powers of decision.  All of the non-
executive  directors,  with  the  exception  of  the  chairman,
are considered by the board to be independent directors. 

Under the company’s articles of association, any director
who  has  not  been  appointed  or  re-appointed  at  each  of
the preceding two annual general meetings shall retire by
rotation and may submit himself for re-election.  This has
the  effect  that  each  director  is  subject  to  re-election  at
least  once  every  three  years.    In  addition,  in  compliance
with the Code, non-executive directors who have served
on the board for more than nine years submit themselves
for re-election every year.  Further, any director appointed
during the year holds office until the next annual general
meeting and may then submit himself for re-election.  

It is now the policy of the company that the board should
in future be refreshed on the basis that length of service
by independent non-executive directors will be limited to
nine years. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest

In connection with the statutory duty to avoid any situation
which  conflicts  or  may  conflict  with  the  interests  of  the
company,  the  board  has  approved  the  continuance  of
potential conflicts notified by Mr Robinow, who absented
himself  from  the  discussion  in  this  respect.    Such
notifications  relate  to  Mr  Robinow’s  interests  as  a
shareholder in or a director of companies the interests of
which might conflict with those of the group but are not at
present  considered  to  conflict.    No  other  conflicts  or
potential conflicts have been notified by directors.

67

Corporate governance continued

Board responsibilities

Performance evaluation

The  board  is  responsible  for  the  proper  management  of
the company.  Quarterly operational and financial reports
are  issued  to  all  directors  following  the  end  of  each
quarter for their review and comment.  These reports are
augmented  by  annual  budgets  and  positional  papers  on
matters of a non routine nature and by prompt provision
of  such  other  information  as  the  board  periodically
decides that it should have to facilitate the discharge of its
responsibilities.

The  board  has  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  for  its
decision  which  is  kept  under  review.    Such  matters
include  strategy,  material  investments  and  financing
decisions  and  the  appointment  or  removal  of  executive
directors  and  the  company  secretary.    In  addition,  the
board  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  resources  are
adequate to meet the group’s objectives and for reviewing
performance, financial controls, risk and compliance with
the group’s policy and procedures with respect to bribery. 

The company carries appropriate insurance against legal
action  against  its  directors.    The  current  policy  was  in
place  throughout  2012  in  compliance  with  the  Code
requirement to carry such insurance.

Board committees

The  board  has  appointed  audit,  nomination  and
remuneration  committees  to  undertake  certain  of  the
board’s  functions,  with  written  terms  of  reference  which
are available for inspection on the company’s website and
are  updated  as  necessary.    Information  concerning  the
remuneration  of  directors  is  provided  in  the  “Directors’
remuneration report” section of this annual report (which
is 
“Corporate
reference 
governance”  report)  together  with  details  of  the  basis
upon which such remuneration is determined.

incorporated  by 

this 

in 

An executive committee of the board comprising Mr R M
Robinow  and  Mr  J C Oakley  has  been  appointed  to  deal
with various matters of a routine or executory nature.

68

A  formal  internal  evaluation  of  the  performance  of  the
board,  the  committees  and  individual  directors  is
undertaken annually.  Balance of powers, contribution to
strategy,  efficacy  and  accountability  to  stakeholders  are
reviewed by the board as a whole and the performance of
the  chairman  is  appraised  by  the  independent  non-
executive directors led by the senior independent director.
The  appraisal  process  includes  assessments  against  a
detailed set of criteria covering a variety of matters from
the  commitment  and  contribution  of  the  board  in
developing  strategy  and  enforcing  disciplined  risk
management,  pursuing  areas  of  concern,  if  any,  and
setting  appropriate  commercial  and  social  responsibility
objectives to the adequacy and timeliness of information
made available to the board.  

At  the  performance  evaluation  conducted  in  2012,  the
board  as  then  constituted  concluded  that  it  was  for  the
time  being  continuing  to  perform  effectively  but  that,
having  decided  to  restructure  the  group’s  Indonesian
plantation subsidiaries into a single sub-group headed by
the  principal  operating  subsidiary,  PT  REA  Kaltim
Plantations (“REA Kaltim”), and to list REA Kaltim on the
Indonesia stock exchange, it would be appropriate, in due
course,  to  make  certain  changes  to  the  board.    Those
changes  were  implemented  at  the  end  of  2012  as
described under “Board of directors” above.

Professional development and advice

In view of their previous relevant experience and, in some
cases,  length  of  service  on  the  board,  all  directors  are
familiar with the financial and operational characteristics
of the group’s activities.  Directors are required to ensure
that  they  maintain  that  familiarity  and  keep  themselves
fully  cognisant  of  the  affairs  of  the  group  and  matters
affecting 
its  operations,  finances  and  obligations
(including  environmental,  social  and  governance
responsibilities).    Whilst  there  are  no  formal  training
programmes,  the  board  regularly  reviews  its  own

competences,  receives  periodic  briefings  on  legal,
regulatory,  operational  and  political  developments
affecting the group and may arrange training on specific
matters where it is thought to be required.  Directors are
able  to  seek  the  advice  of  the  company  secretary  and,
individually  or  collectively,  may  take 
independent
professional  advice  at  the  expense  of  the  company  if
necessary. 

Newly appointed directors receive induction on joining the
board  and  steps  are  taken  to  ensure  that  they  become
fully informed as to the group’s activities.

Board proceedings

Four  meetings  of  the  board  are  scheduled  each  year.
Other  board  meetings  are  held  as  required  to  consider
corporate  and  operational  matters  with  all  directors
consulted  in  advance  regarding  significant  matters  for
consideration.  Minutes of board meetings are circulated
to all directors.  The executive directors, unless travelling,
are  normally  present  at  full  board  meetings.    Where
appropriate,  telephone  discussions  take  place  between
the  chairman  and  the  other  non-executive  directors
outside  the  formal  meetings.    Committee  meetings  are
held as and when required.  All proceedings of committee
meetings are reported to the full board.

The attendance of individual directors, who served during
2012, at the regular and “ad hoc” board meetings held in
2012 was as follows: 

R M Robinow

J C Oakley

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage *

J R M Keatley *

D H R Killick

L E C Letts *

C L Lim *

* retired 31 December 2012

Regular Ad hoc
meeting meeting

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

0

In addition, during 2012, there were three meetings of the
audit  committee,  one  meeting  of  the  remuneration
committee  and  two  meetings  of  the  nomination
committee.  All committee meetings were attended by all
of the committee members appointed at the time of each
meeting. 

Whilst  all  formal  decisions  are  taken  at  board  meetings,
the directors have frequent informal discussions between
themselves and with management and most decisions at
board  meetings  reflect  a  consensus  that  has  been
reached  ahead  of  the  meetings.    Some  directors  reside
permanently, or for part of each year, in the Asia Pacific
region  and  most  of  the  UK  based  directors  travel
extensively.  Since the regular board meetings are fixed to
fit  in  with  the  company's  budgeting  and  reporting  cycle
and  ad  hoc  meetings  normally  have  to  be  held  at  short
notice  to  discuss  specific  matters,  it  is  impractical  to  fix
meeting  dates  to  ensure  that  all  directors  are  able  to
attend each meeting.  Instead, when a director is unable
to be at a meeting, the company ensures that he is fully
briefed  so  that  he  can  make  his  views  known  to  other
directors ahead of time and his views are reported to, and
taken into account, at the meeting. 

Nomination committee

The  nomination  committee  comprises  Mr  D H R Killick
(chairman)  and  Mr  D  J  Blackett.    The  committee  is
responsible  for  submitting  recommendations  for  the
appointment of directors for approval by the full board.  In
making such recommendations, the committee pays due
regard to the group’s open policy with respect to diversity,
including gender. 

During  the  year,  in  response  to  an  invitation  from  the
board to make a recommendation for the appointment of
a  non-executive  director,  as  four  long-serving  directors
were  retiring  at  the  end  of  2012,  the  committee
recommended  the  appointment  of  Ms  Irene  Chia.    In
establishing  the  criteria  for  this  appointment,  the
committee  concurred  with  the  view  of  the  board  that,

69

Corporate governance continued

given  the  specific  nature  and  location  of  the  group’s
operations and taking into consideration the intention to
reduce the size of the board following the proposed listing
in Jakarta, the prospective director should have skills and
experience  relevant  to  the  plantation  industry  and
Indonesian commerce.   The committee also agreed that,
given  the  specialist  nature  of  the  knowledge  required,  it
was not considered appropriate to advertise the position
widely  or  to  employ  consultants.    Instead  a  short  list  of
prospective  was  assembled  and  put  forward  to  the
committee,  taking 
into  consideration  the  specific
qualifications  required  as  well  as  recent  guidelines  for
such  appointments.    Ms  Chia,  who  has  relevant
experience and a good understanding and knowledge of
the business environment in Indonesia, was selected from
this short list.

Audit committee

The  audit  committee  comprises  Mr  D  J  Blackett
(chairman)  and  Mr  D  H  R  Killick  both  of  whom  are
considered by the directors to have the relevant financial
experience.  

The audit committee is responsible for:

• monitoring  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements
and  reviewing  formal  announcements  of  financial
performance and the significant reporting issues and
judgements 
and
such 
announcements contain;

statements 

that 

•

reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control
functions (including the internal financial controls, the
internal  audit  function  and  arrangements  whereby
internally  raised  staff  concerns  as  to  financial
reporting and other relevant matters are considered);

• making recommendations to the board in relation to
the  appointment,  reappointment  and  removal  of  the
external  auditor,  their  remuneration  and  terms  of
engagement; and

•

reviewing  and  monitoring  the  independence  of  the
external  auditor  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  audit
process.

70

The  audit  committee  also  monitors  the  engagement  of
the auditor to perform non-audit work.  During 2012, the
only non-audit work undertaken by the auditor was, as in
the  previous  year,  routine  compliance  reporting  in
connection with covenant obligations applicable to certain
group loans (as respects which the governing instruments
require  that  such  compliance  reporting  is  carried  out  by
the  auditor).    The  audit  committee  considered  that  the
nature and scope of, and remuneration payable in respect
of, these engagements were such that the independence
and objectivity of the auditor was not impaired.

The  members  of  the  audit  committee  discharge  their
responsibilities  by 
informal  discussions  between
themselves,  by  meetings  with  the  external  auditor,  the
internal  auditors  in  Indonesia  and  management  and  by
consideration of reports by management, the Indonesian
internal  audit  function  and  the  external  auditor  and  by
holding at least three formal meetings in each year.

The  audit  committee  has  recommended  to  the  board  of
the  company  that  it  should  seek  the  approval  of  the
company's  shareholders  for  the  reappointment  of  the
company's  current  auditor.    That  recommendation
reflected  an  assessment  of  the  qualifications,  expertise,
resources  and  independence  of  the  auditor  based  upon
reports  produced  by  the  auditor,  the  committee's  own
dealings  with 
from
the  auditor  and 
management.    The  committee  took  into  account  the
likelihood  of  withdrawal  of  the  auditor  from  the  market
and  noted  that  there  were  no  contractual  obligations  to
restrict the choice of external auditor.  Given the current
level of audit fees and the costs that a change would be
likely to entail, the committee did not recommend that the
company's audit be put out to tender.

feedback 

Relations with shareholders

The  “Chairman's  statement”  and  “Review  of  the  group”
sections  of  the  annual  report,  when  read  in  conjunction
with  the  financial  statements,  “Directors'  report”  and
“Directors’ remuneration report”, are designed to present

a comprehensive and understandable assessment of the
group's  position  and  prospects. 
  The  respective
responsibilities of the directors and auditor in connection
with  the  financial  statements  are  detailed  in  the
“Directors’ responsibilities” section of this report and in the
auditor’s report. 

The  directors  endeavour  to  ensure  that  there  is
satisfactory  dialogue,  based  on  mutual  understanding,
between  the  company  and  its  shareholder  body.    The
annual  report,  interim  communications,  periodic  press
releases  and  such  circular  letters  to  shareholders  as
circumstances  may  require  are  intended  to  keep
shareholders  informed  as  to  progress  in  the  operational
activities  and  financial  affairs  of  the  group.    In  addition,
within 
imposed  by  considerations  of
confidentiality,  the  company  engages  with  institutional
and  other  major  shareholders  through  regular  meetings
and other contact in order to understand their concerns.
The  views  of  shareholders  are  communicated  to  the
board  as  a  whole  to  ensure  that  the  board  maintains  a
balanced  understanding  of  shareholder  opinions  and
issues arising.

limits 

the 

All  ordinary  shareholders  may  attend  the  company’s
annual and other general meetings and put questions to
the board.  Some directors reside permanently, or for part
of each year, in the Asia Pacific region and the nature of
the  group’s  business  requires  that  the  chairman  and
managing  director  travel  frequently  to  Indonesia.    It  is
therefore  not  always  feasible  for  all  directors  to  attend
general meetings, but those directors who are present are
available to talk on an informal basis to shareholders after
the meeting’s conclusion.  At least twenty working days'
notice is given of the annual general meeting and related
papers are made available to shareholders at least twenty
working days ahead of the meeting.  

All proxy votes are counted and full details of all proxies
lodged  for  each  resolution  are  reported  to  the  meeting
and made available on the company’s website as soon as
practicable after the meeting.

its  commitment 

The  company  maintains  a  corporate  website  at
“www.rea.co.uk”. This website has detailed information on,
and  photographs  illustrating  various  aspects  of,  the
to
including 
group’s  activities, 
sustainability, conservation work and managing its carbon
footprint.  The website is updated regularly and includes
information on the company’s share price and the price of
crude  palm  oil.    The  company’s  results  and  other  news
releases  issued  via  the  London  Stock  Exchange’s
Regulatory News Service are published on the “Investors”
section  of  the  website  and,  together  with  other  relevant
documentation concerning the company, are available for
downloading.

Internal control

The board is responsible for the group’s system of internal
control and for reviewing its effectiveness.  The system is
designed  to  manage,  rather  than  eliminate,  the  risk  of
failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and  can  only
provide  reasonable  and  not  absolute  assurance  against
material misstatement or loss.

The  board  has  established  a  continuous  process  for
identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks
which  the  group  faces  (including  risks  arising  from
environmental,  social  and  governance  matters).    The
board  regularly  reviews  the  process,  which  was  in  place
throughout  2012  and  up  to  the  date  of  approval  of  this
report  and  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  current
guidance on internal control (the Turnbull Guidance) and
is mindful of the proposed update to such guidance.

The  board  attaches  importance  not  only  to  the  process
established for controlling risks but also to promoting an
internal culture in which all group staff are conscious of
the  risks  arising  in  their  particular  areas  of  activity,  are
open with each other in their disclosure of such risks and
combine together in seeking to mitigate risk.  In particular,
the  board  has  always  emphasised  the  importance  of
integrity and ethical dealing and continues to do so.

71

Corporate governance continued

Internal audit and reporting

The group’s Indonesian operations have a fully staffed in-
house  internal  audit  function  supplemented  where
necessary  by  the  use  of  external  consultants.    The
function  issues  a  full  report  on  each  internal  audit  topic
and  a  summary  of  the  report  is  issued  to  the  audit
committee.  In addition, follow-up audits are undertaken to
ensure  that  the  necessary  remedial  action  has  been
taken.  In the opinion of the board, there is no need for an
internal audit function outside Indonesia due to the limited
nature of the non-Indonesian operations.

The  group  has  established  a  management  hierarchy
which is designed to delegate the day to day responsibility
for  specific  departmental  functions  within  each  working
location,  including  financial,  operational  and  compliance
controls  and  risk  management,  to  a  number  of  senior
managers  who  report  to  the  head  of  the  Singapore
regional office and the managing director.

budgets 

and  management 

Management  reports  to  the  board  on  a  regular  basis  by
way  of  the  circulation  of  progress  reports,  management
reports, 
accounts.
Management is required to seek authority from the board
in respect of any transaction outside the normal course of
trading which is above an approved limit and in respect of
any matter that is likely to have a material impact on the
operations  that  the  transaction  concerns.    Monthly
meetings are held between management in London and
Indonesia by way of conference call, of which minutes are
taken and circulated, to consider operational matters.  At
least  four  supervisory  visits  are  made  each  year  to  the
overseas operations by the managing director and other
directors  also  make  periodic  visits  to  these  operations.
Such  visits  are  reported  on  and  reviewed  by  the  non-
exective  directors  at  the  regular  board  meetings.    In
addition  the  president  director  of  REA  Kaltim  visits  the
operations  in  Indonesia  on  a  regular  basis  and  has  a
continuing dialogue with the managing director and with
other members of the board. 

Policies and procedures in respect of bribery are in place
for all of the group’s operations in Indonesia as well as in
the UK.  These include detailed guidelines and reporting
requirements,  the  development  of  a  comprehensive
continuous  training  programme  for  all  management  and
employees  and  a  process  for  on-going  monitoring  and
review.  The group also seeks to ensure that its partners
abide by its ethical principles. 

The  board,  assisted  by  the  audit  committee,  regularly
reviews  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s  system  of
internal control. The board’s monitoring covers all controls,
including  financial,  operational  and  compliance  controls
and risk management. It is based principally on reviewing
reports from management (providing such information as
the  board  requires)  and  considering  whether  significant
risks  are  identified,  evaluated,  managed  and  controlled
and  whether  any  significant  weaknesses  are  promptly
remedied  or  indicate  a  need  for  more  extensive
monitoring.

The  board  reviewed  the  systems  of  internal  control  and
risk  management  in  November  2012  (including  the
group’s internal audit arrangements) and concluded that
these  remain  effective  and  sufficient  for  their  purpose.
The  board  did  not  identify,  nor  was  it  advised  of,  any
failings  or  weaknesses  which  it  determined  to  be
significant.    Subsequently,  the  board  was  made  aware
that, in connection with issues that have arisen between
the group and villages in areas neighbouring the group’s
operations  (as  detailed  under  “Community  relations”  in
“Agricultural  operations”  in  the  “Review  of  the  group”
section  of  this  annual  report),  on  certain  occasions
unauthorised  commitments  have  been  made  to  villages.
Action  has  been  taken  to  reconfirm  that  all  such
commitments must be recorded in writing and signed only
with the specific authority of the group’s regional director.
The  November  2012  review,  as  amended  by  this
subsequent finding and action, has been reconfirmed for
the purpose of this annual report.

72

Control and capital structure

regarding 

substantial 

Information 
shareholders,
significant interests in the securities of the company and
other  matters  pertaining  to  the  control  and  rights
attaching  to  the  company’s  capital  is  provided  under
“Substantial  shareholders”  and  “Control  and  structure  of
capital”  in  the  “Directors’  report”  section  of  this  annual
report.

Approved by the board on
RICHARD M ROBINOW

25 April 2013

Chairman

73

Directors’ remuneration report

Introduction

The committee does not use independent consultants but

takes  into  account  the  views  of  the  chairman  and

This  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with

managing  director.    Neither  the  chairman  nor  the

Schedule 8 to The Large and Medium-sized Companies

managing  director  plays  a  part  in  the  discussion  of  his

and  Groups  (Accounts  and  Reports)  Regulations  2008

own remuneration.

(the  “Accounting  Regulations”)  made  pursuant  to  the

Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”).  The report also meets

Remuneration policy

the  relevant  requirements  of  the  Listing  Rules  of  the

Financial Services Authority and describes how the board

The committee sets the remuneration and benefits of the

has  applied 

the  principles 

relating 

to  directors’

chairman and the executive directors.    The committee is

remuneration  set  out  in  the  UK  Corporate  Governance

also responsible for the long term incentive arrangements

Code issued in 2010 by the Financial Reporting Council

for key senior executives in Indonesia.

(the “Code”).  The directors are aware of the draft revised

regulations  for  directors’  remuneration  reports  published

In  setting  remuneration  and  benefits,  the  committee

by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills and

considers the achievement of each individual in attaining

will  adopt  the  revised  regulations  when  they  have  been

the objectives set for that individual (including objectives

finalised and are in force.

relating  to  sustainability  and  matters  of  governance  as

well  as  to  overall  corporate  performance)  against  the

As required by the Act, a resolution to approve this report

prevailing  business  environment,  the  responsibilities

will be proposed at the annual general meeting at which

assumed by the individual and, where the role is part time,

the accompanying financial statements are laid before the

the time commitment involved.  The committee draws on

company’s members.

data  of  the  remuneration  of  others  performing  similar

functions  in  similarly  sized  organisations  and  in  similar

The  Act  requires  the  auditor  to  report  to  the  company’s

business  organisations.    Account  is  taken  of  the

members  on  certain  parts  of  this  report  and  to  state

remuneration both of senior employees of the group who

whether  in  their  opinion  those  parts  of  the  report  have

are  not  directors  and  of  staff  across  the  group’s

been  properly  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

operations  generally.    Due  allowance  is  made  for

Accounting  Regulations.  The  report  has  therefore  been

differences  in  remuneration  applicable  to  different

divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited

geographical  locations.    The  committee  aims  to  set

information.

Unaudited information

The remuneration committee

performance  related  remuneration  on  a  basis  that

promotes the long-term success of the company while at

the  same  time  encouraging  responsible  behaviour  in

relation to environmental, social and governance matters. 

The  key  objective  of  the  remuneration  policy  (which

The company has established a remuneration committee

applies  for  2012  and  subsequent  years)  is  to  attract,

whose  members  comprise  Mr  D  J  Blackett  (chairman)

motivate,  retain  and  fairly  reward  individuals  of  a  high

and Mr D H R Killick.   

calibre,  while  ensuring  that  the  remuneration  of  each

individual  is  consistent  with  the  best  interests  of  the

company  and  its  shareholders.    In  framing  its  policy  on

74

performance related remuneration (which is payable only

In  the  past,  executive  directors  were  eligible  to  join  the

to  executive  directors),  the  committee  follows  the

REA  Pension  Scheme.    That  scheme  is  now  closed  to

provisions of schedule A to the Code.

new  members  and,  as  explained  in  more  detail  under

“Director’s pension arrangements – Mr J C Oakley” below,

The  committee  considers  all  proposals  for  executive

Mr Oakley is no longer an active member of the scheme.

directors to hold outside directorships. Such directorships

Mr Parry is based in Singapore and any future executive

are normally permitted only if considered to be of value to

directors of the company would be likely to be based in

the group and on terms that any remuneration payable will

Singapore  or  Indonesia.    Accordingly,  it  is  no  longer  the

be accounted for to the group.

policy of the company to offer pensionable remuneration

Remuneration of executive directors

to directors. 

Matters  particularly  taken  into  account  in  setting  Mr

The policy on remuneration of executive directors is that

Oakley’s basic salary for 2012 were the general level of

basic  remuneration  of  each  executive  director  should

salary  increases  in  the  group  for  both  employees  and

comprise  an  annual  salary  and  certain  benefits-in-kind,

managers in the UK and Indonesia (where a substantial

principally  a  company  car.    In  addition,  an  executive

part  of  Mr  Oakley’s  responsibilities  are  discharged),  the

director  should  be  paid  performance  related  bonuses.

rate of inflation and confirmation that Mr Oakley’s salary

These  are  to  be  awarded  annually  in  arrears  on  a

was  reasonable  by  comparison  with  the  salaries  of

discretionary basis taking into account the progress of the

managing  directors  of  listed  companies  of  a  size  or

group  during  the  relevant  year  and  the  contribution  to

business  similar  to  that  of  the  group.    Specifically  with

progress that a director is assessed by the committee to

respect  to  Mr  Oakley’s  salary  for  2012,  the  committee

have  made  against  specific  commercial  and  other

took  account  of  the  growth  of  the  group’s  oil  palm

objectives  for  that  year.    Bonuses  should  not  normally

operations  and  the  commensurate  increase  in  Mr

exceed 50 per cent of salary and are paid in cash.  

Oakley’s  workload,  the  profitability  of  the  group  and  the

continuing creation of value for shareholders. 

Prior  to  January  2013,  the  company  had  only  one

executive  director  and,  given  that  the  business  of  the

Specific achievements reflected in the bonus paid to Mr

group  is  inherently  long  term  and  not  susceptible  to

Oakley in 2012 (being in respect of 2011 performance)

influence  by  short  term  decision  making,  it  was  not

included  progress  in  achieving  the  group’s  planned

thought  necessary  to  establish  a  longer  term  incentive

expansion of its plantation business, the strengthening of

pay  arrangement  for  just  one  long  serving  director.

the  expatriate  management 

team 

(including 

the

Following the appointment of a second director, Mr Parry,

recruitment  of  a  new  regional  director  based  in

to  the  board  with  effect  from  1  January  2013,  the

Singapore),  initiatives  with  respect  to  sustainability  and

directors  are  now  giving  consideration  to  some  form  of

responsible  agricultural  practice,  and  progress 

in

longer term incentive scheme which will be performance

developing  robust  systems  of  group  reporting  and  in

related and will be proposed to shareholders for approval

managing governance and compliance matters.  Account

in due course.  The criteria against which annual bonuses

was  taken  of  the  disappointing  performance  of  the  new

are awarded in any event include aspects of progress that

coal  sub-group  but  it  was  noted  that  overall  the  group

promote the longer term success of the group. 

results for 2011 were good.

75

Directors’ remuneration report continued

The committee has agreed that Mr Oakley should be paid

increased  from  £20,000  per  annum  to  £22,000  per

a bonus of £105,000 during 2013 in respect of 2012.  In

annum with effect from 1 January 2012.

setting  this  bonus,  the  committee  noted  the  completion

and  successful  commissioning  of  the  group’s  two  new

Service contracts

methane  plants,  leading  to  a  substantial  reduction  in

diesel  consumption  across 

the  operations  with

The  company’s  current  policy  on  directors’  service

consequential  savings  in  energy  costs  going  forward,

contracts is that contracts should have a notice period of

completion and commissioning of the third oil mill, further

not  more  than  one  year  and  a  maximum  termination

certification under RSPO with respect to the supply chain

payment not exceeding one year’s salary.  No director has

and  the  successful  development  of  the  executive

a  service  contract  that  is  not  fully  compliant  with  this

management  team  in  Singapore  and  Indonesia.    The

policy. 

committee  also  noted  the  exceptional  stress  caused  by

the village disruptions which contributed to the shortfall in

Mr  Oakley  has  two  service  agreements  whereby  his

budgeted  production  for  2012  as  described  in  the

working time and remuneration are shared between two

“Review of the group”.  Against this, the committee took

employing  companies  to  reflect  the  division  of  his

account of the coal operations which had fallen short of

responsibilities  between  different  parts  of  the  group.

expectations.

Each contract may be terminated by either party by giving

notice to the other party of not less than six months.  At

Continuing  performance  objectives  for  the  executive

31  December  2012,  the  unexpired  term  under  each

directors take into consideration the company’s long term

contract remained as six months.  There are no provisions

agricultural  objectives,  including  increased  crop  levels,

for  compensation  for  early  termination  save  that  Mr

plantings  and  cost  efficiencies,  further  initiatives  with

Oakley would be entitled to a payment in lieu of notice if

respect to sustainability, including reporting of the group’s

due notice had not been given. 

carbon  footprint  and  the  development  of  strategies  for

managing  and  reducing  greenhouse  gas  emissions  in

Mr  Parry’s  service  contract  may  be  terminated  by  either

future.  

party by giving notice to the other party of not less than

three months.  At 31 December 2012, the unexpired term

Remuneration of non-executive directors

under  Mr  Parry’s  contract  remained  as  three  months.

There  are  no  provisions  for  compensation  for  early

The  remuneration  of  non-executive  directors  other  than

termination  save  that  Mr  Parry  would  be  entitled  to  a

the chairman is determined by the board within the limits

payment in lieu of notice if due notice had not been given. 

set by the articles of association, no director taking part in

the  determination  of  his  own  remuneration.  The  level  of

Performance graph

remuneration is determined having regard to that paid by

comparable  organisations  and  to  the  time  commitments

A  performance  graph  is  shown  in  the  “Key  statistics”

expected.  No non-executive director has any entitlement

section  of  this  annual  report.  This  compares  the

to  remuneration  on  a  basis  related  to  performance.

performance of the company’s ordinary shares (measured

Following  the  approval  of  shareholders  granted  at  the

by total shareholder return) with that of the FTSE all share

2011 annual general meeting to increase the service fees

index  for  the  period  from  January  2008  to  December

of  each  director,  non-executive  remuneration  was

2013.  The  FTSE  all  share  index  has  been  selected  as

76

there is no index available that is specific to the activities

Each  plan  provided  that  the  vesting  of  a  participants’

of the company.  

Long term incentive plans

potential  entitlements  to  notional  ordinary  shares  would

be  determined  by  key  performance  targets  with  each

performance target measured on a cumulative basis over

the  applicable  performance  period.    For  both  plans,  this

A  first  long  term  incentive  plan  (the  “first  plan”)  was

period has now ended.  Under the first plan,  there were

established  in  2007  and  a  second  similar  plan  (the

three key performance targets with each target governing

“second  plan”)  was  put  in  place  in  2009.    The  first  and

the vesting of one third of each potential entitlement.  The

second  plans  (together  the  “plans”)  were  designed  to

three targets related to total shareholder return, cost per

provide incentives, linked to the market price performance

tonne of crude palm oil produced and annual planting rate

of ordinary shares in the company, to a small number of

achieved.      Under  the  second  plan  there  were  two  key

key  senior  executives  in  Indonesia  with  a  view  to  their

performance  targets  with  each  target  governing  the

participating  over  the  long  term  in  value  created  for  the

vesting of one half of each potential entitlement.  The two

group.  No director was eligible to participate under either

targets  related  to  total  shareholder  return  and  cost  per

plan.    The  first  plan  period  commenced  on  1  January

tonne of crude palm oil produced.  Under each plan there

2007 and ended on 31 December 2010 and the second

were 

threshold, 

target  and  maximum 

levels  of

plan  period  commenced  on  1  January  2009  and  ended

performance determining the extent of vesting in relation

on 31 December 2012 (the “performance periods”).  As

to  each  performance  target.    Targets  were  subject  to

noted under “Remuneration of executive directors” above,

adjustment  at  the  discretion  of  the  remuneration

the  directors  are  giving  consideration  to  a  further  long

committee  where,  in  the  committee’s  opinion,  warranted

term incentive scheme.

by actual performance.

Under  the  existing  plans,  participants  were  awarded

The  exercise  of  vested  entitlements  is  dependent  upon

potential entitlements over notional ordinary shares of the

continued employment with the group.    If a participant

company.  These potential entitlements then vested to an

with  a  vested  entitlement  leaves,  the  participant  may

extent  that  was  dependent  upon  the  achievement  of

exercise a vested entitlement within six months of leaving.

targets.  Vested entitlements may be exercised in whole

or part at any time within the six years following the date

In the event of a change in control of the company as a

upon which they vest.  On exercising a vested entitlement,

result  of  a  takeover  offer  or  similar  corporate  event,

a participant will receive a cash amount for each ordinary

vested entitlements will be exercisable for a period of one

share over which the entitlement is exercised, equal to the

month  following  the  date    of  the  change  of  control  or

excess (if any) of the market price of an ordinary share on

other relevant event (as determined by the remuneration

the date of exercise over 414.69p in the case of the first

committee).

plan and 224.82p in case of the second plan, being the

market  prices  of  an  ordinary  share  on  the  dates  with

At 31 December 2012, entitlements to a total of 36,002

effect from which the plans were agreed after adjustment

notional  ordinary  shares  had  vested  under  the  first  plan.

for  subsequent  variations  in  the  share  capital  of  the

Because  the  performance  period  for  the  second  plan

company in accordance with the rules of the plans.

ended  only  on  31  December  2012,  the  vested

entitlements  under  that  plan  have  still  to  be  determined

but  they  will  not  exceed  the  potential  maximum  total

entitlement  of  41,188  ordinary  shares.    On  the  basis  of

77

Directors’ remuneration report continued

the market price of the ordinary shares on 31 December

scheme  of  which  details  are  given  in  note  38  to  the

2012 of 432.5p per share, the total gain to participants in

consolidated financial statements.  Mr Oakley elected to

respect  of  their  vested  entitlements  under  the  first  plan

become a pensioner member of the scheme on 31 July

would  have  been  £6,412  and  under  the  second  plan

2009.    In  recognition  of  Mr  Oakley’s  withdrawal  from

would have been £85,540 were it to be determined that

ordinary  membership  of  the  scheme  ahead  of  attaining

the potential entitlements had vested in full. 

the  age  of  65,  the  company  is  paying  Mr  Oakley  an

Audited information

amount  in  lieu  of  the  pension  contributions  that  the

company  would  otherwise  have  paid  to  the  pension

scheme.    The  amount  in  lieu  payable  in  2012  was

Directors’ remuneration

£59,000 (2011: £56,000). 

The following table shows details of the remuneration of

Director’s pension entitlement - Mr J C Oakley

individual  directors  holding  office  during  the  year  ended

31 December 2012 (with comparative totals for 2011):

Details of Mr Oakley’s annual pension entitlement and of

the transfer value of that entitlement are set out below. 

R M Robinow (chairman)

J C Oakley

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage **

J R M Keatley **

D H R Killick

L E C Letts **

C L Lim **

Salary

and fees Other*

2012
Total

£’000 £’000 £’000

197

315

5

184

202

499

2011
Total

£’000

193

414

24

22

22

24

22

22

-

-

-

-

-

-

24

22

22

24

22

22

22

20

20

22

20

20

648

189

837

731

Pension:

In payment at beginning of year

Increase during the year

In payment at end of year

Transfer value:

At beginning of year

£

67,892

2,611

70,503

£

1,505,496

Contributions made by the director during the year

–

Increase during the year

At end of year

21,293

1,526,789

*  comprises benefits plus, in the case of Mr Oakley a bonus of £112,500,
and payments in lieu of pension contributions of £59,000 (see “Director’s
pension arrangements – Mr J C Oakley” below).

The  increase  in  the  year  in  annual  pension  in  excess  of
inflation was £746.

** retired 31 December 2012

Fees paid to Mr Blackett and Mr Killick in respect of 2012

included, in each case, additional remuneration of £2,500

Approved by the board on 
RICHARD M ROBINOW

25 April 2013

in  respect  of  their  membership  of  the  audit  committee.

Chairman

Fees payable in respect of Mr Green-Armytage, Mr Letts

and  Mr  Lim  were  paid  to  companies  in  which  such

directors were interested. 

Director’s pension arrangements - Mr J C Oakley

Mr Oakley (who was aged 64 at 31 December 2012) was

until  31  July  2009  an  ordinary  member  of  the  R.E.A.

Pension  Scheme.    That  Scheme  is  a  defined  benefit

78

Directors’ responsibilities

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  annual

report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with

applicable law and regulations.

UK  company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare

financial statements for each financial year.  The directors

are required to prepare the group financial statements in

accordance  with 

International  Financial  Reporting

Standards  (“IFRSs”)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union

and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to

prepare  the  parent  company  financial  statements  in

accordance  with    United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted

Accounting  Practice  (United  Kingdom  Accounting

Standards and applicable law).  Under company law, the

directors must not approve the accounts unless they are

satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of

affairs  of  the  company  and  of  the  profit  or  loss  of  the

company for that period.  

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the

directors are required to:

•

select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply

them consistently;

•

•

present information, including accounting policies, in

a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable

and understandable information; 

provide additional disclosures when compliance with

the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to

enable  users  to  understand  the  impact  of  particular

transactions,  other  events  and  conditions  on  the

entity's  financial  position  and  financial  performance;

and

• make  an  assessment  of  the  company's  ability  to

continue as a going concern.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate

accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain

the company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable

accuracy at any time the financial position of the company

and enable them to ensure that the financial statements

comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.    They  are  also

responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company

and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention

and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and

• make  judgments  and  accounting  estimates  that  are

integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information

included  on  the  company’s  website.    Legislation  in  the

United  Kingdom  governing 

the  preparation  and

dissemination  of  financial  statements  may  differ  from

legislation in other jurisdictions.

reasonable and prudent;

•

state  whether  applicable  UK  Accounting  Standards

have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material

departures  disclosed  and  explained  in  the  financial

statements; and 

•

prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going

concern  basis  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume

that the company will continue in business.

In preparing the group financial statements, International

Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

•

properly select and apply accounting policies;

79

Directors’ confirmation

To the best of the knowledge of each of the directors:

•

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with

the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true

and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position

and  profit  or 

loss  of  the  company  and  the

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a

whole; and

•

the  “Directors'  report”  section  of  this  annual  report

including the “Chairman’s statement” and “Review of

the  group”  sections  of  this  annual  report,  which  the

Directors' report incorporates by reference, provides

a fair review of the development and performance of

the business and the position of the company and the

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a

whole,  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal

risks and uncertainties that they face.

The current directors of the company and their respective

functions  are  set  out  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

annual report.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary

25 April 2013

80

Auditor’s report (group)

Independent  auditor’s  report  to  the  members  of 
R.E.A. Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An  audit  involves  obtaining  evidence  about  the  amounts

We have audited the group financial statements of R.E.A.

and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give

Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2012

reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free

which  comprise  the  consolidated  income  statement,  the

from  material  misstatement,  whether  caused  by  fraud  or

consolidated  balance  sheet,  the  consolidated  statement

error.    This  includes  an  assessment  of:  whether  the

of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of

accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  group’s

changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement,

circumstances  and  have  been  consistently  applied  and

the  accounting  policies  and  the  related  notes  1  to  44.

adequately  disclosed;  the  reasonableness  of  significant

The financial reporting framework that has been applied

accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall

in  their  preparation  is  applicable  law  and  International

presentation  of  the  financial  statements.    In  addition,  we

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the

read  all  the  financial  and  non-financial  information  in  the

European Union.

annual  report  to  identify  material  inconsistencies  with  the

audited financial statements and to identify any information

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

inconsistent  with,  the  knowledge  acquired  by  us  in  the

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

course of performing the audit.  If we become aware of any

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

apparent  material  misstatements  or  inconsistencies  we

members those matters we are required to state to them

consider the implications for our report.

in  an  auditor’s  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

Opinion on financial statements

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

In our opinion the group financial statements:

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  Directors’  Responsibilities

Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation

of  the  group  financial  statements  and  for  being  satisfied

that they give a true and fair view.  Our responsibility is to

audit  and  express  an  opinion  on  the  group  financial

statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and

International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK  and  Ireland).

Those  standards  require  us  to  comply  with  the  Auditing

Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s

affairs as at 31 December 2012 and of its profit for the

year then ended;

have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs

as adopted by the European Union; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article

4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies
Act 2006

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report

for the financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared is consistent with the group financial statements.

81

Auditor’s report (group) continued

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•

•

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified

by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•

•

the directors’ statement contained within the Directors’

confirmation in relation to going concern;

the  part  of  the  Corporate  governance  statement

relating  to  the  company’s  compliance  with  the  nine

provisions  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code

specified for our review; and

•

certain elements of the report to shareholders by the

Board on directors’ remuneration.

Other matter

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  parent  company

financial  statements  of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year

ended 31 December 2012 and on the information in the

Directors’ remuneration report that is described as having

been audited.

Mark McIlquham ACA (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 

London, England

25 April 2013

82

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Revenue
Net (loss) / gain arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Net gain arising from changes in fair value of biological assets
Other operating income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Impairment loss

Operating profit
Investment revenues
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per 25p ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

All operations for both years are continuing

Note

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2
4

13
2

5
16

2, 7
8

5
9

10
35

11

124,600
(5,677)
(63,566)

55,357
5,979
12
(1,601)
(18,899)
(3,000)

37,848
411
(7,701)

30,558
(12,855)

147,758
4,011
(68,056)

83,713
7,375
339
(1,719)
(16,959)
–

72,749
2,889
(11,465)

64,173
(18,559)

17,703

45,614

11,342
6,713
(352)

17,703

40,453
5,006
155

45,614

33.9 cents
33.9 cents

121.0 cents
121.0 cents

83

Consolidated balance sheet

as at 31 December 2012

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Biological assets
Property, plant and equipment
Prepaid operating lease rentals
Indonesian coal and stone interests
Investments
Deferred tax assets
Non-current receivables

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Investments
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Bank loans
US dollar notes
Other loans and payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Sterling notes
US dollar notes
Preference shares issued by a subsidiary
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax liabilities
Other loans and payables

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Approved by the board on 

25 April 2013

and signed on behalf of the board.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

84

Note

12
13
14
15
16
19
28

18
19
20
21

30

23
25
29

23
24
25
26
27
28
29

31
32
33
34

35

2012
$’000

12,578
265,663
145,610
26,630
29,480
–
6,063
2,470

2011
$’000

12,578
244,433
102,185
23,497
28,580
1,430
4,689
1,835

488,494

419,227

20,712
1,256
32,155
26,393

80,516

25,559
963
34,162
30,601

91,285

569,010

510,512

(30,051)
(4,348)
(1,000)
(691)
(1,105)

(37,195)

(51,194)
(54,279)
(48,007)
(54)
(11,622)
(44,372)
(7,257)

(19,895)
(8,349)
(2,000)
(4,527)
(1,353)

(36,124)

(27,018)
(51,332)
(29,414)
(1,500)
(16,216)
(40,283)
(5,680)

(216,785)

(171,443)

(253,980)

(207,567)

315,030

302,945

97,565
18,680
(4,854)
201,630

313,021
2,009

315,030

87,939
21,771
(11,762)
202,763

300,711
2,234

302,945

Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Profit for the year

Note

2012
$’000
17,703

2011
$’000
45,614

Other comprehensive income
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges:
Gains / (losses) arising during the year
Reclassification adjustments for losses included in the consolidated income statement

Changes in fair value of hedged instrument
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in the consolidated income statement
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

9

–
–

–
–
–
(2,064)
–

(2,064)

1,700
894

2,594
(303)
(611)
4,102
(329)

5,453

Total comprehensive income for the year

15,639

51,067

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Non-controlling interests

9,151
6,713
(225)

15,639

45,867
5,006
194

51,067

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Share
capital
(note 31)
$’000
60,548
At 1 January 2011
–
Prior year reclassification
Total comprehensive (loss) / income
–
Issue of new preference shares (cash) 24,248
3,143
Issue of new preference shares (scrip)
–
Dividends to preference shareholders
–
Dividends to ordinary shareholders

Share Translation
reserve
(note 33)
$’000

Retained
earnings
(note 34)
$’000
(18,197) 166,228
(1,021)
45,459
–
–
(5,006)
(2,897)

1,021
5,414
–
–
–
–

premium
(note 32)
$’000
24,901
–
–
13
(3,143)
–
–

Non-
controlling
interests
(note 35)
$’000
2,040
–
194
–
–
–
–

Sub total

$’000
233,480
–
50,873
24,261
–
(5,006)
(2,897)

Total
equity

$’000
235,520
–
51,067
24,261
–
(5,006)
(2,897)

At 31 December 2011
Correction of previous 
accounting error (note 33)
Total comprehensive income
Issue of new preference shares (cash)
Issue of new preference shares (scrip)
Dividends to preference shareholders
Dividends to ordinary shareholders

87,939

21,771

(11,762) 202,763

300,711

2,234

302,945

–
–
6,389
3,237
–
–

–
–
146
(3,237)
–
–

9,099
(2,191)
–
–
–
–

(9,099)
18,055
–
–
(6,713)
(3,376)

–
15,864
6,535
–
(6,713)
(3,376)

–
(225)
–
–
–
–

–
15,639
6,535
–
(6,713)
(3,376)

At 31 December 2012

97,565

18,680

(4,854) 201,630

313,021

2,009

315,030

85

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Net cash from operating activities

36

32,470

33,776

Note

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

411

4

(50,264)

(15,033)

(2,241)

(1,616)

(3,900)

2,889

11

(19,487)

(18,001)

(6,729)

–

(9,717)

(72,639)

(51,034)

(6,713)

(3,376)

(5,006)

(2,897)

(10,603)

(13,469)

6,535

33,593

24,260

–

(19,000)

(10,000)

–

(259)

36,027

36,204

(3,949)

–

22,649

11,588

37

(3,965)

30,601

(243)

(5,670)

36,710

(439) 

21

26,393

30,601

Investing activities

Interest received

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on biological assets

Expenditure on prepaid operating lease rentals

Acquisition of subsidiary company

Investment in Indonesian coal interests

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Preference dividends paid

Ordinary dividends paid

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds of issue of preference shares

Issue of US dollar notes, net of expenses

Redemption of US dollar notes

Redemption of sterling notes

Net sale and repurchase of US dollar notes 

New bank borrowings drawn

Net cash from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effect of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

86

Accounting policies (group)

General information

R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  is  a  company  incorporated  in  the  United
Kingdom  under  the  Companies  Act  2006  with  registration
number 00671099.  The company’s registered office is at First
Floor, 32-36 Great Portland Street, London W1X 8QX.  Details
of the group's principal activities are provided in the “Directors’
report”.

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 82 to
117  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the EU as at the
date  of  approval  of  the  financial  statements  and  therefore
comply  with  Article  4  of  the  EU  IAS  Regulation.    The
statements  are  prepared  under  the  historical  cost  convention
except where otherwise stated in the accounting policies.

For  the  reasons  given  under  “Going  concern  basis” in  the
“Directors’ report”, the financial statements have been prepared
on the going concern basis.

Details regarding the correction of a previous accounting error
in respect of hedge accounting can be found under “Correction
of  previous  accounting  error”  under  “Derivative  financial
instruments” on page 93, and in notes 33 and 34.

Presentational currency

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  group  are
presented  in  US  dollars,  which  is  also  considered  to  be  the
currency  of  the  primary  economic  environment  in  which  the
group operates. References to “$” or “dollar” in these financial
statements are to the lawful currency of the United States of
America.

Adoption of new and revised standards

Interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting
Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) and brought into effect for
the latest reporting period have not led to any changes in the
group’s  accounting  policies.  At  the  date  of  authorisation  of
these  financial  statements,  the  following  standards  and
interpretations which have not been applied in these financial
statements  were  in  issue  but  not  yet  effective  (and  in  some
cases had not yet been adopted by the EU):

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

IFRS 7 (amended): “Financial instruments: disclosures”

IFRS  9:  “Financial 

instruments:  classification  and

measurement”

IFRS 10: “Consolidated financial statements”

IFRS 11: “Joint arrangements”

IFRS 12: “Disclosure on interests in other entities”

IFRS 13: “Fair value measurement”

Amendments to IAS 27 and IAS 28 reflecting the changes

from the new IFRS 10 and IFRS 11 above

IAS 19 (amended): “Employee benefits”

IAS 32 (amended): “Financial instruments: presentation -

offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”

IFRIC  20:  “Stripping  costs  in  the  production  phase  of  a

surface mine”

The effective date of IFRS 9 was deferred by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and it now has mandatory
application  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1
January 2015. This standard represented the first phase of the
IASB’s  project  to  replace  IAS  39  Financial  instruments:
recognition and measurement.  It sets out the classification and
measurement  criteria  for  financial  assets  and  financial
liabilities.  It  is  not  considered  that  the  effect  of  applying  the
standard in its current form would have a material impact on the
group’s  reported  profit  or  equity.  The  impact  on  the  group  of
further changes to IFRS 9 and the impact of the second and
third  phases  of  the  IASB’s  project,  covering  impairment  and
hedge accounting respectively, will be assessed when the IASB
has finalised the proposed requirements. IFRS 9 has not been
endorsed by the EU and will only become applicable once that
endorsement has occurred.

The  adoption  of  IFRS  10  Consolidated  financial  statements,
which  is  mandatory  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or
after  1  January  2013,  may  alter  the  composition  of  those
subsidiary  companies  which  are  included  in  the  consolidated
financial statements of the company. 

IFRS  13  Fair  value  measurement  has  been  issued.  This
standard  aims  to  provide  a  single  source  of  fair  value
measurement  and  disclosure  requirements  for  use  across

87

Accounting policies (group) continued

IFRS. The implementation of IFRS 13 does not change where
fair value is or is not applied under IFRS and will not require a
restatement of historical transactions. Mandatory application is
from 1 January 2013.

acquisition  or  to  the  effective  date  of  disposal.  Where
necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of
subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies into line with those
used by the group.

An amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements
has been issued and has mandatory application for accounting
periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  July  2012.  This  amendment
in  other
changes  the  disclosure  of 
comprehensive income grouping them into items which recycle
to  profit  and  loss  and  items  which  do  not.  Apart  from  the
change in disclosure, this amendment will have little impact on
the group financial statements.

items  presented 

IAS 19 Employee benefits has been revised and has mandatory
application from 1 January 2013. The new standard does not
substantially change the values of retirement benefit liabilities
on  the  balance  sheet,  but  it  has  eliminated  an  option  that
allowed  an  entity  to  defer  recognition  of  changes  in  the  net
benefit  liability;  this  will  have  a  non-material  impact  on  the
unrecognised  actuarial  loss  in  relation  to  the  group’s
Indonesian  retirement  benefit  obligations.  In  addition,  the
revised  standard  has  extended  and  amended  some  of  the
disclosure  requirements  for  multi-employer  plans,  which  the
directors are currently evaluating. 

The  directors  do  not  expect  that  the  adoption  of  the  other
standards  listed  above  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the
financial statements of the group in future periods.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements consolidate the financial
statements  of  the  company  and  its  subsidiary  companies  (as
listed  in  note  (i)  to  the  company’s  individual  financial
statements) made up to 31 December of each year.

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  adopted  with  assets
and liabilities valued at fair values at the date of acquisition. The
interest  of  non-controlling  shareholders  is  stated  at  the  non-
controlling  shareholders’  proportion  of  the  fair  values  of  the
liabilities  recognised.  The  share  of  total
assets  and 
comprehensive income is attributed to the owners of the parent
and to non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-
controlling  interests  having  a  deficit  balance.  Results  of
subsidiaries  acquired  or  disposed  of  are  included  in  the
consolidated  income  statement  from  the  effective  date  of

On acquisition, any excess of the fair value of the consideration
given  over  the  fair  value  of  identifiable  net  assets  acquired  is
recognised  as  goodwill.  Any  deficiency  in  consideration  given
against the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is
credited to profit or loss in the consolidated income statement
in the period of acquisition.

All  intra-group  transactions,  balances,  income  and  expenses
are eliminated on consolidation.

Goodwill

Goodwill  is  recognised  as  an  asset  on  the  basis  described
under  “Basis  of  consolidation”  above  and  once  recognised  is
tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually.  Any  impairment  is
debited  immediately  as  a  loss  in  the  consolidated  income
statement and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of a
subsidiary, the attributable amount of any goodwill is included
in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.  

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to
each of the group's cash generating units expected to benefit
from the synergies of the combination.  Cash generating units
to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment
annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the
unit may be impaired.

Goodwill  arising  between  1  January  1998  and  the  date  of
transition  to  IFRS  is  retained  at  the  previous  UK  Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Practice  amount  subject  to  testing  for
impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves prior to
1 January 1998, in accordance with the accounting standards
then  in  force,  has  not  been  reinstated  and  is  not  included  in
determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Revenue recognition

Revenue  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration
received  or  receivable  in  respect  of  goods  and  services
provided in the normal course of business, net of VAT and other
sales  related  taxes.  Sales  of  goods  are  recognised  when  the
significant  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  goods  are

88

transferred to the buyer and include contracted sales in respect
of  which  the  contracted  goods  are  available  for  collection  by
the  buyer  in  the  accounting  period.    Income  from  services  is
accrued on a time basis by reference to the rate of fee agreed
for the provision of services.
Interest income is accrued on a time basis by reference to the
principal  outstanding  and  at  the  effective  interest  rate
applicable  (which  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts  estimated
future cash receipts, through the expected life of the financial
asset, to that asset’s net carrying amount). Dividend income is
recognised  when  the  shareholders’  rights  to  receive  payment
have been established.

Leasing

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  and  other  similar  contracts
are recognised as assets of the group at their fair values or, if
lower,  at  the  present  values  of  minimum  lease  payments  (for
each asset, determined at the inception of the lease) and are
depreciated over the shorter of the lease terms and their useful
lives. The corresponding liabilities are included in the balance
sheet  as  finance  lease  obligations.  Lease  payments  are
apportioned  between  finance  charges  and  a  reduction  in  the
lease obligation to produce a constant rate of interest on the
balance of the capital repayments outstanding. Hire purchase
transactions  are  dealt  with  similarly,  except  that  assets  are
depreciated over their useful lives. Finance and hire purchase
charges are charged directly against income.

Rental  payments  under  operating  leases  are  charged  to
income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  relevant
lease.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of
exchange  ruling  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  At  each
balance  sheet  date,  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in
foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  rates  of  exchange
prevailing at that date except that non-monetary items that are
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are
not  retranslated.  Exchange  differences  arising  on  the
settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of other
items that are subject to retranslation, are included in the net
profit  or  loss  for  the  period,  except  for  exchange  differences
arising on non-monetary assets and liabilities, including foreign
currency  loans,  which,  to  the  extent  that  such  loans  relate  to

investment  in  overseas  operations  or  hedge  the  group’s
investment in such operations, are recognised directly in equity.

For  consolidation  purposes,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  any
group entity with a functional currency other than the US dollar
are translated at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date.
Income and expenses are translated at the average rate for the
period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange
differences  arising  are  classified  as  equity  and  transferred  to
the group’s translation reserve. Such exchange differences are
recognised as income or expenses in the period in which the
entity is sold.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of
an entity with a functional currency other than the US dollar are
treated as assets and liabilities of that entity and are translated
at the closing rate of exchange.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  incurred  in  financing  construction  or
installation of qualifying property, plant or equipment are added
to  the  cost  of  the  qualifying  asset,  until  such  time  as  the
construction  or  installation  is  substantially  complete  and  the
asset is ready for its intended use. Borrowing costs incurred in
financing  the  planting  of  extensions  to  the  developed
agricultural  area  are  treated  as  expenditure  relating  to
biological assets until such extensions reach maturity. All other
borrowing  costs  are  recognised  in  the  consolidated  income
statement of the period in which they are incurred.

Operating profit

Operating  profit  is  stated  after  any  gain  or  loss  arising  from
changes  in  the  fair  value  of  biological  assets  (net  of
expenditure relating to those assets up to the point of maturity)
but before investment income and finance costs.

Pensions and other post employment benefits

United Kingdom

Certain  existing  and  former  UK  employees  of  the  group  are
members of a defined benefit scheme.  The estimated regular
cost of providing for benefits under this scheme is calculated
so that it represents a substantially level percentage of current
and future pensionable payroll and is charged as an expense as
it is incurred.

89

Accounting policies (group) continued

Amounts  payable  to  recover  actuarial  losses,  which  are
assessed  at  each  actuarial  valuation,  are  payable  over  a
recovery period agreed with the scheme trustees. Provision is
made for the present value of future amounts payable by the
group  to  cover  its  share  of  such  losses.  The  provision  is
reassessed  at  each  accounting  date,  with  the  difference  on
reassessment  being  charged  or  credited  to  the  consolidated
income  statement  in  addition  to  the  adjusted  regular  cost  for
the period.

Indonesia

In accordance with local labour law, the group's employees in
Indonesia  are  entitled  to  lump  sum  payments  on  retirement.
These obligations are unfunded and provision is made annually
on  the  basis  of  a  periodic  assessment  by  independent
actuaries.  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  not  recognised  at  the
balance sheet date are amortised to income over the expected
average  remaining  lives  of  the  participating  employees.  Any
increase  or  decrease  in  the  provision,  including  adjusted
actuarial  gains  and  losses,  is  recognised  in  the  consolidated
statement  of  income,  net  of  amounts  added  to  biological
assets.

Taxation

The  tax  expense  represents  the  sum  of  tax  currently  payable
and  deferred  tax.  Tax  currently  payable  represents  amounts
expected to be paid (or recovered) based on the taxable profit
for  the  period  using  the  tax  rates  and  laws  that  have  been
enacted  or  substantially  enacted  at  the  balance  sheet  date.
Deferred tax is calculated on the balance sheet liability method
on a non-discounted basis on differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and
the corresponding fiscal balances used in the computation of
taxable  profits  (temporary  differences).  Deferred  tax  liabilities
are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable  that  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which
deductible temporary differences can be utilised. A deferred tax
asset  or  liability  is  not  recognised  in  respect  of  a  temporary
difference  that  arises  from  goodwill  or  from  the  initial
recognition of other assets or liabilities in a transaction which
affects  neither  the  profit  for  tax  purposes  nor  the  accounting
profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to
apply in the periods when deferred tax liabilities are settled or

deferred  tax  assets  are  realised.  Deferred  tax  is  charged  or
credited in the consolidated income statement, except when it
relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Biological assets

All biological assets are bearer biological assets as recognised
by  IAS  41,  and  are  distinguished  from  consumable  biological
assets by virtue of being harvestable.

Biological assets comprise oil palm trees and nurseries, in the
former  case  from  initial  preparation  of  land  and  planting  of
seedlings through to the end of the productive life of the trees
and  in  the  latter  case  from  planting  of  seed  through  to  field
transplanting of seedlings. Biological assets do not include the
land  upon  which  the  trees  and  nurseries  are  planted,  or  the
buildings, equipment, infrastructure and other facilities used in
the upkeep of the planted areas and harvesting of crops. Up to
31  December  2006  biological  assets  included  plantation
infrastructure,  which  includes  such  assets  as  roads,  bridges
and  culverts.    With  effect  from  1  January  2007  new
expenditure  on  such  assets  is  included  in  property,  plant  and
equipment. 

The biological process commences with the initial preparation
of land and planting of seedlings and ceases with the delivery
of  crop  in  the  form  of  fresh  fruit  bunches  (“FFB”)  to  the
manufacturing process in which crude palm oil and palm kernel
are extracted from the FFB.

Biological  assets  are  revalued  at  each  accounting  date  on  a
discounted cash flow basis by reference to the FFB expected
to  be  harvested  over  the  full  remaining  productive  life  of  the
trees,  applying  a  standard  pre-tax  profit  margin  and  then
deriving  the  present  value  of  the  resultant  profit  stream.    For
this purpose, the standard pre-tax profit margin is taken to be
the  average  of  the  historic  pre-tax  profit  margins  for  the  20
years ending with the year of the valuation subject to buffering
of year to year changes, such that the change in the standard
pre-tax margin does not exceed 5 per cent and any change in
the standard pre tax margin that runs contrary to the trend in
current margins is ignored.  The historic pre-tax profit margin
for  each  year  represents  the  transfer  value  of  FFB  less
standard  production  costs  (including  an  allowance  for
overheads  and  a  recovery  charge  in  respect  of  buildings  and
plant and machinery).  FFB transfer value is derived from the
average price of crude palm oil FOB Samarinda (itself based on

90

the CIF Rotterdam price less transport costs and export duty)
over the relevant year, less processing costs. Assets which are
not  yet  mature  at  the  accounting  date,  and  hence  are  not
producing  FFB,  are  valued  on  a  similar  basis  but  with  the
discounted  value  of  the  estimated  cost  to  complete  planting
and to maintain the assets to maturity being deducted from the
discounted FFB value.

All expenditure on the biological assets up to maturity, including
interest,  is  treated  as  an  addition  to  the  biological  assets.
Expenditure to maturity includes an allocation of overheads to
the point that trees are brought into productive cropping. Such
overheads  include  general  charges  and  the  costs  of  the
Indonesian  head  office  (including  in  both  cases  personnel
costs  and 
local  fees)  together  with  costs  (including
depreciation)  arising  from  the  use  of  agricultural  buildings,
plantation infrastructure and vehicles.

The  variation  in  the  value  of  the  biological  assets  in  each
accounting period, after allowing for additions to the biological
assets in the period, is charged or credited to profit or loss as
appropriate,  with  no  depreciation  being  provided  on  such
assets.

Property, plant and equipment

All property, plant and equipment (including, with effect from 1
January 2007, additions to plantation infrastructure) is carried
at  original  cost  less  any  accumulated  depreciation  and  any
accumulated  impairment  losses.  Depreciation  is  computed
using  the  straight  line  method  so  as  to  write  off  the  cost  of
assets, other than property and plant under construction, over
the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: buildings -
20 years; plant and machinery - 5 to 16 years.

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  are  depreciated  over  their
expected  useful  lives  on  the  same  basis  as  owned  assets  or,
where shorter, over the terms of the relevant leases. The gain
or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined
as  the  difference  between  the  sales  proceeds,  less  costs  of
disposal,  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  is
recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Prepaid operating lease rentals

Payments to acquire leasehold interests in land are treated as
prepaid operating lease rentals and amortised over the periods
of the leases.  

Impairment  of  tangible  and 
excluding goodwill

intangible  assets

At  each  balance  sheet  date,  the  group  reviews  the  carrying
amounts  of  its  tangible  and  intangible  assets  to  determine
whether there is any indication that any asset has suffered an
impairment  loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the  recoverable
amount  of  the  asset  is  estimated  in  order  to  determine  the
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not
generate  cash  flows  that  are  independent  from  other  assets,
the  group  estimates  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-
generating unit to which the asset belongs. An intangible asset
with  an  indefinite  useful  life  is  tested  for  impairment  annually
and  whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the  asset  may  be
impaired.

The recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit)
is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In
assessing  value  in  use,  estimated  future  cash  flows  are
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of
money  and  those  risks  specific  to  the  asset  (or  cash-
generating  unit)  for  which  the  estimates  of  future  cash  flows
have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset
(or  cash-generating  unit)  is  estimated  to  be  less  than  its
carrying  amount,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  cash-
generating  unit)  is  reduced  to  its  recoverable  amount.  An
impairment  loss  is  recognised  as  an  expense  immediately,
unless  the  relevant  asset  is  carried  at  a  revalued  amount,  in
which  case  the  impairment  loss  is  treated  as  a  revaluation
decrease.

Where,  with  respect  to  assets  other  than  goodwill,  an
impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of
the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised
estimate  of  its  recoverable  amount,  but  so  that  the  increased
carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the  carrying  amount  that
would  have  been  determined  had  no  impairment  loss  been
recognised  for  the  asset  (or  cash-generating  unit)  in  prior
years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income
immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued
amount,  in  which  case  the  reversal  of  the  impairment  loss  is
treated as a revaluation increase.

91

Accounting policies (group) continued

Inventories

Inventories  of  agricultural  produce  harvested  from  the
biological assets are stated at fair value at the point of harvest
of the FFB from which the produce derives plus costs incurred
in  the  processing  of  such  FFB  (including  direct  labour  costs
and  overheads  that  have  been  incurred  in  bringing  such
inventories  to  their  present  location  and  condition)  or  at  net
realisable  value  if  lower.  Inventories  of  engineering  and  other
items are valued at the lower of cost, on the weighted average
method,  or  net  realisable  value.  For  these  purposes,  net
realisable value represents the estimated selling price (having
regard  to  any  outstanding  contracts  for  forward  sales  of
produce)  less  all  estimated  costs  of  processing  and  costs
incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Recognition and derecognition of financial
instruments

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognised  in  the  group’s
financial  statements  when  the  group  becomes  a  party  to  the
contractual  provisions  of  the  relative  constituent  instruments.
Financial  assets  are  derecognised  only  when  the  contractual
rights to the cash flows from the assets expire or if the group
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to
another  party.  Financial  liabilities  are  derecognised  when  the
group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or have expired. 

Non-derivative financial assets

The group’s non-derivative financial assets comprise loans and
receivables (including Indonesian coal interests), and cash and
cash equivalents. The group does not hold any financial assets
designated  as  held  at  ‘fair  value  through  profit  and  loss’
(“FVTPL”) or ‘available-for-sale’ financial assets.

Loans and receivables

Trade  receivables,  loans  and  other  receivables  in  respect  of
which  payments  are  fixed  or  determinable  and  which  are  not
quoted  in  an  active  market  are  classified  as  loans  and
receivables.  Indonesian  coal  interests  are  also  classified  as
loans and receivables. Indonesian coal interests are measured
at amortised cost. All other loans and receivables held by the
group are non interest bearing and are stated at their nominal
amount.

All  loans  and  receivables  are  reduced  by  appropriate
allowances for potentially irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  in  hand,  demand
deposits  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid  investments  that
have a maturity of not more than three months from the date of
acquisition  and  are  readily  convertible  to  a  known  amount  of
cash  and,  being  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in
value, are stated at their nominal amounts.

Held-to-maturity investments

Debentures and shares with fixed and determinable payments
and fixed maturity dates that are intended to be held to maturity
are  classified  as  held-to-maturity  investments,  and  are
measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest
method,  less  any  impairment,  with  revenue  recognised  on  an
effective yield basis.

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The  group’s  non-derivative  financial  liabilities  comprise
redeemable instruments, bank borrowings, finance leases and
trade payables, which are held at amortised cost.

Note issues, bank borrowings and finance leases

issues  and
instruments  (comprising  note 
Redeemable 
redeemable preference shares of a subsidiary of the company),
bank  borrowings  and  finance  leases  are  classified  in
accordance  with  the  substance  of  the  relative  contractual
arrangements.  Finance  costs  are  charged  to  income  on  an
accruals  basis,  using  the  effective  interest  method,  and
comprise, with respect to redeemable instruments, the coupon
payable  together  with  the  amortisation  of  issuance  costs
(which  include  any  premiums  payable  or  expected  by  the
directors to be payable on settlement or redemption) and, with
respect to bank borrowings and finance leases, the contractual
rate  of  interest  together  with  the  amortisation  of  costs
associated  with  the  negotiation  of,  and  compliance  with,  the
contractual terms and conditions.  Redeemable instruments are
recorded  in  the  accounts  at  their  expected  redemption  value
net  of  the  relative  unamortised  balances  of  issuance  costs.
Bank  borrowings  and  finance  leases  are  recorded  at  the
amounts of the proceeds received less subsequent repayments

92

with the relative unamortised balance of costs treated as non-
current receivables.

Correction of previous accounting error

In  previous  years,  the  group  accounted  for  certain  cross-
currency  interest  rate  swaps  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  the
group’s liability in respect of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling
notes 2015/17 issued by REA Finance B.V..  After discussion
with the Financial Reporting Council’s Conduct Committee, the
group  has  concluded  that  this  accounting  treatment  was
incorrect  because  the  swaps  represented  a  hedge  of  the
group’s  presentational  currency  and  cash  flow  hedge
accounting may not be applied in respect of such a hedge.  The
consequential  corrections  needed  have  been  booked  in  the
accompanying  financial  statements  as  set  out  in  note  33.
Because  the  overall  impact  of  the  accounting  error  on  the
2011  financial  statements  is  not  considered  material,
comparative figures have not been adjusted but the differences
in profit before tax, tax, profit for the period and the component
of that profit attributable to non-controlling interests that would
have been reported for each of the years 2009  to 2011  had
the  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  been  correctly
accounted for are detailed in note 33.

Equity instruments

Instruments  are  classified  as  equity  instruments  if  the
substance of the relative contractual arrangements evidences
a residual interest in the assets of the group after deducting all
of its liabilities.  Equity instruments issued by the company are
recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs not
charged to income. The preference shares of the company are
regarded as equity instruments.

Trade payables

All trade payables owed by the group are non interest bearing
and are stated at their nominal value. 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

A financial liability may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial
recognition  if  such  designation  eliminates  or  significantly
reduces  a  measurement  or  recognition  inconsistency  that
would otherwise arise, or if it forms part of a contract containing
one  or  more  embedded  derivatives,  and  IAS 39  Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement permits the entire
combined  contract  (asset  or  liability) to  be  designated  as  at
FVTPL.  The  group  designates 
its  derivative  financial
instruments as described below as held at FVTPL.

Derivative financial instruments

The  group  enters  into  derivative  financial  instruments  to
manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate
risk;  further  details  are  disclosed  in  note  22.  Derivatives  are
initially recognised at fair value at the date of the contract and
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  The
resulting gain or loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss,
through  finance  costs  (note  8)  with  the  foreign  exchange
element recognised through administrative expenses (note 5),
unless the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedging
instrument (either as a cash flow hedge or a fair value hedge),
in  which  case  the  timing  of  the  recognition  in  profit  or  loss
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or non-current
liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than
12 months and the derivative is not expected to be realised or
settled  within  12  months.  Other  derivatives  are  presented  as
current assets or liabilities.

Cash flow and fair value hedges

The  group  does  not  hold  any  derivatives  designated  and
qualifying as cash flow or fair value hedges.

93

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the group’s accounting policies, which are set out in the “Accounting policies (group)” section of this annual report,
the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions. Such judgements, estimates and assumptions are based on
historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual values of assets and amounts of liabilities may differ
from estimates. The judgements, estimates and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis. Revisions to estimates are recognised in
the period in which the estimates are revised. 

Critical judgements in applying the group’s accounting policies

The following are critical judgements not being judgements involving estimations (which are dealt with below) that the directors have
made in the process of applying the group’s accounting policies. 

Biological assets

IAS 41 “Agriculture” requires the determination of the fair value of biological assets.  In the absence of an active market for such assets,
similar in condition and location to those owned by the group, management must select an appropriate methodology to be used, together
with suitable metrics, for determining fair value.  The directors have applied a discounted cash flow method and have selected a discount
rate that, in their opinion, reflects an appropriate rate of return on investment taking into account the cyclicity of commodity markets (see
note 13).

Capitalisation of interest and other costs

As  described  under  “Biological  assets”  in  “Accounting  policies  (group)”,  all  expenditure  on  biological  assets  up  to  maturity,  including
interest, is treated as an addition to such assets. The directors have determined that normally such capitalisation will cease at the end of
the third financial year following the year in which land clearing commenced.  At this point, plantings should produce a commercial harvest
and accordingly be treated as having been brought into use for the purposes of IAS16 “Property plant and equipment” and of IAS 23
“Borrowing costs”.  However, crop yields at this point may vary depending on the time of year that land clearing commenced and on
climatic conditions thereafter.  In specific cases, the directors may elect to extend the period of capitalisation by a further year.

Derivatives

As described in note 22, the directors use their judgement in selecting appropriate valuation techniques for financial instruments not
quoted in an active market. For derivative financial instruments, assumptions are made based on quoted market rates adjusted for the
specific features of the instruments.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. 

Biological assets

Because of the inherent uncertainty associated with the valuation methodology used in determining the fair value of the group’s biological
assets, and in particular the volatility of prices for the group’s agricultural produce and the absence of a liquid market for Indonesian oil
palm plantations, the carrying value of the biological assets may differ from their realisable value (see note 13).

94

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty - continued

Income taxes

The group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in estimating the group’s liability to both
current and deferred tax having regard to the uncertainties relating to the availability of tax losses and to the future periods in which timing
differences are likely to reverse as well as uncertainty regarding recoverability of tax paid against disputed items in assessments of tax
on an Indonesian group company.

2.  Revenue

Sales of goods
Revenue from services

Other operating income
Investment revenue

Total revenue

2012
$’000
122,621
1,979

124,600
12
411

125,023

2011
$’000
147,523
235

147,758
339
2,889

150,986

In 2012, three customers accounted for respectively 42 per cent, 21 per cent and 12 per cent of the group’s sales of agricultural goods
(2011: two customers, 51 per cent and 13 per cent). As stated in note 22 “Credit risk”, substantially all sales of goods are made on the
basis  of  cash    against  documents  or  letters  of  credit  and  accordingly  the  directors  do  not  consider  that  these  sales  result  in  a
concentration of credit risk to the group.

The crop of oil palm fresh fruit bunches for 2012 amounted to 597,722 tonnes (2011: 607,335 tonnes).   The fair value of the crop of
fresh fruit bunches was $78,468,000 (2011: $90,906,000), based on the price formulae determined by the Indonesian government for
purchases of fresh fruit bunches from smallholders (see note 13).

3.  Segment information

In the table below, the group’s sales of goods are analysed by geographical destination and the carrying amount of net assets is analysed
by geographical area of asset location. 

Sales by geographical destination:
Indonesia
Rest of Asia

Carrying amount of net assets by geographical area of asset location:
UK, Continental Europe and Singapore
Indonesia

2012
$’m

73.4
51.2 

124.6

51.5
263.5 

315.0

2011
$’m

53.2
94.3 

147.5 

44.6
258.3 

302.9

The group has three reportable segments under IFRS 8.  These comprise two operating segments, cultivation of oil palms, coal and stone
operations,  and  a  head  office  segment  comprising  the  activities  of  the  parent  company  and  its  UK,  European  and  Singaporean
subsidiaries.  The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the group’s accounting policies set out on pages 87
to 93. Segment profit is the operating profit or loss earned by each segment before investment revenues, finance costs and taxation. This
is the measure by which the group’s chief executive assesses segment performance. The resolution of competing rights over certain
plantation areas referred to in note 42 concerns assets in the group’s segment ‘cultivation of oil palms’.

95

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

3.  Segment information - continued

Year to 31 December 2012

Revenue

Gross profit / (loss)
Net gain from changes in fair value of biological assets
Other operating income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Impairment loss

Operating profit / (loss)

Investment revenues
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

Plantations

$’000
122,134

Coal and 
stone
$’000
2,466

56,870
5,979
2
(1,601)
(10,239)
–

51,011

(1,513)
–
–
–
(2,268)
(3,000)

(6,781)

Consolidated total assets
Consolidated total liabilities
Depreciation charged to consolidated income statement
Additions to non-current assets

523,276
141,639
6,125
75,258

34,137
439
10
903

11,597
111,902
79
3

Year to 31 December 2011

Revenue

Gross profit
Net gain from changes in fair value of biological assets
Other operating income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Operating profit / (loss)

Investment revenues
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

Plantations

$’000
129,542

Coal and 
stone
$’000
18,216

82,218
7,375
339
(1,719)
(10,756)

77,457

1,495
–
–
–
(1,158)

337

Consolidated total assets
Consolidated total liabilities
Depreciation charged to consolidated income statement
Additions to non-current assets

453,384
113,379
5,385
51,686

36,403
2,341
7
9,721

20,725
91,847
52
1,630

96

Head office 

Total

$’000
–

–
–
10
–
(6,392)
–

(6,382)

$’000
–

–
–
–
–
(5,045)

(5,045)

$’000
124,600

55,357
5,979
12
(1,601)
(18,899)
(3,000)

37,848

411
(7,701)

30,558
(12,855)

17,703

569,010
253,980
6,214
76,164

$’000
147,758

83,713
7,375
339
(1,719)
(16,959)

72,749

2,889
(11,465)

64,173
(18,559)

45,614

510,512
207,567
5,444
63,037

Head office 

Total

4.  Agricultural produce inventory movement

The net (loss) / gain arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory represents the movement in the fair value of that
inventory less the amount of the movement in such inventory at historic cost (which is included in cost of sales).

5.  Profit before tax

Salient items charged / (credited) in arrriving at profit before tax

Administrative expenses (see below) 
Movement in inventories (at historic cost) 
Operating lease rentals
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals

Administrative expenses

Net foreign exchange (gains) / losses 
Increase / (release) of provision for UK pension (see note 38)
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Net loss on financial liabilities at FVTPL
Indonesian operations
Head office

Administrative expenses before capitalisation

Amounts payable to the company’s auditor

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

18,899
220
456
5,812
223

(845)
1,072
39
190
13,681
4,762

18,899

16,959
(5,943)
405
5,292
152

519
(253)
408
-
11,445
4,840

16,959

The amount payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of the company’s financial statements was $136,000 (2011: $124,000).  Amounts
payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of accounts of subsidiaries of the company pursuant to legislation were $18,000 (2011: $16,000). 

Amounts payable to Deloitte LLP for other services were $10,000 (2011: $3,000) for the provision of certificates of group compliance
with covenants under certain debt instruments (being certificates that those instruments require to be provided by the company’s auditor)
and for group accountancy services.

Amounts payable to affiliates of Deloitte LLP for the audit of subsidiaries’ financial statements were $26,000 (2011: amounts payable
to affiliates of Deloitte LLP for the audit of subsidiaries were $24,000).

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and net biological gain 

Operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation
Net biological gain

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

37,848
6,214
(5,979)

38,083

72,749
5,444
(7,375)

70,818

97

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

6.  Staff costs, including directors

Average number of employees (including executive directors):
Agricultural - permanent
Agricultural - temporary
Head office

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

7.  Investment revenues

Interest on bank deposits
Other interest income

8.  Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts
Interest on US dollar notes
Interest on sterling notes
Change in value of sterling notes arising from exchange fluctuations
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
Reclassification from translation reserve in equity
Other finance charges

Amount included as additions to biological assets

2012
Number

2011
Number

4,720
2,524
9

7,253

4,668
2,850
7

7,525

$’000

$’000

23,869
692
1,604

26,165

2012
$’000
164
247

411

2012
$’000
4,145
3,433
5,598
1,029
(2,108)
–
372

12,469
(4,768)

7,701

23,651
893
423

24,967

2011
$’000
507
2,382

2,889

2011
$’000
2,510
3,671
5,679
–
–
283
1,942

14,085
(2,620)

11,465

The reclassification from translation reserve in equity arose from the early repurchase for cancellation of £2.46 million of 9.5 per cent
guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 (see note 24) which was hedged by a cross currency interest swap (see note 27). Deferred tax
previously provided in respect of this amount was also reclassified to income (see note 9).

Amounts  included  as  additions  to  biological  assets  and  construction  in  progress  arose  on  borrowings  applicable  to  the  Indonesian
operations and reflected a capitalisation rate of 34.9 per cent (2011: 20.9 per cent); there is no directly related tax relief.

98

9.  Tax

Current tax:
UK corporation tax
Foreign tax
Prior year

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Current year
Prior year

Total deferred tax

Total tax

2012
$’000

534
9,638
557

10,729

2,068
58

2,126

2011
$’000

–
14,634
–

14,634

3,925
–

3,925

12,855

18,559

Taxation is provided at the rates prevailing for the relevant jurisdiction.  For Indonesia, the current and deferred taxation provision is based
on a tax rate of 25 per cent (2011: 25 per cent) and for the United Kingdom, the taxation provision reflects a corporation tax rate of 24.5
per cent (2011: 26.5 per cent) and a deferred tax rate of 23 per cent (2011: 26 per cent).

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Profit before tax

Notional tax at the UK standard rate of 24.5 per cent (2011: 26.5 per cent)
Tax effect of the following items:
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit
Non taxable income
Overseas tax rates above / (below) UK standard rate
Overseas withholding taxes, net of relief
Tax effect of change in rate on UK net deferred tax assets
Tax credit on loss in overseas subsidiary not recognised
Tax losses in overseas subsidiaries time expired
Reduction in recoverable amounts relating to disputed Indonesian tax assessments
Additional tax provisions

2012
$’000
30,558

2011
$’000
64,173

7,487

17,006

796
(85)
267
1,890
160
1,739
58
557
(14)

532
(135)
(793)
1,947
41
–
–
–
(39)

Tax expense at effective tax rate for the year

12,855

18,559

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in other
comprehensive income:

Tax relating to cash flow hedges:
Current
Deferred

Reclassification to income statement (see note 8)

–
–

–
–

–

286
(73)

213
116

329

99

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

10.  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:
Preference dividends of 9p per share
Ordinary dividends of 6.5p per share (2011: 5.5p per share)

2012
$’000

6,713
3,376

10,089

2011
$’000

5,006
2,897

7,903

An  interim  dividend  of  3.5p  per  ordinary  share  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  31  December  2012  was  paid  on  25  January  2013.  In
accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period”, this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,852,000, has not been included
in the 2012 financial statements.

11.  Earnings per share

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share *
* being net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

12.  Goodwill and acquisition of subsidiary

Beginning of year

End of year

2012
$’000
11,342

‘000
33,415
–

33,415

2012
$’000
12,578

12,578

2011
$’000
40,453

‘000
33,415
–

33,415

2011
$’000
12,578

12,578

The goodwill of $12,578,000 arose from the acquisition by the company in 2006 of a non-controlling interest in the issued ordinary share
capital  of  Makassar  Investments  Limited,  the  parent  company  of  PT  REA  Kaltim  Plantations,  for  a  consideration  of  $19  million.    The
goodwill  is  reviewed  for  impairment  as  explained  under  “Goodwill”  in  “Accounting  policies  (group)”.    The  recoverable  amount  of  the
goodwill is based upon value in use of the oil palm business in Indonesia, which is regarded as the cash generating unit to which the
goodwill relates.  Value in use is assessed by revaluing the biological assets of the oil palm business on the basis of the principles applied
in  determining  their  fair  value  as  detailed  in  note  13  but  utilising  a  standard  unit  profit  margin  calculated  by  reference  to  a  five  year
average of historic profit margins rather than the longer term average assumed in determining fair value.  The directors consider this to
be an appropriate method for determining value in use as it maintains consistency of methodology between estimations of value in use
and the IAS 41 valuation. Based upon the recent review, the directors have concluded that no impairment of goodwill is required.

Acquisition of subsidiary

Pursuant to contracts dated 13 March and 6 June 2012, the group acquired 95 per cent of the issued share capital of PT Persada
Bangun Jaya (“PBJ2”) for a cash consideration of $1,616,000. At the date of acquisition, PBJ2 held land permits (izin lokasi) in respect
of 5,192 hectares in East Kalimantan, Indonesia. The transaction has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. The
book values of the net assets acquired were:

Prepaid operating lease rentals

Satisfied by:
Cash payment by group
Subscription by Indonesian investor

100

$’000
1,641

1,616
25

1,641

13.  Biological assets

Beginning of year
Additions to planted area and costs to maturity including finance costs (see note 8)
Transfers to property, plant and equipment (see note 14)
Transfers from prepaid operating lease rentals (see note 15)
Transfers to non-current receivables
Transfers to current receivables
Net biological gain 

End of year

Net biological gain comprises:
Fair value of crops harvested during the year (see note 2)
Gain arising from movement in fair value attributable to other physical changes
Gain arising from movement in fair value attributable to price changes

2012
$’000
244,433
15,369
–
45
(79)
(84)
5,979

265,663

(78,468)
72,226
12,221

5,979

2011
$’000
221,883
15,502
(76)
–
(3)
(248)
7,375

244,433

(90,906)
87,186
11,095

7,375

The nature of the group’s biological assets and the basis of determination of their fair value is explained under “Biological assets” in
“Accounting policies (group)”. Critical judgements in relation to these matters are detailed in note 1. The fair value determination assumed
a discount rate of 15 per cent in the case of PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”), 15 per cent in the case of PT Sasana Yudha
Bhakti (“SYB”) and 18 per cent in the case of all other group companies (2011: 16 per cent in the case of REA Kaltim, 17.5 per cent in
the case of SYB and 19 per cent in the case of all other group companies) and a standard unit margin of $55.20 per tonne of oil palm
fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”) (2011: standard unit margin of $52.50 per tonne of FFB).

The fair valuation of the group’s biological assets as at 31 December 2012 determined on the basis of the methodology utilised as at
31 December 2011 would have amounted to $251 million.

The valuation of the group’s biological assets would have been reduced by $14,250,000 (2011: $13,600,000) if the crops projected for
the purposes of the valuation had been reduced by 5 per cent; by $13,570,000 (2011: $12,890,000) if the discount rates assumed had
been increased by 1 per cent and by $25,810,000 (2011: $25,880,000) if the assumed unit profit margin per tonne of oil palm FFB had
been reduced by $5.

As a general rule, all palm products produced by the group are sold at prices prevailing immediately prior to delivery but on occasions,
when market conditions appear favourable, the group makes forward sales at fixed prices. When making such sales, the group would not
normally commit more than 60 per cent of its projected production for a forthcoming period of twelve months. At 31 December 2012,
the group had no outstanding forward sale contracts at fixed prices (2011: none).

At 31 December 2012, the group had no outstanding forward sales for delivery in 2013, on terms that the sales price of each delivery
be determined immediately ahead of delivery by reference to prevailing open market prices (31 December 2011: 6,000 tonnes per month
for the eleven month period to 30 November 2012).

At the balance sheet date, biological assets of $67,580,000 (2011: $64,349,000) had been charged as security for bank loans (see
note 23) but there were otherwise no restrictions on titles to the biological assets (2011: none).   Expenditure approved by the directors
for the development of immature areas in 2013 amounts to $20,000,000 (2011: $47,000,000).

101

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

14.  Property, plant and equipment

Buildings
and structures

Plant, Construction
in progress

Total

Cost:
At 1 January 2011
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Transfers (see note 13)

At 31 December 2011
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals

At 31 December 2012

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2011
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2011
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2012

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

equipment
and vehicles
$’000

39,464
1,747
(17)
(234)
7,193

48,153
18,847
31
(462)

66,569

14,831
3,379
(12)
(159)

18,039
3,994
17
(422)

21,628

$’000

53,818
3,329
–
(76)
2,035

59,106
16,533
–
–

75,639

4,373
2,047
–
(11)

6,409
2,573
–
–

8,982

$‘000

$‘000

11,410
17,116
–
–
(9,152)

19,374
14,638
–
–

34,012

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

104,692
22,192
(17)
(310)
76

126,633
50,018
31
(462)

176,220

19,204
5,426
(12)
(170)

24,448
6,567
17
(422)

30,610

66,657

52,697

44,941

30,114

34,012

19,374

145,610

102,185

The  depreciation  charge  for  the  year  includes  $171,000  (2011: $135,000)  which  has  been  capitalised  as  part  of  the  additions  to
biological assets.

At the balance sheet date,  the book value of finance leases included in property, plant and equipment was $nil (2011: $nil).

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  group  had  entered  into  contractual  commitments  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment
amounting to $5,212,000 (2011: $37,849,000).

102

15.  Prepaid operating lease rentals

Cost:
Beginning of year
Additions
Transfers to biological assets (note 13)
Transfers to non-current assets

End of year

Accumulated amortisation:
Beginning of year
Charge for year

End of year

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

2012
$‘000

25,261
3,857
(45)
(291)

28,782

1,764
388

2,152

2011
$‘000

18,532
6,729
–
–

25,261

1,255
509

1,764

26,630

23,497

23,497

17,277

Additions in the year include $1,641,000 (2011: $nil) in respect of a subsidiary acquired during the year.

The  amortisation  charge  for  the  year  includes  $164,000  (2011: $357,000)  which  has  been  capitalised  as  part  of  the  additions  to
biological assets.

Balances  classified  as  prepaid  operating  lease  rentals  represent  amounts  invested  in  land  utilised  for  the  purpose  of  the  plantation
operations in Indonesia.  At 31 December 2012, certificates of hak guna usaha had been obtained in respect of areas covering 70,584
hectares (2011: 70,584 hectares).  An hak guna usaha (literally a “right of agricultural use”) is effectively a government lease entitling
the lessee to utilise the land leased for agricultural and related purposes.  Retention of an hak guna usaha is subject to payment of annual
land taxes in accordance with prevailing tax regulations.  Hak guna usaha are granted for an initial term of 30 years and are renewable
on expiry of such term.

16.  Indonesian coal and stone interests

The balance of $29,480,000 (2011: $28,580,000) comprises interest bearing loans made to two Indonesian companies that, directly
and through a further Indonesian company, own rights in respect of certain coal and stone concessions in East Kalimantan Indonesia,
together with related balances; such loans are repayable not later than 2020.  Pursuant to the arrangements between the group and its
local partners, KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”) has the right, subject to satisfaction of local regulatory requirements, to acquire the three
concession holding companies at original cost on a basis that will give the group (through KCC) 95 per cent ownership with the balance
of five per cent remaining owned by the local partners.  In the meantime, the concession holding companies are being financed by loan
funding from the group and no dividends or other distributions or payments may be paid or made by the concession holding companies
to the local partners without the prior agreement of KCC. 

The directors have carried out an impairment review of the loans from PT  KCC Resources Indonesia (“KCCI”) by which the group is
funding  the  concession  holding  companies.  Each  concession  holding  company  has  been  treated  as  a  cash-generating  unit  and  its
recoverable amount has been estimated on the basis of value in use, applying a discount rate of 10 per cent.  In view of the uncertainties
arising from the potential difficulties on the extraction and marketing of coal from one of the concessions, the directors have concluded
that an impairment charge of $3.0 million should be recognised in the 2012 consolidated income statement (2011: $nil).

103

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

17.  Subsidiaries

A list of the principal subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of ownership is given in note (i) to the
company’s individual financial statements.

18.  Inventories

Agricultural produce
Engineering and other operating inventory

19.  Investments

Shares (non-current assets)
US  dollar notes (current assets)

2012
$’000
11,220
9,492

20,712

2012
$’000
–
1,256

1,256

2011
$’000
16,169
9,390

25,559

2011
$’000
1,430
963

2,393

The investments are categorised as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortised cost. The shares comprise redeemable participating
preference  shares  of  $10  each  issued  by  KCC  Resources  Limited  as  described    in  note  26,  of  which  the  company  owned  146,050
(2011: 143,050). For the reasons given in note 26, at 31 December 2012 the investment has been netted off against the corresponding
liability. The US  dollar notes comprise $1,256,000 nominal of the 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2017 issued by the company, as described
in note 25. The fair value of these investments is set out in note 22 under the heading  'Fair value of financial instruments'.

20.  Trade and other receivables

Due from sale of goods
Prepayments and advance payments 
Advance payment of taxation
Deposits and other receivables

2012
$’000
3,545
10,527
14,022
4,061

32,155

2011
$’000
2,507
11,380
13,226
7,049

34,162

Sales of goods are normally made on a cash against documents basis with an average credit period (which takes account of customer
deposits as disclosed in note 30) of 4 days (2011: 4 days). The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables
approximates their fair value.

21.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the group and short-term bank deposits and UK government securities with maturities
of less than three months. Cash balances amounting to $555,000 (2011: $nil) are subject to a charge in favour of the trustee for the
9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by a subsidiary (see note 24).  The Moody’s prime rating of short term bank
deposits amounting to $26.3 million is set out in note 22 under the heading ‘Credit risk’.

104

22.  Financial instruments

Capital risk management

The group manages as capital its debt, which includes the borrowings and redeemable preference shares of a subsidiary disclosed in
notes  23  to  26,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  equity  attributable  to  shareholders  of  the  parent,  comprising  issued  ordinary  and
preference share capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in notes 31 to 34. The group is not subject to externally imposed
capital requirements.

The directors’ policy in regard to the capital structure of the group is to seek to enhance returns to holders of the company's ordinary
shares by meeting a proportion of the group's funding needs with prior ranking capital and to constitute that capital as a mix of preference
share capital and borrowings from banks, development institutions and the public debt market, in proportions which suit, and as respects
borrowings have a maturity profile which suits, the assets that such capital is financing. In so doing, the directors regard the company’s
preference share capital as permanent capital and then seek to structure the group's borrowings so that shorter term bank debt is used
only  to  finance  working  capital  requirements  while  debt  funding  for  the  group's  development  programme  is  sourced  from  issues  of
medium term listed debt securities and borrowings from development institutions.

Net debt to equity ratio

Net debt, equity and the net debt to equity ratio at the balance sheet date were as follows:

Debt and related engagements *
Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt and related engagements
* being the book value of long and short term borrowings as detailed in the table below under “Fair value of financial instruments”.

Equity (including non-controlling interests)
Net debt to equity ratio

Significant accounting policies

2012
$’000
163,536
(26,393)
137,143

2011
$’000
126,588
(30,601)
95,987

315,030
43.5%

302,945
31.7%

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial instrument are disclosed in the “Accounting
policies (group)” section of this annual report.

Categories of financial instruments

Non-derivative financial assets as at 31 December 2012 comprised loans, investments and receivables (including Indonesian coal and
stone interests) and cash and cash equivalents amounting to $65,558,000 (2011: $67,127,000).

Non-derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2012 comprised liabilities at amortised cost amounting to $170,850,000 (2011:
$123,694,000).

Derivative financial instruments at 31 December 2012 comprised instruments not in designated hedge accounting relationships at fair
value representing a liability of $11,622,000.   In 2011, as explained in “Accounting policies (group)”, the group incorrectly accounted for
certain  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  as  cash  flow  hedges  and,  on  that  basis,  reported  liabilities  at  31  December  2011  of
$15,321,000 in respect of derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships at fair value and $895,000 in
respect of derivative financial instruments not in designated hedge accounting relationships at fair value. 

105

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

22.  Financial instruments - continued

As explained in note 16, conditional arrangements exist for the group to acquire at historic cost the shares in the Indonesian companies
owning rights over certain coal and stone concessions. The directors have attributed a fair value of zero to these rights in view of the prior
claims of loans to the concession owning companies and the present stage of the operations.

Financial risk management objectives

The group manages the financial risks relating to its operations through internal reports which permit the degree and magnitude of such
risks to be assessed. These risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

The group seeks to reduce risk by using, where appropriate, derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of derivative
financial instruments is governed by group policies set by the board of directors of the company. The board also sets policies on foreign
exchange  risk,  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  the  use  of  non-derivative  financial  instruments,  and  the  investment  of  excess  liquidity.
Compliance  with  policies  and  exposure  limits  is  reviewed  on  a  continuous  basis.  The  group  does  not  enter  into  or  trade  financial
instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

Market risk

The financial market risks to which the group is primarily exposed are those arising from changes in interest rates and foreign currency
exchange rates. 

The group’s policy as regards interest rates is to borrow whenever possible at fixed interest rates, but where borrowings are raised at
floating rates the directors would not normally seek to hedge such exposure. The sterling notes and the US dollar notes carry interest at
fixed rates of, respectively, 9.5 and 7.5 per cent per annum.  In addition, the company’s preference shares carry an entitlement to a fixed
annual dividend of 9 pence per share.

Interest is payable on drawings under an Indonesian rupiah term loan facility at 3.5 per cent (2011: 3.5 per cent) above the Jakarta Inter
Bank Offer Rate. In addition, the interest rate formula includes an allowance for the bankers’ cost of funds. Interest is payable on drawings
under US dollar short-term facilities at floating rates varying between 4.9 per cent and 9.9 per cent (2011: between 6.9 per cent and 8.0
per cent).

A  one  per  cent  increase  in  interest  applied  to  those  financial  instruments  shown  in  the  table  below  entitled  “Fair  value  of  financial
instruments” as held at 31 December 2012 which carry interest at floating rates would have resulted over a period of one year in a pre-
tax profit (and equity) decrease of approximately $258,000 (2011: pre-tax profit (and equity) increase of $16,000).

The group regards the US dollar as the functional currency of most of its operations and has, until recently, sought to ensure that, as
respects that proportion of its investment in the operations that is met by borrowings, it has no material currency exposure against the
US  dollar.    Accordingly,  where  borrowings  were  incurred  in  a  currency  other  than  the  US  dollar,  the  group  endeavoured  to  cover  the
resultant currency exposure by way of a debt swap or other appropriate currency hedge. The receipt by a subsidiary of the company
during 2010 of an Indonesian tax assessment seeking to disallow for tax purposes losses on currency hedges has called into question
this  policy  and,  for  the  immediate  future,  the  group  has  not  hedged  its  Indonesian  rupiah  borrowings.  The  group  does  not  cover  the
currency exposure in respect of the component of the investment in its operations that is financed with pounds sterling denominated
equity.  The group's policy is to maintain limited balances in pounds sterling sufficient to meet its projected sterling expenditure for a
period of up to  twelve months and a balance in Indonesian rupiahs up to the aggregate amount drawn in that currency under local bank
facilities but, otherwise, to keep all cash balances in US dollars.  The group does not normally otherwise hedge its revenues and costs
arising in currencies other than the US dollar.

106

22.  Financial instruments - continued

At the balance sheet date, the group had non US dollar monetary items denominated in pounds sterling and Indonesian rupiah.  A 5 per
cent  strengthening  of  the  pound  sterling  against  the  US  dollar  would  have  resulted  in  a  gain  dealt  with  in  the  consolidated  income
statement and equity of $974,000 on the net sterling denominated non-derivative monetary items (excluding the sterling notes which
are hedged) (2011: gain of $421,000).   A 5 per cent strengthening of the Indonesian rupiah against the US dollar would have resulted
in a loss dealt with in the consolidated income statement and equity of $1,439,000 on the net Indonesian rupiah denominated, non-
derivative monetary items (2011: loss of $1,151,000).  

Credit risk

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  will  default  on  its  contractual  obligations  resulting  in  financial  loss  to  the  group.  The
directors consider that the group is not exposed to any major concentrations of credit risk. At 31 December 2012, 66 per cent of bank
deposits were held with banks with a Moody’s prime rating of P1, 2 per cent with a Moody’s prime rating of P2, 26 per cent  with a bank
with a Moody’s prime rating of P3 and the balance with banks with no Moody’s prime rating. Substantially all sales of goods are made on
the basis of cash against documents or letters of credit. At the balance sheet date, no trade receivables were past their due dates, nor
were  any  impaired;  accordingly  no  bad  debt  provisions  were  required.    The  maximum  credit  risk  exposures  in  respect  of  the  group’s
financial assets at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 equal the amounts reported under the corresponding balance sheet
headings.

Liquidity risk

Ultimate  responsibility  for  liquidity  risk  management  rests  with  the  board  of  directors  of  the  company,  which  has  established  an
appropriate framework for the management of the group’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity requirements. Within this
framework, the board continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows and endeavours to maintain adequate liquidity in the form of
cash reserves and borrowing facilities while matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Undrawn facilities available
to the group at balance sheet date are disclosed in note 23.

The board reviews the cash forecasting models for the operation of the plantations and compares these with the forecast outflows for
debt obligations and projected capital expenditure programmes for the plantations, applying sensitivities to take into account perceived
major uncertainties. In their review, the directors place the greatest emphasis on the cash flow of the first two years.

Non-derivative financial instruments

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the group’s non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based
on  the  undiscounted  amounts  of  the  group’s  financial  liabilities  based  on  the  earliest  dates  on  which  the  group  can  be  required  to
discharge those liabilities. The table includes liabilities for both principal and interest.

2012
Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
KCC preference shares (see note 26)
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
9.0
8.5
10.4

Under
1 year

$’000
5,703
4,739
5,324
–
13,373

29,139

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
18,951
18,676
5,318
–
–

Over 2
years

$’000
38,517
40,388
67,045
54
–

Total

$’000
63,171
63,803
77,687
54
13,373

42,945

146,004

218,088

107

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

22.  Financial instruments - continued

2011
Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
KCC preference shares (see note 26)
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
11.3
9.1
10.4

Under
1 year

$’000
4,988
7,625
5,080
–
10,997

28,690

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
2,797
17,250
5,070
–
–

Over 2
years

$’000
30,223
16,125
69,118
1,500
–

Total

$’000
38,008
41,000
79,268
1,500
10,997

25,117

116,966

170,773

At 31 December 2012, the group’s non-derivative financial assets (other than receivables) comprised cash and deposits of $26,400,000
(2011: $30,601,000) carrying a weighted average interest rate of 1.4 per cent (2011: 2.3 per cent) all having a maturity of under one
year, and Indonesian coal interests of $29,480,000 (2011: $28,580,000) details of which are given in note 16.

Derivative financial instruments

The  following  table  details  the  amounts  due  in  respect  of  the  group’s  derivative  financial  instruments.  These  arise  under  the  cross
currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) described in note 27.  The cash flows are settled gross and, therefore, the table takes no account
of sterling receipts under the CCIRS.

At 31 December 2012

At 31 December 2011

Fair value of financial instruments

Under
1 year

$’000
7,197

7,296 

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
7,138

7,197

Over 2
years

$’000
75,798

82,936

Total

$’000
90,133

97,429

The table below provides an analysis of the book values and fair values of financial instruments, excluding receivables and trade payables
and Indonesian coal interests, as at the balance sheet date. All financial instruments are classified as level 1 in the fair value hierarchy
prescribed by IFRS 7 “Financial  instruments: disclosures” other than the cross currency interest rate swaps and the preference shares
issued by a subsidiary that are classified as levels 2 and 3 respectively. No reclassifications between levels in the fair value hierarchy
were made during 2012 (2011: none).

Cash and deposits +
Bank debt - within one year +
Bank debt - after more than one year +
Preference shares issued by a subsidiary
US dollar notes o
Sterling notes o
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against principal liabilities

Net debt and related engagements
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against interest liabilities
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against interest liabilities

+bearing interest at floating rates
o bearing interest at fixed rates

108

2012
Book value
$’000
26,393
(1,000)
(51,194)
(54)
(48,698)
(54,279)
(8,311)

(137,143)
(2,416)
(894)

2012
Fair value
$’000
26,393
(1,000)
(51,194)
–
(48,813)
(59,233)
(8,311)

(142,158)
(2,416)
(894)

2011
Book value
$’000
30,601
(2,000)
(27,018)
(1,500)
(33,941)
(51,332)
(10,797)

(95,987)
(4,524)
(895)

2011 
Fair value
$’000
30,601
(2,000)
(27,018)
(1,500)
(35,000)
(56,094)
(10,797)

(101,808)
(4,524)
(895)

(140,453)

(145,468)

(101,406)

(107,227)

22.  Financial instruments - continued

The fair values of cash and deposits and bank debt approximate their carrying values since these carry interest at current market rates.
The fair values of the US dollar notes and sterling notes are based on the latest prices at which those notes were traded prior to the
balance sheet dates.

For 2012, the book value of the preference shares issued by a subsidiary is net of the investment held by the company (see note 19).
The fair value of the preference shares issued by a subsidiary has been estimated by the directors on the basis of their assessment of
the probability of the shares becoming redeemable on 31 December 2014 in accordance with their terms and of the redemption value
then applicable discounted for the period from the balance sheet date to 31 December 2014.

The fair value of the CCIRS has been derived by a discounted cash flow analysis using quoted foreign forward exchange rates and yield
curves derived from quoted interest rates with maturities corresponding to the applicable cash flows. The valuation of the CCIRS at 31
December 2012 at fair value resulted in a loss of $11,622,000 (2011: loss of $16,216,000).  The movement in 2012 has been dealt
with through the consolidated income statement.  In 2011, as explained in “Accounting policies (group)”, the group incorrectly accounted
for the CCIRS as a cash flow hedge and the movement of $1,510,000, before related tax relief, was dealt with as follows:  a loss of
$190,000 was included in finance charges in the consolidated income statement and a gain of $1,700,000 was recognised in other
comprehensive income.  

A 50 basis points movement in the spread between the assumed yield curves for pounds sterling and the US dollar would increase or
decrease the valuation by approximately $1,192,000 (2011: $1,607,000).

23.  Bank loans

Bank loans

The bank loans are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year
Between one and two years
After two years

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2012
$‘000
52,194

1,000
17,714
33,480

52,194

1,000
51,194

52,194

2011
$‘000
29,018

2,000
–
27,018

29,018

2,000
27,018

29,018

All bank loans are denominated in either US dollars ($16.0 million - 2011: $2.0 million) or Indonesian rupiahs ($36.2 million - 2011:
$27.0 million) and are at floating rates, thus exposing the group to interest rate risk. The weighted average interest rate in 2012 was 9.9
per cent (2011: 11.3 per cent).  Bank loans of $37,194,000 (2011: $27,018,000) are secured on the land, plantations, property, plant
and equipment owned by PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (“SYB”), having an aggregate book value of $121 million (2011: $91 million), and are
the subject of an unsecured guarantee by the company and REA Kaltim.  The banks are entitled to have recourse to their security on
usual banking terms.

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  group  had  undrawn  US dollar  denominated  bank  facilities  of  $9.0  million  (2011:  $10.0  million)  and
undrawn Indonesian rupiah denominated facilities of $nil (2011: $11.6 million).

109

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

24.  Sterling notes

The sterling notes comprise £34.54 million (2011: £34.54 million) nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued
by the company’s subsidiary, REA Finance B.V. (“REAF”). The sterling notes are guaranteed by the company and another wholly owned
subsidiary  of  the  company,  R.E.A.  Services  Limited  (“REAS”),  and  are  secured  principally  on  unsecured  loans  made  by  REAS  to
Indonesian plantation operating subsidiaries of the company. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled by the issuer, the
sterling notes are repayable in three equal instalments commencing on 31 December 2015.

The  repayment  obligation  in  respect  of  the  sterling  notes  of  £34.54  million  ($56.1  million)  is  hedged  by  forward  foreign  exchange
contracts for the purchase of £37 million and for the sale of $68.6 million and is carried in the balance sheet net of the unamortised
balance  of  the  note  issuance  costs.  The  gain  or  loss  on  the  ineffective  portion  of  these  contracts  is  reflected  in  finance  costs  in  the
consolidated income statement.

If a person or group of persons acting in concert obtains the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be
cast at a general meeting of the company, each holder of sterling notes has the right to require that the notes held by such holder be
repaid at 101 per cent of par, plus any interest accrued thereon up to the date of completion of the repayment.

The  sterling  notes  are  issued  by  REA  Finance  B.V.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  company,  are  guaranteed  by  the  company  and
another wholly owned subsidiary of the company, R.E.A. Services Limited (“REAS”), are secured principally on unsecured loans made by
REAS  to  Indonesian  plantation  operating  subsidiaries  of  the  company  and,  save  to  the  extent  previously  redeemed  or  cancelled,  are
repayable by three equal annual instalments commencing 31 December 2015.

25.  US dollar notes

The US dollar notes comprise US$16 million (2011: $35 million) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 (“2012/14 dollar notes”)
and US$34.0 million (2011: nil) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2017 (“2017 dollar notes”) of the company, and are stated net of
the unamortised balance of the note issuance costs.

$34 million nominal of 2017 dollar notes were issued in November 2012, as to some $19 million nominal by way of an exchange offer
to holders of existing 2012/14 dollar notes and as to the balance by way of a placing at par. Pursuant to the placing R.E.A. Services
Limited (“REAS”), a subsidiary of the company, agreed to subscribe for $2.0 million nominal of 2017 dollar notes, pending investment
decisions by certain external prospective placees.  At 31 December 2012 REAS had resold, at the placing price, $0.7 million nominal of
the notes so subscribed by it, leaving a balance as at that date of $1.26 million nominal (see note 19).  REAS has, subsequent to the year-
end, sold its remaining holding.

The  2012/14  and  2017  dollar  notes  are  unsecured  obligations  of  the  company.    The  2012/14  dollar  notes  are  repayable  by  three
instalments  commencing  31  December  2012  but  repayment  obligations  are  reduced  to  the  extent  that  notes  have  been  previously
redeemed  or  purchased  and  cancelled.  A  substantial  nominal  amount  of  the  original  issue  of  2012/14  dollar  notes  has  now  been
purchased and cancelled (including the $19.0 million nominal of the notes acquired under the exchange offer referred to above).  As a
result, and subject to any further purchases and cancellations, slightly under $1 million of the outstanding 2012/14 dollar notes will fall
due for repayment at the end of 2013 and the balance at the end of 2014.  The 2017 dollar notes are repayable on 30 June 2017.

110

26.  Preference shares issued by a subsidiary

On 11 February 2010 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each were issued by KCC Resources Limited (“KCC
preference shares”), a subsidiary undertaking of the company, fully paid, by way of a placing at par. The KCC preference shares provide
a  limited  participation  in  the  coal  and  stone  interests  of  the  company  such  that  if  those  interests  achieve  an  average  annual  level  of
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of $8 million over the four and a half year period from 1 January 2010 to 30
June  2014  (equivalent  to  $36  million  for  the  full  period),  those  persons  who  subscribed  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14  of  the
company and KCC preference shares in a combined issue of those securities pursuant to a placing agreement dated 28 January 2010,
and who retain their notes and shares until redeemed, will receive an overall compound return of 15 per cent per annum on their total
investment. If the required level of earnings is not achieved, then, except in certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or a
significant part of the coal and stone interests or a change in control of the company), no dividends or other distributions will be paid or
made on the KCC preference shares and after 31 December 2014 such shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

On 11 February 2010 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each were issued by KCC Resources Limited (“KCC
preference shares”), a subsidiary undertaking of the company, fully paid, by way of a placing at par. The KCC preference shares provide
a  limited  participation  in  the  coal  and  stone  interests  of  the  company  such  that  if  those  interests  achieve  an  average  annual  level  of
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of $8 million over the four and a half year period from 1 January 2010 to 30
June  2014  (equivalent  to  $36  million  for  the  full  period),  those  persons  who  subscribed  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14  of  the
company and KCC preference shares in a combined issue of those securities pursuant to a placing agreement dated 28 January 2010,
and who retain their notes and shares until redeemed, will receive an overall compound return of 15 per cent per annum on their total
investment. If the required level of earnings is not achieved, then, except in certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or a
significant part of the coal and stone interests or a change in control of the company), no dividends or other distributions will be paid or
made on the KCC preference shares and after 31 December 2014 such shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

At  31  December  2012  the  company  had  acquired  146,050  KCC  preference  shares  (2011: 143,050).  Following  conclusion  by  the
directors that it is unlikely that the required level of earnings will be achieved, the KCC preference shares at 31 December 2012 have
been carried net of the company’s holding.

27.  Derivative financial instruments

At both 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, the group had outstanding three contracts providing in aggregate for the forward
purchase of £37 million and sale of $68.6 million maturing in 2015 pursuant to the cross currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) entered
into by the group to hedge the foreign currency exposure of the group arising from the interest and principal repayment obligations of
its 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 (“sterling notes”). Either party to the CCIRS had or has the option to terminate the
CCIRS as to £22 million on 14 February 2012 (not exercised), as to £8 million on 30 September 2013 and as to £7 million on any of
24 October 2013, 2014 and 2015 on the basis that, upon such termination, the CCIRS will be closed out at prevailing market value
calculated  by  reference  to  mid  market  interest  and  sterling  US  dollar  exchange  rates  with  no  adjustment  for  specific  credit  risk.    As
described in Accounting policies (group), the group has concluded that these instruments do not qualify to be accounted for as cash flow
hedges and has transferred the balance in hedging reserve at 1 January 2012 to  retained earnings (note 33).

111

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

28.  Deferred tax

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group and the movements thereon during the year and
preceding year:

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)

Property, plant
and equipment

Biological
assets

Income/
expenses*

At 1 January 2011
(Charge) / credit to income for the year
Effect of change in tax rate 
Charge to equity for the year
Exchange differences **

At 31 December 2011
(Charge) / credit to income for the year
Effect of change in tax rate 
Charge to equity for the year
Exchange differences **

$’000
(22,670)
(1,816)
(1)
–
4,060

(20,427)
(1,706)
–
–
83

$’000
(17,278)
(2,260)
–
–
–

(19,538)
(1,818)
–
–
–

At 31 December 2012

(22,050)

(21,356)

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

At 31 December 2012

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

17
(22,067)

–
(21,356)

(22,050)

(21,356)

247
(20,674)

–
(19,538)

Agricultural
produce
inventory
$’000
(983)
(1,003)
–
–
–

(1,986)
1,420
–
–
–

(566)

–
(566)

(566)

–
(1,986)

(1,986)

Tax
losses 

$’000
898
760
(21)
–
(31)

1,606
1,371
–
–
(98)

2,879

2,879
–

2,879

1,606
–

1,606

Total

$’000
(35,267)
(3,903)
(22)
(271)
3,869

(35,594)
(2,445)
–
(338)
68

(38,309)

6,063
(44,372)

(38,309)

6,675
(42,269)

(35,594)

$’000
4,766
416
–
(271)
(160)

4,751
(1,712)
–
(338)
83

2,784

3,167
(383)

2,784

4,822
(71)

4,751

At 31 December 2011
*
** forming part of the exchange differences on translation of foreign operations.

(20,427)

(19,538)

includes income, gains or expenses recognised for reporting purposes, but not yet charged to or allowed for tax.

At the balance sheet date, the group had unused tax losses of $11.8 million (2011: $6.4 million) available to be applied against future
profits. A deferred tax asset of $2,879,000 (2011: $1,606,000) has been recognised in respect of these losses. A tax loss of $5.6 million
incurred by the group’s coal subsidiary in 2012 has not been so recognised.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for
which  deferred  tax  liabilities  have  not  been  recognised  was  $11,125,000  (2011:  $11,869,000).  No  liability  has  been  recognised  in
respect of these differences because the group is in a position to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that
such differences will not significantly reverse in the foreseeable future.

The deferred tax asset in respect of Indonesian tax losses assumes that losses for tax purposes incurred by the operating companies in
Indonesia may be carried forward for five years.

112

29.  Other loans and payables

Retirement benefit obligations (see note 38):
UK
Indonesia
Other

The amounts are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year (shown under current liabilities)

In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

Amounts of liabilities by currency:
Sterling
US dollar
Indonesian rupiah

2012
$’000

3,429
4,659
274

8,362

2011
$’000

2,230
4,260
543

7,033

1,105

1,353

1,473
2,509
3,275

7,257

1,316
2,524
1,840

5,680

8,362

7,033

3,523
180
4,659

8,362

2,469
304
4,260

7,033

Further details of the retirement benefit obligations are set out in note 38.  The directors estimate that the fair value of retirement benefit
obligations and of other loans and payables approximates their carrying value.  

30.  Trade and other payables

Trade purchases and ongoing costs
Customer deposits
Other tax and social security
Accruals
Other payables

The average credit period taken on trade payables is 37 days (2011: 38 days).

The directors estimate that the fair value of trade payables approximates their carrying value. 

31.  Share capital

Authorised (in pounds sterling):
50,000,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2011: 45,000,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2011: 41,000,000) 

2012
$’000
11,414
585
4,464
12,088
1,500

30,051

2012
£’000

50,000
10,250

60,250

2011
$’000
7,013
3,695
2,982
5,694
511

19,895

2011
£’000

45,000
10,250

55,250

113

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

31.  Share capital - continued

Issued and fully paid (in US dollars):
50,000,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2011: 44,068,553)
33,414,545 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2011: 33,414,545)

2012

2011

$’000
83,007
14,558

97,565

$’000
73,381
14,558

87,939

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•

•

on 17 September 2012, 3,926,575 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, fully paid, by way of a placing at 105p
per share (total consideration £4,123,000 - $6,708,000)
on  28  September  2012,  2,004,872  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares  were  issued,  credited  as  fully  paid,  to  ordinary
shareholders by way of capitalisation of share premium account.

32.  Share premium account

At 1 January 2011
Issue of new preference shares (cash and scrip)

At 31 December 2011
Issue of new preference shares (cash and scrip)

At 31 December 2012

33.  Translation reserve

At 1 January 2011
Prior year reclassification (note 34)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Other movements in the year
Taxation for the year
Attributable to non-controlling interests

At 31 December 2011
Correction of previous accounting error 
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Other movements in the year
Taxation for the year
Attributable to non-controlling interests

At 31 December 2012

114

$’000
24,901
(3,130)

21,771
(3,091)

18,680

Total
$’000
(18,197)
1,021
1,700
3,799
283
(329)
(39)

(11,762)
9,099
–
(2,064)
–
–
(127)

(4,854)

Hedging
reserve
$’000
(10,451)
–
1,700
(303)
283
(329)
1

(9,099)
9,099
–
–
–
–
–

–

Other
reserve
$’000
(7,746)
1,021
–
4,102
–
–
(40)

(2,663)
–
–
(2,064)
–
–
(127)

(4,854)

33.  Translation reserve - continued

As described in Accounting policies (group), the group has concluded that its hedging instruments do not qualify to be accounted for as
cash flow hedges and has transferred the balance in hedging reserve at 1 January 2012 to retained earnings. 

Had the correct accounting been applied in the years 2009 to 2011 the effect on reported profit before tax, tax, profit for the period and
the component of that profit attributable to non-controlling interests would have been as follows:

2009:
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit after tax

Attributable to non controlling interests

2010:
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit after tax

Attributable to non controlling interests

2011:
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit after tax

Attributable to non controlling interests

As reported
$’000

Correction As corrected
$’000

$’000

41,717
(11,861)
29,856

6,674
(1,791)
4,883

48,391
(13,652)
34,739

518

(39)

479

50,447
(15,474)
34,973

(2,292)
(4,944)
(7,236)

48,155
(20,418)
27,737

288

16

304

64,173
(18,559)
45,614

1,680
(329)
1,351

65,853
(18,888)
46,965

155

1

156

The cumulative amount recognised in equity in respect of the erroneous hedge accounting was $9,099,000, which has been reclassified
at the beginning of the current year from translation reserve to retained earnings.

34.  Retained earnings

Beginning of year
Correction of previous accounting error (note 33)
Prior year reclassification 
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend paid

End of year

2012
$’000
202,763
(9,099)
–
11,342
(3,376)

2011
$’000
166,228
–
(1,021)
40,453
(2,897)

201,630

202,763

115

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

35.  Non-controlling interests

Beginning of year
Share of profit for the year
Share of items taken directly to equity
Exchange translation differences
Subscription to share capital of new subsidiary

End of year

36.  Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows

Operating profit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Decrease / (increase) in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals
Amortisation of sterling and US dollar note issue expenses
Biological gain 
Impairment loss
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase in inventories (excluding fair value movements)
Decrease / (increase) in receivables
Increase in payables
Exchange translation differences

Cash generated by operations
Taxes paid
Tax refund received
Interest paid

Net cash from operating activities

2012
$’000
2,234
(352)
–
127
–

2,009

2012
$’000
37,848
6,162
5,678
388
645
(5,979)
3,000
39

47,781
(831)
2,070
6,891
(801)

55,110
(16,200)
1,261
(7,701)

2011
$’000
2,040
155
(1)
40
–

2,234

2011
$’000
72,749
5,292
(4,011)
152
1,012
(7,375)
–
419

68,238
(7,661)
(9,028)
8,490
(185)

59,854
(15,176)
–
(10,902)

32,470

33,776

No additions to property, plant and equipment during the year were financed by new finance leases (2011: $nil).

37. Movement in net borrowings

Change in net borrowings resulting from cash flows:
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in borrowings

Issue of US dollar notes, net of amortisation of issue expenses
Redemption of US dollar notes, net of amortisation of issue expenses
Redemption of sterling notes, net of amortisation of issue expenses
Investments netted off against preference shares liability
Net sale and repurchase of US dollar notes

Currency translation differences
Net borrowings at beginning of year

Net borrowings at end of year

116

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

(3,965)
(25,424)

(29,389)
(33,593)
18,355
–
(1,430)
259

(45,798)
2,156
(85,190)

(5,670)
(9,180)

(14,850)
–
9,328
3,609
–
–

(1,913)
501
(83,778)

(128,832)

(85,190)

38.  Retirement benefit obligations

United Kingdom

The  company  is  the  principal  employer  of  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  (the  “Scheme”)  and  a  subsidiary  company  is  a  participating
employer. The Scheme is a multi-employer contributory defined benefit scheme with assets held in a trustee-administered fund, which
has participating employers outside the group. The Scheme is closed to new members.

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employers are unable to identify their respective shares of the underlying assets
and liabilities (because there is no segregation of the assets), and does not prepare valuations on an IAS 19 basis, the group accounts
for the Scheme as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

A non-IAS 19 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2011. This method was
adopted in the previous valuation as at 31 December 2008, as it was considered the appropriate method of calculating future service
benefits as the Scheme is closed to new members. At 31 December 2011 the Scheme had an overall shortfall in assets (deficit), when
measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £5,197,000. The technical provisions were calculated using assumptions of an
investment return of 4.70 per cent pre-retirement and 3.20 per cent post-retirement and annual increases in pensionable salaries of 3.0
per cent. The basis for the inflationary revaluation of deferred pensions and increases to pensions in payment was changed from the
Retail Prices Index (RPI) to the Consumer Prices Index (CPI) with effect from 1 January 2011 in line with the statutory change, except
that the change does not apply to pension accrual from 1 January 2006, where the RPI still applies. The rates of increase in the RPI and
the  CPI  were  assumed  to  be  3.0  per  cent  and  2.25  per  cent  respectively.  It  was  further  assumed  that  both  non-retired  and  retired
members’ mortality would reflect S1PXA tables at 85 per cent and that non-retired members would take on retirement the maximum cash
sums permitted from 1 January 2012. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2011 using the projected unit method and the
same assumptions, the overall deficit would have been similar.

The Scheme has agreed a statement of funding principles with the principal employer and has also agreed a schedule of contributions
with participating employers covering normal contributions which are payable at a rate calculated to cover future service benefits under
the Scheme. The Scheme has also agreed a recovery plan with participating employers which provides for recovery of the deficit shown
by the 31 December 2011 valuation through the payment of quarterly additional contributions over the period from 1 January 2013 to
30 September 2018 after taking account of the additional contributions paid in 2012 under the 31 December 2008 valuation.

The normal contributions paid by the group in 2012 were £17,000 - $27,000 (2011: £16,000 - $26,000) and represented 23.4 per
cent  (2011:  23.4  per  cent)  of  pensionable  salaries.  The  additional  contribution  applicable  to  the  group  for  2012  was  £231,000  -
$367,000 (2011: £225,000 - $362,000). Under the valuation as at 31 December 2011 the normal contributions will increase to the
rate of 36.4 per cent of pensionable salaries and the additional contribution will rise to £396,000 - $643,000 for 2013, £407,000 -
$661,000  for  2014  and  thereafter  by  2.75  per  cent  per  annum.  A  provision  of  £2,109,000  -  $3,429,000  (2011:  £1,435,000  -
$2,230,000)  for  these  additional  contributions  adjusted  for  the  time  value  of  money  has  been  recognised  under  retirement  benefit
obligations  (see  note  29)  with  an  equal  charge  to  income,  net  of  related  tax  relief.  To  the  extent  that  the  group  makes  additional
contribution to the scheme, a relevant portion of such provision will credited to income. 

The net charge/ (credit) to administrative expenses was as follows:

Release of provision relating to additional contributions paid in the year
Additional provision arising from the 2011 actuarial valuation

Net charge/ (credit) to administrative expenses (note 5)

The next actuarial valuation will be made as at 31 December 2014.

2012
$’000
(367)
1,439

1,072

2011
$’000
(253)
–

(253)

117

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

38.  Retirement benefit obligations - continued

The  company  has  a  contingent  liability  of  $3.8  million  (2011:  $2.5  million)  for  additional  contributions  payable  by  other  (non-group)
employers  in  the  Scheme;  such  liability  will  only  arise  if  other  (non-group)  employers  do  not  pay  their  contributions.  There  is  no
expectation of this at the present time, and, therefore, no provision has been made.

Indonesia

In accordance with Indonesian labour laws, group employees in Indonesia are entitled to lump sum payments on retirement at the age of
55 years. The group makes a provision for such payments in its financial statements but does not fund these with any third party or set
aside assets to meet the entitlements. The provision was assessed at each balance sheet date by an independent actuary using the
projected unit  method.  The principal assumptions used were as follows:

Discount rate
Salary increases per annum
Mortality table (Indonesia)
Retirement age (years)
Disability rate (% of the mortality table)

The movement in the provision for employee service entitlements was as follows:

2012
6.3%
6%
TM11-2009
55
10

2011
7.1%
7%
TM 1-11
55
10

2012
$’000
4,260
846
327
(2)
(52)
(20)
(285)
(415)

4,659

2012
$’000
846
327
(2)
(52)

1,119
(100)

1,019

2011
$’000
2,779
849
285
725
–
–
(71)
(307)

4,260

2011
$’000
849
285
725
–

1,859
(337)

1,522

Balance at 1 January
Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Effect of curtailments
Effect of settlements
Exchange
Paid during the year

Balance at 31 December (see note 29)

The amounts recognised in adminstrative expenses in the consolidated income statement were as follows: 

Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Effect of curtailments

Amount included as additions to biological assets

118

38.  Retirement benefit obligations - continued

Unrecognised actuarial losses at 31 December 2012 amounted to $512,000  (2011: $448,000). The movement in the present value
of the employee service entitlements (including such unrecognised actuarial losses) were as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial loss
Effect of curtailments
Effect of settlements
Exchange
Paid during the year

Balance at 31 December 

2012
$’000
4,708
846
327
100
(52)
(20)
(323)
(415)

5,171

2011
$’000
3,096
849
285
856
–
–
(71)
(307)

4,708

Estimated benefit payments in 2013 are $261,000 (2012: $885,000). 

39.  Related party transactions

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not
disclosed  in  this  note.  Transactions  between  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  dealt  with  in  the  company’s  individual  financial
statements.  The remuneration of the directors, who are the key management personnel of the group, is set out below in aggregate for
each of the categories specified in IAS 24 “Related party disclosures”. Further information about the remuneration of, and fees paid in
respect of services provided by, individual directors is provided in the audited part of the “Directors’ remuneration report”.

Short term benefits
Post employment benefits
Other long term benefits
Termination benefits
Share based payments

40.  Rates of exchange

Indonesia rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

2012
$’000
1,484
–
–
–
–

1,484

2011
$’000
1,315
–
–
–
–

1,315

2012
Closing

2012
Average

2011
Closing

2011
Average

9,670
1.6255 

9,392
1.59

9,046
1.554

8,790
1.61

119

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

41.  Events after the reporting period

An  interim  dividend  of  3½p  per  ordinary  share  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  31  December  2012  was  paid  on  25  January  2013.    In
accordance with IAS 10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,852,000, has not been reflected
in these financial statements. 

42.  Resolution of competing rights over certain plantation areas

The fully titled land areas held by PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (“SYB”), a plantation subsidiary of the company, include 3,557 hectares that
are the subject of third party claims in respect of the rights to coal underneath such land. On 30 December 2011, SYB entered into a
conditional  settlement  arrangement  to  resolve  such  claims.  Under  this  agreement,  SYB  has  agreed  to  swap  the  3,557  hectares  the
subject of the claims for 9,097 hectares of fully titled land held by another company, PT Prasetia Utama (“PU”), the whole of the issued
share capital of which is to be transferred to SYB. As a term of the settlement, SYB has also agreed to relinquish the 2,212 hectares in
respect of which it holds a land allocation still subject to completion of titling (being land that is also subject to overlapping mineral rights).
The  book  value  of  the  assets  to  be  relinquished  by  SYB  amounted  as  at  31  December  2012  to  $8.8  million  (2011:  $13.9  million),
comprising prepaid operating lease rentals of $2.8 million (2011:$2.9 million) and biological assets of $6.0 million (2011:$11.0 million).
The reduction in value of $5.1 million results mainly from the group’s decision to exclude the SYB hectarage to be swapped from the
group’s core plantation land areas, to reduce upkeep expenditure thereon to a minimum and to reflect this decision in the valuation of
biological assets as at 31 December 2012.

The arrangements are conditional, inter alia, upon the consent of the holders of the 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 (see
note 24) which was obtained on 14 March 2012.

During 2012, progress was made in regard to satisfying other conditions. However, completion has been delayed by a need to obtain
comfort as to the continuing validity of the land titles held by PU.

43.  Contingent liabilities

Guarantee given by a subsidiary company

In  furtherance  of  Indonesian  government  policy  which  requires  the  owners  of  oil  palm  plantations  to  develop  smallholder  plantations,
during 2009 and 2010 PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”) and PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (“SYB) , both  wholly owned subsidiaries
of the company, entered into agreements with three cooperatives to develop and manage land owned by the cooperatives as oil palm
plantations. To assist with the funding of such development, the cooperatives have concluded various long term loan agreements with
Bank Pembangunan Daerah Kalimantan Timur (“Bank BPD”), a regional development bank, under which the cooperatives may borrow in
aggregate up to Indonesian rupiah 157 billion ($16.3 million) with amounts borrowed repayable over 15 years and secured on the lands
under development (“the bank facilities”). REA Kaltim has guaranteed the obligations of two cooperatives as to payments of principal and
interest  under  the  respective  bank  facilities  and,  in  addition,  has  committed  to  lend  to  the  cooperatives  any  further  funds  required  to
complete the agreed development. REA Kaltim is entitled to a charge over the developments when the bank facilities have been repaid
in full. SYB has guaranteed the obligations of the third cooperative on a similar basis.

On  maturity  of  the  developments,  the  cooperatives  are  required  to  sell  all  crops  from  the  developments  to  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB
respectively and to permit repayment of indebtedness to Bank BPD, REA Kaltim and SYB respectively out of the sales proceeds.

As at 31 December 2012 the aggregate outstanding balances owing by the three cooperatives to Bank BPD amounted to Indonesian
rupiah 101 billion ($10,513,000) (2011: Indonesian rupiah 54 billion - $5,963,000). 

120

44.  Operating lease commitments

The group leases office premises under operating leases in London, Jakarta and Samarinda. These leases, which are renewable, run for
periods of between 1 month and 50 months, and do not include contingent rentals, or options to purchase the properties.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth year inclusive
After five years

2012
$’000
356
570
–

926

2011
$’000
93
508
–

601

121

Auditor’s report (company)

Independent auditor’s report to the members of R.E.A.
Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts

We have audited the parent company financial statements

and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  sufficient  to

of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December

give  reasonable  assurance  that  the  financial  statements

2012 which comprise the balance sheet, the movement in

are free from material misstatement, whether caused by

total  shareholders’  funds,  the  statement  of  total

fraud or error.  This includes an assessment of: whether

recognised gains and losses, the accounting policies and

the  accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  parent

the  related  notes  (i)  to  (xiii).  The  financial  reporting

company’s  circumstances  and  have  been  consistently

framework  that  has  been  applied  in  their  preparation  is

applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of

applicable 

law  and  United  Kingdom  Accounting

significant  accounting  estimates  made  by  the  directors;

Standards 

(United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted

and  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements

Accounting Practice).

and  to  identify  any  information  that  is  apparently

materially  incorrect  based  on,  or  materially  inconsistent

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

with,  the  knowledge  acquired  by  us  in  the  course  of

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

performing the audit.  In addition, we read all the financial

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

and  non-financial  information  in  the  annual  report  to

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial

members those matters we are required to state to them

statements.  If we become aware of any apparent material

in  an  auditor’s  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

misstatements  or  inconsistencies  we  consider  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

implications for our report.

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

Opinion on financial statements

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’

responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

preparation  of  the  parent  company  financial  statements

and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our  responsibility  is  to  audit  and  express  an  opinion  on

the  parent  company  financial  statements  in  accordance

with  applicable  law  and  International  Standards  on

Auditing (UK and Ireland).  Those standards require us to

comply  with  the  Auditing  Practices  Board’s  Ethical

Standards for Auditors.

In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  parent

company’s affairs as at 31 December 2012;

have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with

United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted  Accounting

Practice; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with  the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

122

Opinion  on  other  matters  prescribed  by 
Companies Act 2006

the

Other matter

In our opinion:

•

•

the  part  of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be

audited  has  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance

with the Companies Act 2006; and

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  group  financial

statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc for the year ended 31

December 2012.

the information given in the Directors’ report for the

financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared  is  consistent  with  the  parent  company

Mark McIlquham ACA (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 

financial statements.

London, England
25 April 2013

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following

matters  where  the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  us  to

report to you if, in our opinion:

•

adequate accounting records have not been kept by

the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit

have not been received from branches not visited by

us; or

•

the parent company financial statements and the part

of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be  audited

are not in agreement with the accounting records and

returns; or

•

•

certain  disclosures  of  directors’  remuneration

specified by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

123

Company balance sheet

as at 31 December 2012

Fixed and non-current assets
Investments
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Debtors
Cash 

Total current assets
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Note

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

(i)
(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

145,166
432

130,678
223

145,598

130,901

3,258
2,716

5,974
(8,248)

(2,274)

5,957
6,122

12,079
(14,465)

(2,386)

Total assets less current liabilities

143,324

128,515

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Borrowings

Net assets

(v)

(67,044)

(56,532)

76,280

71,983

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium account
Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

(vi)
(vii)
(vii)

58,353
9,233
8,694

76,280

52,422
11,148
8,413

71,983

Approved by the board on                       and signed on behalf of the board.

25 April 2013

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

124

Movement in total shareholders’
funds

for the year ended 31 December 2012

Total recognised gains for the year

Dividends to preference shareholders

Dividends to ordinary shareholders

Issue of new preference shares by way of placing

Issue costs of ordinary shares, preference shares and debt securities

Shareholders' funds at beginning of year

Shareholders' funds at end of year

There are no gains or losses other than those recognised in the profit or loss account.

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

6,686

(4,233)

(2,172)

4,123

(107)

4,297

71,983

76,280

8,734

(3,201)

(1,838)

15,450

(443)

18,702

53,281

71,983

125

Accounting policies (company)

Accounting convention

Taxation  

Separate financial statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc (the
“company”) are required by the Companies Act 2006; as
permitted  by  that  act  they  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practice
in  the  United  Kingdom  (“UK  GAAP”).    The  principal
accounting  policies  have  been  applied  consistently  and
are unchanged from the previous year.  

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been
prepared under the historical cost convention. 

By virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the
company is exempted from presenting a profit and loss
account.  Equally,  no  cash  flow  statement  has  been
prepared,  as  permitted  by  FRS  1  (revised  1996)  “Cash
flow statements”.

Current tax including UK corporation tax and foreign tax
is  provided  at  amounts  expected  to  be  paid  (or
recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been
enacted  or  substantially  enacted  by  the  balance  sheet
date.  Deferred tax is calculated on the liability method.
Deferred  tax  is  provided  on  a  non  discounted  basis  on
timing  and  other  differences  which  are  expected  to
reverse, at the rate of tax likely to be in force at the time
of  reversal.    Deferred  tax  is  not  provided  on  timing
differences  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  will
probably not reverse.  

Deferred  tax  assets  are  only  recognised  to  the  extent
that it is regarded as more likely than not that there will
be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal
of timing differences can be deducted. 

Investments  

Leases

No assets are held under finance leases.  Rentals under
operating leases are charged to profit and loss account
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The company’s investments in its subsidiaries are stated
at  cost  less  any  provision  for  impairment.  Impairment
provisions  are  charged  to  the  profit  and  loss  account.
Dividends  paid  by  subsidiaries  are  credited  to  the
company's profit and loss account.     

Foreign exchange  

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  recorded  at  the
rates  of  exchange  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.
Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign
currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the
rates  of  exchange  prevailing  at  that  date.    Differences
arising on the translation of foreign currency borrowings
have been offset against those arising on an equivalent
amount of investment in the equity of, or loans to, foreign
subsidiaries  and  taken  to  reserves,  net  of  any  related
taxation. All other exchange differences are included in
the profit and loss account.    

126

Notes to the company financial
statements

(i)  Investments 

Shares in subsidiaries
Loans to subsidiaries

The movements were as follows:

Beginning of year
Additions to shares in and loans to subsidiaries
Exchange translation difference arising on foreign currency hedge

End of year

2012
£’000
57,760
87,406

2011
£’000
58,004
72,674

145,166

130,678

Shares
£’000
58,004
10
(254)

57,760

Loans
£’000
72,674
15,665
(933)

87,406

Shares  in  subsidiaries  include  an  investment  in  KCC  Resources  Limited’s  redeemable  participating  preference  shares  of  $10  each.
3,000 of these shares were purchased from the original placees during June and July 2012 at a cost of $15,600 (£9,990) representing
a price of $5.20 per share (2011: 143,050 of these shares were purchased at a price of $11.07 per share). 

The  principal  subsidiaries  at  the  year  end,  together  with  their  countries  of  incorporation,  are  listed  below.    Details  of  UK  dormant
subsidiaries and UK subsidiary sub-holding companies are not shown.  

Subsidiary

Activity

Makassar Investments Limited (Jersey)
PT Cipta Davia Mandiri (Indonesia)
PT Kartanegara Kumala Sakti (Indonesia)
PT KCC Resources Indonesia (Indonesia)
PT Kutai Mitra Sejahtera (Indonesia)
PT Persada Bangun Jaya (Indonesia)
PT Putra Bongan Jaya (Indonesia)
PT REA Kaltim Plantations (Indonesia)
PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (Indonesia)
KCC Resources Limited
KCC Resources Limited
REA Finance B.V. (Netherlands)
R.E.A. Services Limited (England and Wales)
REA Services Private Limited (Singapore)

Sub holding company
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Coal operations
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Group finance
Group finance
Group finance
Group finance and services
Group services

Class of
shares

Percentage
owned

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Preference
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100
95
95
95
95
95
95
100
95
100
97
100
100
100

The entire shareholdings in Makassar Investments Limited, R.E.A. Services Limited, REA Finance B.V. and REA Services Private Limited
are held directly by the company.  All other shareholdings are held by subsidiaries. 

The following dormant UK subsidiaries, together with their company registration number have taken advantage of the exemption pursuant
to Companies Act 2006 s394A from preparing individual accounts:

Subsidiary

Cairnhill Investments Limited
Jentan Plantations Limited
Kutai Plantations Limited
Sandan Investments Limited

Company
registrarion number

6424228
6662767
4740407
6419813

127

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(ii)  Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax:
Beginning of year
Net amount credited to profit and loss account

End of year

Included in non-current assets

Net deferred tax asset at end of year

The deferred tax asset is made up as follows:
Timing differences
Tax losses available

Undiscounted deferred tax

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

223
209

432

432

432

–
432

432

–
223

223

223

223

–
223

223

At the balance sheet date, the company had unused tax losses available to be applied against future profits amounting to £1,880,000
(2011: £860,000). A deferred tax asset of £432,000 (2011: £223,000) has been recognised in respect of these losses as the company
considers, based on financial projections, that the losses will be utilised.

(iii)  Debtors 

Trade debtors
Amount owing by group undertakings
Other debtors
Prepayments and accrued income

(iv)  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

US dollar notes
Amount owing to group undertakings
Other creditors
Accruals

(v)  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

US dollar notes
Amount owing to group undertaking

Amounts due between two and five years
Amounts due after five years

128

2012
£’000
464
2,458
336
–

3,258

2012
£’000
425
7,633
20
170

8,248

2012
£’000
29,569
37,475

67,044

67,044
–

67,044

2011
£’000
–
5,921
4
32

5,957

2011
£’000
2,913
11,431
22
99

14,465

2011
£’000
19,057
37,475

56,532

44,040
12,492

56,532

(v)  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year - continued

The US dollar notes comprise US$16 million (2011: $35 million) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 (“2012/14 dollar notes”)
and US$34.0 million (2011: nil) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2017 (“2017 dollar notes”) of the company, and are stated net of
the unamortised balance of the note issuance costs.

US$34 million nominal of 2017 dollar notes were issued in November 2012, as to some $19 million nominal by way of an exchange
offer to holders of existing 2012/14 dollar notes and as to the balance by way of a placing at par. Pursuant to the placing R.E.A. Services
Limited (“REAS”), a subsidiary of the company, agreed to subscribe for $2.0 million nominal of 2017 dollar notes, pending investment
decisions by certain external prospective placees.  At 31 December 2012 REAS had resold, at the placing price, $0.7 million nominal of
the  notes  so  subscribed  by  it,  leaving  a  balance  as  at  that  date  of  $1.26  million  nominal  (see  note  19  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements).  REAS has, subsequent to the year-end, sold its remaining holding.

The  2012/14  and  2017  dollar  notes  are  unsecured  obligations  of  the  company.    The  2012/14  dollar  notes  are  repayable  by  three
instalments  commencing  31  December  2012  but  repayment  obligations  are  reduced  to  the  extent  that  notes  have  been  previously
redeemed  or  purchased  and  cancelled.  A  substantial  nominal  amount  of  the  original  issue  of  2012/14  dollar  notes  has  now  been
purchased and cancelled (including the $19.0 million nominal of the notes acquired under the exchange offer referred to above).  As a
result, and subject to any further purchases and cancellations, slightly under $1 million nominal of the outstanding 2012/14 dollar notes
will fall due for repayment at the end of 2013 and the balance at the end of 2014.  The 2017 dollar notes are repayable on 30 June
2017.

As disclosed in note (viii), the US dollar notes are designated as a hedge against the exchange translation exposure in respect of an
equivalent amount of the company’s investment in subsidiaries whose functional currency is the US dollar.

(vi)  Share capital

Authorised:
50,000,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2011: 45,000,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2011: 41,000,000)

Called-up and fully paid:
50,000,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2011: 44,068,553)
33,414,545 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2011: 33,414,545)

2012
£’000

50,000
10,250

60,250

50,000
8,353

58,353

2011
£’000

45,000
10,250

55,250

44,069
8,353

52,422

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•

•

on 17 September 2012, 3,926,575 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, fully paid, by way of a placing at 105p
per share (total consideration £4,123,000).
on  28  September  2012,  2,004,872  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares  were  issued,  credited  as  fully  paid,  to  ordinary
shareholders by way of capitalisation of share premium account.

129

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(vii)  Movement in reserves

Beginning of year 
Recognised gains for the year
Dividends to preference shareholders 
Dividends to ordinary shareholders 
Issue of preference shares (scrip)
Issue of preference shares (cash)
Costs of issues

End of year

Share
premium
account
£’000
11,148
–
–
–
(2,004)
196
(107)

Profit
and loss
account
£’000
8,413
6,686
(4,233)
(2,172)
–
–
–

9,233

8,694

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the company has
not been presented. The profit before dividends recognised in the company's profit and loss account for the year is £6,686,000 (2011:
profit £8,734,000) - see statement of total recognised gains and losses.

(viii)  Financial instruments and risks

Financial instruments

The company’s financial instruments comprise borrowings, cash and liquid resources and in addition certain debtors and trade creditors
that arise from its operations.  The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for, and facilitate the conduct of, the
company’s operations.  The table below provides an analysis of the book and fair values of financial instruments excluding debtors and
creditors at balance sheet date.

Cash and deposits
US dollar notes 

Net debt 

2012
Book value
£’000
2,716
(29,994)

2012
Fair value
£’000
2,716
(30,030)

2011
Book value
£’000
6,122
(21,970)

2011 
Fair value
£’000
6,122
(21,970)

(27,278)

(27,314)

(15,848)

(15,848)

The fair value of the US dollar notes reflects the last price at which transactions in those notes were effected prior to 31 December 2012
(2011: 31 December 2011).  The interest expense in the year relating to the US dollar notes was £1.8 million (2011: 2.0 million).

Risks

The main risks arising from the company’s financial instruments are liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The board
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks.  These policies have remained unchanged since the beginning of the year.
It is, and was throughout the year, the company’s policy that no trading in financial instruments be undertaken.  

The company finances its operations through a mixture of share capital, retained profits, borrowings in US dollars at fixed rates and credit
from suppliers.  At 31 December 2012, the company had outstanding US$16 million nominal  (2011: $35 million) of 7.5 per cent dollar
notes 2012/14 and US$34 million nominal (2011: $nil) of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2017.  In accordance with a decision of the board
of the company at the time of issue of the first tranche of these notes, such notes are treated as a currency hedge against the company’s
long term loans to subsidiaries (which are denominated in US dollars) and the additional investment in Makassar Investments Limited
that was acquired during 2006 for a consideration of US$19 million. The company’s policy towards currency risk is not to cover the long-
term exposure in respect of its investment in subsidiaries (whose operations are mainly conducted in US dollars) to the extent that this
exposure relates to the component of investment that is financed with sterling denominated shareholders’ funds. 

130

(viii)  Financial instruments and risks - continued

A limited degree of interest rate risk is accepted.  A substantial proportion of the company’s financial instruments at 31 December 2012
carried  interest  at  fixed  rates  rather  than  floating  rates.  On  the  basis  of  the  company’s  analysis,  it  is  estimated  that  a  rise  of  one
percentage point in interest rates applied to those financial instruments which carry interest at floating rates would have resulted in an
increase of £nil (2011: £nil) in the company’s interest revenues in its profit and loss account.

(ix)  Pensions

The  company  is  the  principal  employer  of  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  (the  “Scheme”)  and  a  subsidiary  company  is  a  participating
employer. The Scheme is a multi-employer contributory defined benefit scheme with assets held in a trustee-administered fund, which
has participating employers outside the group. The Scheme is closed to new members.

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employers are unable to identify their respective shares of the underlying assets
and liabilities (because there is no segregation of the assets), and does not prepare valuations on an FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” basis,
the company accounts for the Scheme as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

A non-FRS 17 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2011. This method was
adopted in the previous valuation as at 31 December 2008, as it was considered the appropriate method of calculating future service
benefits as the Scheme is closed to new members. At 31 December 2011 the Scheme had an overall shortfall in assets (deficit), when
measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £5,197,000. The technical provisions were calculated using assumptions of an
investment return of 4.70 per cent pre-retirement and 3.20 per cent post-retirement and annual increases in pensionable salaries of 3.0
per cent. The basis for the inflationary revaluation of deferred pensions and increases to pensions in payment was changed from the
Retail Prices Index (RPI) to the Consumer Prices Index (CPI) with effect from 1 January 2011 in line with the statutory change, except
that the change does not apply to pension accrual from 1 January 2006, where the RPI still applies. The rates of increase in the RPI and
the  CPI  were  assumed  to  be  3.0  per  cent  and  2.25  per  cent  respectively.  It  was  further  assumed  that  both  non-retired  and  retired
members’ mortality would reflect S1PXA tables at 85 per cent and that non-retired members would take on retirement the maximum cash
sums permitted from 1 January 2012. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2011 using the projected unit method and the
same assumptions, the overall deficit would have been similar.

The Scheme has agreed a statement of funding principles with the principal employer and has also agreed a schedule of contributions
with participating employers covering normal contributions which are payable at a rate calculated to cover future service benefits under
the Scheme. The Scheme has also agreed a recovery plan with participating employers which provides for recovery of the deficit shown
by the 31 December 2011 valuation through the payment of quarterly additional contributions over the period from 1 January 2013 to
30 September 2018 after taking account of the additional contributions paid in 2012 under the 31 December 2008 valuation.

The normal contributions paid by the group in 2012 were £17,000 (2011: £16,000) and represented 23.4 per cent (2011: 23.4 per
cent) of pensionable salaries. The additional contribution applicable to the group for 2012 was £231,000 (2011: £225,000). Under the
valuation as at 31 December 2011 the normal contributions will increase to the rate of 36.4 per cent of pensionable salaries and the
additional contribution will rise to £396,000 for 2013, £407,000 for 2014 and thereafter by 2.75 per cent per annum. A provision of
£2,109,000  (2011:  £1,435,000)  for  these  additional  contributions  adjusted  for  the  time  value  of  money  has  been  recognised  under
retirement benefit obligations with an equal charge to income, net of related tax relief. To the extent that the group makes additional
contribution to the scheme, a relevant portion of such provision will credited to income. 

The next actuarial valuation will be made as at 31 December 2014.

131

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(ix)  Pensions - continued

The company has a contingent liability for additional contributions payable by other (non-group) employers in the Scheme; such liability
will  only  arise  if  other  (non-group)  employers  do  not  pay  their  contributions.  There  is  no  expectation  of  this  at  the  present  time,  and,
therefore, no provision has been made.

(x)  Related party transactions

Aggregate directors’ remuneration:
Salaries and fees
Benefits
Annual bonus

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

650
77
112

839

613
48
70

731

During 2012 and 2011, there were service arrangements with companies connected with certain directors as detailed under “Directors’
remuneration” in the “Directors’ remuneration report”, the costs of which are included in the table above.

(xi)  Rates of exchange

See note 40  to the consolidated financial statements.

(xii)  Contingent liabilities and commitments

Sterling notes

The company has guaranteed the obligations for both principal and interest relating to the outstanding £35 million nominal (2011: £35
million)  9.5  per  cent  guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17  issued  by  REA  Finance  B.V..    The  directors  consider  the  risk  of  loss  to  the
company from this guarantee to be remote.

Bank borrowings

The company has given, in the ordinary course of business, guarantees in support of the subsidiary company borrowings from, and other
contracts with, banks (including cross currency interest rate swaps) amounting in aggregate to £32 million (2011: £29 million).  The
directors consider the risk of loss to the company from these guarantees to be remote.

Pension liability

The company’s contingent liability for pension contributions is disclosed in note (ix) above.

Operating leases

The company has an annual commitment under a non-cancellable operating lease of £111,000 (2011: £105,000). The commitment
expires after 4 years. The lease does not contain any contingent rentals or an option to purchase the property. 

132

(xiii)  Post balance sheet event

A first interim dividend of 3½p per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2012 was paid on 25 January 2013.  In
accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to £1,002,000, has not been reflected
in these financial statements. 

133

Notice of annual general meeting

This  notice  is  important  and  requires  your  immediate
attention.  If you are in any doubt as to what action to
take,  you  should  consult  your  stockbroker,  solicitor,
accountant  or  other  appropriate 
independent
professional  adviser  authorised  under  the  Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the
United Kingdom or, if you are not so resident, another
appropriately  authorised  independent  adviser.    If  you
have  sold  or  otherwise  transferred  all  your  ordinary
shares  in  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc,  please  forward  this
document  and  the  accompanying  form  of  proxy  to  the
person through whom the sale or transfer was effected,
for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice is hereby given that the fifty-third annual general meeting
of R.E.A. Holdings plc will be held at the London office of Ashurst
LLP at Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA
on 11 June 2013 at 10.00 am to consider and, if thought fit, to
pass  the  following  resolutions.    Resolution  13  and  14  will  be
proposed  as  special  resolutions;  all  other  resolutions  will  be
proposed as ordinary resolutions.

1 To receive the company's annual accounts for the financial
year ended 31 December 2012, together with the directors'
report,  the  directors'  remuneration  report  and  the  auditor’s
report.   

2 To  approve  the  directors'  remuneration  report  for  the

financial year ended 31 December 2012.

3 To declare a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31
December 2012 of 3½p per ordinary share to be paid on 26
July  2013  to  ordinary  shareholders  on  the  register  of
members at the close of business on 28 June 2013.

4 To re-elect as a director Mr R M Robinow, who, having been
a non-executive director for more than nine years, retires as
required  by  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  and
submits himself for re-election.

5 To re-elect as a director Mr M A Parry, who was appointed as
a director since the last annual general meeting and submits
himself for re-election. 

6 To re-elect as a director Ms I Chia, who was appointed as a
director since the last annual general meeting and submits
herself for re-election.

7 To re-elect as a director Mr D H R Killick, who, having been
a  director  at  each  of  the  two  preceding  annual  general
meetings and who was not re-appointed by the company in
general meeting at or since either of such meetings, retires
in  accordance  with  the  articles  of  association  and  submits
himself for re-election.

8 To re-appoint Deloitte LLP, chartered accountants, as auditor
of the company to hold office until the conclusion of the next
annual general meeting of the company at which accounts
are laid before the meeting.

9 To  authorise  the  directors  to  fix  the  remuneration  of  the

auditor.

10 That the authorised share capital of the company (being the
maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  company
that the company may allot) be and is hereby increased from
£60,250,000 
the  creation  of
15,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1
each ranking pari passu in all respects with the existing 9 per
cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each in the capital
of the company.

to  £75,250,000  by 

11 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  shares  in  the
capital  of  the  company  (other  than  9  per  cent  cumulative
preference  shares)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount
(within  the  meaning  of  sub-sections  (3)  and  (6)  of  section
551  of  the  Act)  of  £1,896,363.75;  such  authorisation  to
expire at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting
of the company (or, if earlier, on 30 June 2014), save that
the  company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or
agreement  which  would  or  might  require  shares  to  be
allotted,  or  rights  to  be  granted,  after  such  expiry  and  the
directors may allot shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or
to convert any security into shares, in pursuance of any such
offer or agreement as if the authorisations conferred hereby
had not expired.  

12 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to

134

subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  9  per  cent
cumulative preference shares in the capital of the company
(“preference  shares”)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount
(within  the  meaning  of  sub-sections  (3)  and  (6)  of  section
551 of the Act), subject to the passing of resolution 10 set
out in the notice of the 2013 annual  general meeting of the
company  of  £15,000,000;  such  authorisation  to  expire  at
the  conclusion  of  the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the
company  (or,  if  earlier,  on  30  June  2014),  save  that  the
company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or
agreement which would or might require preference shares
to be allotted or rights to be granted, after such expiry and
the directors may allot preference shares, or grant rights to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into  preference
shares, in pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if the
authorisations conferred hereby had not expired.

13 That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 set out in the
notice of the 2013 annual general meeting of the company
(the “2013 Notice”), the directors be and are hereby given
power:

(a) for the purposes of section 570 of the Companies Act
2006 (the “Act”), to allot equity securities (as defined in
sub-section  (1)  of  section  560  of  the  Act)  of  the
company  for  cash  pursuant  to  the  authorisation
conferred by resolution 11 set out in the 2013 Notice;
and

(b) for  the  purposes  of  section  573  of  the  Act,  to  sell
ordinary shares (as defined in sub-section (1) of section
560 of the Act) in the capital of the company held by the
company as treasury shares for cash 

as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to the allotment or
sale, provided that such powers shall be limited:

(i)

to  the  allotment  of  equity  securities  for  cash  in
connection with a rights issue or open offer in favour of
holders  of  ordinary  shares  and  to  the  sale  of  treasury
shares by way of an invitation made by way of rights to
holders of ordinary shares, in each case in proportion (as
nearly  as  practicable)  to  the  respective  numbers  of
ordinary  shares  held  by  them  on  the  record  date  for
participation in the rights issue, open offer or invitation
(and  holders  of  any  other  class  of  equity  securities
entitled to participate therein or, if the directors consider

it  necessary,  as  permitted  by  the  rights  of  those
securities)  but subject in each case to such exclusions
or  other  arrangements  as  the  directors  may  consider
necessary  or  appropriate  to  deal  with  fractional
entitlements, treasury shares (other than treasury shares
being sold), record dates or legal, regulatory or practical
difficulties  which  may  arise  under  the  laws  of  any
territory  or  the  requirements  of  any  regulatory  body  or
stock exchange in any territory whatsoever; and

(ii) otherwise  than  as  specified  at  paragraph  (i)  of  this
resolution, to the allotment of equity securities and the
sale  of  treasury  shares  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal
amount (calculated, in the case of the grant of rights to
subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in the
capital of the company, in accordance with sub-section
(6) of section 551 of the Act) of £417,681 

and shall expire at the conclusion of the next annual general
meeting  of  the  company  (or,  if  earlier,  on  30  June  2014),
save  that  the  company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any
offer  or  agreement  which  would  or  might  require  equity
securities to be allotted, or treasury shares to be sold, after
such  expiry  and  the  directors  may  allot  equity  securities  or
sell  treasury  shares,  in  pursuance  of  any  such  offer  or
agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

14 That a general meeting of the company other than an annual
general  meeting  may  be  called  on  not  less  than  14  clear
days' notice. 

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary
25 April 2013

Registered office:
First Floor
32 – 36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Registered in England and Wales no: 00671099

135

Notice of annual general meeting continued

Notes

The  sections  of  the  accompanying  Directors'  report
entitled  “Results  and  dividends”,  “Directors”,  “Increase
in  share  capital”,  “Authorities  to  allot  share  capital”,
“Authority  to  disapply  pre-emption  rights”,  “General
meeting  notice  period”  and  “Recommendation”  contain
information  regarding,  and  recommendations  by  the
board of the company as to voting on, resolutions 3  to 7
and  10    to  14    set  out  above  in  this  notice  of  the  2013
annual  general  meeting  of  the  company  (the  “2013
Notice”).

their  share  certificate).  Completion  of  a  form  of  proxy,  or  other

written  instrument  appointing  a  proxy,  or  any  appointment  of  a

proxy submitted electronically, will not preclude a holder of ordinary

shares from attending and voting in person at the annual general

meeting if such holder wishes to do so.

CREST  members  may  register  the  appointment  of  a  proxy  or

proxies  for  the  annual  general  meeting  and  any  adjournment(s)

thereof  through  the  CREST  electronic  proxy  appointment  service

by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available

via www.euroclear.com/CREST) subject to the company’s articles

of  association.  CREST  personal  members  or  other  CREST

sponsored  members,  and  those  CREST  members  who  have

The company specifies that in order to have the right to attend and

appointed  (a)  voting  service  provider(s),  should  refer  to  their

vote  at  the  annual  general  meeting  (and  also  for  the  purpose  of

CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s),  who  will  be  able  to

determining how many votes a person entitled to attend and vote

take the appropriate action on their behalf.

may cast), a person must be entered on the register of members of

the company at 6.00 pm on 9 June 2013 or, in the event of any

In  order  for  a  proxy  appointment  or  instruction  regarding  a  proxy

adjournment, at 6.00 pm on the date which is two days before the

appointment  made  or  given  using  the  CREST  service  to  be  valid,

day of the adjourned meeting.  Changes to entries on the register

the  appropriate  CREST  message  (a  “CREST  proxy  instruction”)

of members after this time shall be disregarded in determining the

must  be  properly  authenticated 

in  accordance  with  the

rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting.

specifications  of  Euroclear  UK  and  Ireland  Limited  (“Euroclear”)

and  must  contain  the  required  information  as  described  in  the

Only holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at

CREST  Manual  (available  via  www.euroclear.com/CREST).    The

the  annual  general  meeting.    A  holder  of  ordinary  shares  may

CREST  proxy  instruction,  regardless  of  whether  it  constitutes  a

appoint another person as that holder’s proxy to exercise all or any

proxy  appointment  or  an  instruction  to  amend  a  previous    proxy

of  the  holder’s  rights  to  attend,  speak  and  vote  at  the  annual

appointment, must, in order to be valid be transmitted so as to be

general  meeting.    A  holder  of  ordinary  shares  may  appoint  more

received by the company’s registrars (ID: RA10) by 10.00 am on 9

than one proxy in relation to the meeting provided that each proxy

June 2013.  For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be

is appointed to exercise the rights attached to (a) different share(s)

the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message

held by the holder.  A proxy need not be a member of the company.

by  the  CREST  applications  host)  from  which  the  company’s

A form of proxy for the meeting is enclosed.  To be valid, forms of

registrars are able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in

proxy  and  other  written  instruments  appointing  a  proxy  must  be

the  manner  prescribed  by  CREST.    The  company  may  treat  as

received by post or by hand (during normal business hours only) by

invalid a CREST proxy instruction in the circumstances set out in

the  company’s  registrars,  Capita  Registrars,  PXS,  34  Beckenham

Regulation  35(5)(a)  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities  Regulations

Road, Beckenham BR3 4TU by no later than 10.00 am on 9 June

2001.  

2013.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or

Alternatively,  appointment  of  a  proxy  may  be  submitted

voting service provider(s) should note that Euroclear does not make

electronically by using either Capita Registrars' share portal service

available  special  procedures  in  CREST  for  particular  messages.

at  www.capitashareportal.com  or  the  CREST  electronic  proxy

Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in

appointment  service  as  described  below  (and  so  that  the

relation  to  the  input  of  CREST  proxy  instructions.  It  is  the

appointment is received by the service by no later than 10.00 am

responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the

on 9 June 2013).  Shareholders who have not already registered

CREST  member  is  a  CREST  personal  member  or  sponsored

for Capita Registrars' share portal service may do so by registering

member or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure

as  a  new  user  at  www.capitashareportal.com  and  giving  the

that  such  member’s  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s)

investor code shown on the enclosed proxy form (as also shown on

take(s))  such  action  as  shall  be  necessary  to  ensure  that  a

136

message  is  transmitted  by  means  of  the  CREST  system  by  any

meeting  (including  the  auditor’s  report  and  the  conduct  of  the

particular  time.    In  this  connection,  CREST  members  and,  where

audit);  or  (ii)  any  circumstance  connected  with  an  auditor  of  the

applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) are

company having ceased to hold office since the last annual general

referred,  in  particular,  to  those  sections  of  the  CREST  Manual

meeting  of  the  company.    The  company  may  not  require  the

concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

members  requesting  any  such  website  publication  to  pay  its

expenses  in  complying  with  section  527  or  section  528  of  the

The  rights  of  members  in  relation  to  the  appointment  of  proxies

Companies Act 2006.  Where the company is required to place a

described above do not apply to persons nominated under section

statement on a website under section 527 of the Companies Act

146  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  to  enjoy  information  rights

2006, it must forward the statement to the company's auditor by

(“nominated  persons”)  but  a  nominated  person  may  have  a  right,

not later than the time when it makes the statement available on

under an agreement with the member by whom such person was

the website.  The business which may be dealt with at the annual

nominated, to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as

general  meeting  includes  any  statement  that  the  company  has

a proxy for the annual general meeting.  If a nominated person has

been required under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006 to

no such right or does not wish to exercise it, such person may have

publish on a website.

a  right,  under  such  an  agreement,  to  give  instructions  to  the

member as to the exercise of voting rights.

As at the date of this 2013 Notice, the issued share capital of the

company comprises 33,414,545 ordinary shares and 50,000,000

Any member attending the annual general meeting has the right to

9 per cent cumulative preference shares.  Only holders of ordinary

ask questions.  The company must cause to be answered any such

shares  (and  their  proxies)  are  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  the

question  relating  to  the  business  being  dealt  with  at  the  meeting

annual general meeting.  Accordingly, the voting rights attaching to

but no such answer need be given if (a) to do so would interfere

shares  of  the  company  exercisable  in  respect  of  each  of  the

unduly  with  the  preparation  for  the  meeting  or  involve  the

resolutions  to  be  proposed  at  the  annual  general  meeting  total

disclosure  of  confidential  information,  (b)  the  answer  has  already

33,414,545 as at the date of this 2013 Notice.

been given on a website in the  form of an answer to a question, or

(c)  it  is  undesirable  in  the  interests  of  the  company  or  the  good

Shareholders  may  not  use  any  electronic  address  (within  the

order of the meeting that the question be answered.

meaning  of  sub-section  4  of  section  333  of  the  Companies  Act

2006) provided in this 2013 Notice (or any other related document

Copies  of  the  executive  director’s  service  agreement  and  letters

including the form of proxy) to communicate with the company for

setting  out  the  terms  and  conditions  of  appointment  of  non-

any purposes other than those expressly stated.

executive  directors  are  available  for  inspection  at  the  company's

registered office during normal business hours from the date of this

Under section 338 and section 338A of the Companies Act 2006,

2013  Notice  until  the  close  of  the  annual  general  meeting

members  meeting  the  threshold  requirements  in  those  sections

(Saturdays,  Sundays  and  public  holidays  excepted)  and  will  be

have the right to require the company (i) to give, to members of the

available for inspection at the place of the annual general meeting

company entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting,

for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the meeting. 

notice of a resolution which may properly be moved and is intended

A  copy  of  this  2013  Notice,  and  other  information  required  by

be  dealt  with  at  the  meeting  any  matter  (other  than  a  proposed

section  311A  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  may  be  found  on  the

resolution)  which  may  be  properly  included  in  the  business.    A

to be moved at the meeting and/or (ii) to include in the business to

company's website www.rea.co.uk.

resolution  may  properly  be  moved  or  a  matter  may  properly  be

included in the business unless (a) (in the case of a resolution only)

Under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, members meeting

it  would,  if  passed,  be  ineffective  (whether  by  reason  of

the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to

inconsistency with any enactment or the company’s constitution or

require the company to publish on a website (in accordance with

otherwise), (b) it is defamatory of any person, or (c) it is frivolous or

section 528 of the Companies Act 2006) a statement setting out

vexatious.  Such a request may be in hard copy form or electronic

any  matter  that  the  members  propose  to  raise  at  the  relevant

form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given or

annual  general  meeting  relating  to  (i)  the  audit  of  the  company's

the  matter  to  be  included  in  the  business,  must  be  authorised  by

annual  accounts  that  are  to  be  laid  before  the  annual  general

the person or persons making it, must be received by the company

137

Notice of annual general meeting continued

not later than the date 6 clear weeks before the meeting, and (in

the case of a matter to be included in the business only) must be

accompanied  by  a  statement  setting  out  the  grounds  for  the

request.

138

CBP00036511904134458

This  report  has  been  printed  in  the  UK  by  Wyndeham  Grange  using
vegetable  based  inks  on  Regency  Silk  paper.  The  carbon  impact  of  the
production  and  distribution  process  has  been  balanced,  or  offset,  by  the
World Land Trust – an International conservation charity.

is  accredited  with 

ISO  14001  Environmental
Wyndeham  Group 
Management System, is working towards a reduction in its carbon footprint,
and has in place a group energy and paper consumption reduction strategy
across all sites. The group also holds ISO 9001 and 18001 and is Forest
Stewardship Council (FSC®) chain of custody certified.

When you have finished reading the report and no longer wish to retain it,
please  remove  the  cover  and  dispose  of  it  in  your  recycled  paper  waste.
Thank you.